Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_____________________________________________
Form 10-K
_____________________________________________

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 
Commission File Number 001-08106
_____________________________________________

MasTec, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Florida	65-0829355	
(State or Other jurisdiction of	(I.R.S. Employer	
Incorporation or Organization)	Identification No.)	
 	 	
800 S. Douglas Road, 12th Floor,	 	
Coral Gables, FL	33134	
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)	(Zip Code)	
(305) 599-1800
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

 	 	
Title of Each Class
	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
	
Common Stock, $0.10 Par Value	New York Stock Exchange	
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer; as defined in rule 405 of the Securities Act.     Yes ý    No ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes ¨  No   ý  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   ý      No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ý      No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Section 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
ý Large accelerated filer        ¨ Accelerated filer    ¨ Non-accelerated filer        ¨ Smaller reporting company
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act.)    Yes ¨   No   ý 
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s outstanding common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant computed by reference to the price at which the common stock was last sold as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was $852,244,110 (based on a closing price of $15.04 per share for the registrant’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2012).
There were 76,597,318 shares of common stock outstanding as of February 25, 2013.
The registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A for the 2012 annual meeting of shareholders is incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K to the extent stated herein.

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 	 	 	
 	Page	
Part I    	4	
Item 1	Business	4	
Item 1A	Risk Factors	13	
Item 1B	Unresolved Staff Comments	25	
Item 2	Properties	25	
Item 3	Legal Proceedings	25	
Item 4	Mine Safety Disclosures	25	
Part II   	25	
Item 5	Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	25	
Item 6	Selected Financial Data	27	
Item 7	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	28	
Item 7A	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	55	
Item 8	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	56	
Item 9	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	108	
Item 9A	Controls and Procedures	108	
Item 9B	Other Information	110	
Part III  	110	
Item 10	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	110	
Item 11	Executive Compensation	110	
Item 12	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	110	
Item 13	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	111	
Item 14	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	111	
Part IV    	111	
Item 15	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	111	
Signatures    	115	

2

Table of Contents

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
We are making this statement pursuant to the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements described in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We make statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in the documents that we incorporate by reference into this Annual Report that are forward-looking. When used in this Annual Report or in any other presentation, statements which are not historical in nature, including the words “anticipate,” “estimate,” “could,” “should,” “may,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “target,” “will,” “project” and variations of these words and negatives thereof and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. They also include statements regarding:
 	 	
•	our future growth and profitability;	
 	 	
•	our competitive strengths; and	
 	 	
•	our business strategy and the trends we anticipate in the industries and economies in which we operate.	
These forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, are difficult to predict, and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements include:
 	 	
•	market conditions, technical and regulatory changes that affect us or our customers’ industries;	
 	 	
•	further or continued economic downturns, reduced capital expenditures, reduced financing availability, customer consolidation and technological and regulatory changes in the industries we serve;	
 	 	
•	the timing and extent of fluctuations in geographic, weather, equipment and operational factors affecting the industries in which we operate;	
 	 	
•	the impact of any federal, state or local incentives, tax legislation or other regulations affecting the industries within which we operate particularly, renewable energy;	
 	 	
•	our ability to estimate the costs associated with our fixed price and other contracts and performance on such projects;	
 	 	
•	increases in labor, fuel, maintenance, materials and other costs;	
 	 	
•	our ability to integrate acquired businesses into our operations;	
•    the highly competitive nature of our industry;
 	 	
•	the impact of any unionized workforce, or related labor organization efforts on our operations, including labor availability and relations;	
 	 	
•	liabilities associated with multiemployer union pension plans, including underfunded liabilities, for our operations that employ unionized workers;	
•    trends in electricity, oil, natural gas and other energy source prices;
 	 	
•	the effect of state and federal regulatory initiatives, including costs of compliance with existing and future environmental requirements;	
 	 	
•	risks associated with operating in international markets, which could restrict our ability to expand globally and harm our business and prospects or any failure to comply with laws applicable to our foreign activities;	
 	 	
•	our ability to replace non-recurring projects with new projects;	
 	 	
•	the ability of our customers, including our largest customers, to terminate or reduce the amount of work, or in some cases prices paid for services on short or no advance notice under our contracts;	
 	 	
•	our dependence on a limited number of customers;	
•    the planned sale of Globetec Construction LLC and its subsidiaries (“Globetec”);
 	 	
•	our ability to retain qualified personnel and key management, including from acquired businesses, enforce any noncompetition agreements, integrate acquired businesses within expected timeframes and achieve the revenue, cost savings and earnings levels from such acquisitions at or above the levels projected;	
 	 	
•	our ability to attract and retain qualified managers and skilled employees;	
 	 	
•	the outcome of our plans for future operations, growth and services, including business development efforts, backlog, acquisitions and dispositions;	
 	 	
•	our ability to obtain performance and surety bonds;	
 	 	
•	restrictions imposed by our credit facility, senior notes, convertible notes and any future loans or securities;	

3

Table of Contents
 	 	
•	the adequacy of our insurance, legal and other reserves and allowances for doubtful accounts;	
 	 	
•	any material changes in estimates for completion of projects;	
 	 	
•	any material changes in estimates for legal costs or case settlements or adverse determinations on any claim, lawsuit or proceeding;	
 	 	
•	any exposure related to divested businesses;	
 	 	
•	liquidity issues related to our investments in auction rate securities;	
 	 	
•	any dilution or stock price volatility that shareholders may experience in connection with shares we may issue as consideration for earn-out obligations or as purchase price consideration in connection with past or future acquisitions, or as a result of conversions of convertible notes or other stock issuances;	
 	 	
•	our ability to settle conversions of our convertible notes in cash due to contractual restrictions, including those contained in our credit facility, and the availability of cash; and	
 	 	
•	the other factors referenced in this Annual Report, including, without limitation, under Item 1, “Business,” Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other factors detailed from time to time in the reports and other filings we make with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC").	
We believe these forward-looking statements are reasonable; however, you should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which are based on current expectations. Furthermore, forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. If any of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or if any of our underlying assumptions are incorrect, our actual results may differ significantly from the results that we express in, or imply by, any of our forward-looking statements. These and other risks are detailed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in the documents that we incorporate by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in other documents that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or revise these forward-looking statements after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to reflect future events or circumstances, except as required by applicable law. We qualify any and all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary factors.

PART I
 	 	
ITEM 1.	BUSINESS	
Overview
We are a leading infrastructure construction company operating mainly throughout North America across a range of industries. Our primary activities include, but are not limited to, the engineering, building, installation, maintenance and upgrade of energy, utility and communications infrastructure, including: electrical utility transmission and distribution, power generation, natural gas and petroleum pipeline infrastructure, wireless, wireline and satellite communications, wind farms, solar farms and other renewable energy infrastructure and industrial infrastructure. Our customers are primarily in these industries.
Including our predecessor companies, we have been in business for more than 80 years. We offer our services primarily under the MasTec service mark and, as of December 31, 2012, we had approximately 12,300 employees and more than 400 locations. We have been consistently ranked among the top specialty contractors by Engineering News-Record for the past five years.
We serve a diversified customer base, which includes some of the leading pipeline, communications, power generation and utility companies in North America. For the year ended December 31, 2012, our top ten customers for our continuing operations were AT&T, DIRECTV®, Mid-American Energy, Energy Transfer Company, Duke Energy, DCP Midstream, Dominion Virginia Power, Enbridge, Inc., Chesapeake Midstream Partners LP and enXco. We have longstanding relationships and have developed strong alliances with many of our customers, and we strive to maintain these customer relationships and our status as a preferred vendor. We often provide services under multi-year master service and other service agreements.
We have actively pursued a diversification and expansion strategy in recent years. This strategy has deepened our presence and expanded our service offerings in key markets, including: wireless; natural gas, natural gas liquids and petroleum pipeline; electrical transmission; power generation and industrial, including renewable energy and heavy industrial infrastructure, among others. In addition to integration and growth opportunities associated with our diversification and expansion strategy, we also seek opportunities to expand our geographic presence and to expand our traditional business areas, such as telecommunications and install-to-the-home services.
We may also divest certain businesses or assets due to, among other things, their respective performance or their fit within our long-term business strategy. See discussion of recently discontinued businesses in Note 4 - Discontinued Operations in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.    
For additional information, refer to Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” and Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

4

Table of Contents

Reportable Segments
Reorganization and Reportable Segments

In December 2012, MasTec completed a management reorganization resulting in four internal groups consisting of Communications, Oil and Gas, Electrical Transmission and Power Generation and Industrial. Each is led by a single Group President and each is a reportable segment as defined in ASC 280, Segment Reporting. The reorganization focused on concentrating business development efforts and resources based upon broad end-user markets for our construction services. The reorganization began informally in late 2011, after the completion of five acquisitions, and continued during 2012 by hiring group management and modifying reporting lines accordingly. Our 2012 organizational changes were significant. The combination of the entities into each of the four groups is intended to enable each group to achieve better growth, better management and better profitability by leveraging customer relationships to increase cross-selling, offering greater geographic coverage to our customers and achieving higher utilization and efficiency from both employees and equipment.
  
For instance, the Communications Group includes the Company's install-to-the-home, wireless and wireline businesses. We believe that integrating all of our communications businesses enhances our ability to take full advantage of all of the opportunities in what has become one commingled and converging communications market. Our Communications Group infrastructure construction services support a continually converging set of end user service offerings. For example, telephone companies, cable television and satellite television operators now offer bundled telephony, video, data and internet services. We believe this revised organizational structure will help us to better cross-sell and grow revenues in what is now a single communications market. In addition, communications network construction and maintenance utilizes substantially the same employee skill sets and equipment to perform similar work. We expect that a single Group President should be able to improve costs and productivity more effectively by sharing people and equipment throughout all communications projects. Accordingly, in order to realize these objectives and to maximize opportunities in a converging communications market, we have organized these businesses into a single segment under a single leader.
The following is an overview of our reportable segments and the type of services provided by each segment.
Segment Overview
We present our continuing operations under five reportable segments: (1) Communications; (2) Electrical Transmission; (3) Oil & Gas; (4) Power Generation and Industrial and (5) Other. This structure is generally focused on broad end-user markets for our labor-based construction services and has been determined in accordance with the criteria in ASC 280, Segment Reporting. All five reportable segments derive their revenues from the engineering, installation and maintenance of infrastructure, primarily in North America.

The Communications segment performs engineering, construction and maintenance of communications infrastructure primarily related to wireless and wireline communications and install to the home, and to a lesser extent, infrastructure for electrical utilities. The Electrical Transmission segment primarily serves the energy and utility industries through the engineering, construction and maintenance of electrical transmission lines and substations. We also perform engineering, construction and maintenance services on oil and natural gas pipelines and processing facilities for the energy and utilities industries through the Oil & Gas segment. The Power Generation and Industrial segment primarily serves the energy and utility end markets and other end markets through the installation and construction of power plants, wind farms, solar farms, related electrical transmission infrastructure, ethanol facilities and various types of industrial infrastructure. The Other category primarily includes small business units that perform construction services for a variety of end markets in Mexico and elsewhere internationally.

Customer revenues by segment for the periods indicated were as follows (in millions):

 	Year Ended December 31,	 	
Reportable Segment	2,012	 	 	2,011	 	 	2,010	 	
Communications	$	1,772.7	
 	 	 	48	
 	%	 	$	1,635.1	
 	 	  	58	
 	%	 	$	1,190.6	
 	 	  	56	
 	%	
Oil & Gas	959.0	 	 	 	26	
 	%	 	774.3	 	 	  	27	
 	%	 	562.6	 	 	  	26	
 	%	
Electrical Transmission	312.2	 	 	 	8	
 	%	 	198.3	 	 	  	7	
 	%	 	67.0	 	 	  	3	
 	%	
Power Generation and Industrial	668.1	 	 	 	18	
 	%	 	219.6	 	 	 	8	
 	%	 	325.6	 	 	 	15	
 	%	
Other	16.7	 	 	 	—	
 	 	 	4.8	 	 	 	—	
 	 	 	0.2	 	 	 	—	
 	 	
Eliminations	(1.9	)	 	 	—	
 	 	 	(0.8	)	 	 	—	
 	 	 	(3.0	)	 	 	—	
 	 	
Consolidated revenues	$	3,726.8	
 	 	 	100	
 	%	 	$	2,831.3	
 	 	  	100	
 	%	 	$	2,143.0	
 	 	  	100	
 	%	
Please see Segments under Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and Note 16 - Segments in the notes to consolidated financial statements.
Industry Trends
Our industry is composed of national, regional and local companies that provide services to customers in the utilities and communications industries.
We believe the following industry trends affect demand for our services:

5

Table of Contents

Increased Demand for Pipeline Infrastructure
Recent improved access to shale formations as a result of technological advances and improved economics has resulted in significant increases in petroleum industry estimates of available North American oil and natural gas reserves. Technological advances in horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing have made access to natural gas easier and cheaper and have led to a drilling boom in recent years and created an abundance of gas supply, which has reduced the price of dry gas, or gas without imbedded liquids, that can be extracted for higher value. Drilling continues at high levels, especially for oil and gas and natural gas liquids.

The sharp increase in drilling activity from oil and gas shales has enormous implications for the construction of oil, gas and natural gas liquids pipelines over the next two decades. According to the International Energy Agency World Energy Outlook 2012, the advances in technologies for oil & gas drilling and completion have created an energy boom in the U.S., which could lead to the U.S. becoming the world's largest oil producer by the year 2020, as well as becoming energy independent by the year 2030. 
According to the North American Electric Reliability Corporation (“NERC”), development of shale gas production in North America has the potential to increase availability of gas supply in the future. Gas in shale formations represents an estimated two-thirds of North America's potentially recoverable gas reserves. This boom has also positively affected exploration and production in the oil shale regions and the liquids-rich areas of the gas shale basins, where crude and high-value gas liquid by-products can be produced with gas. As a result, expanded long-term opportunities for liquids pipelines are predicted in the Bakken, Eagle Ford, Permian, Western Marcellus, Utica and other liquids-rich shale basins.
Natural gas is one of the cleanest burning hydrocarbon fuels and is in demand because of its relative cost advantage over other fossil fuel sources. Gas production is at historic high levels and is projected to grow by 25% over the next decade according to the U. S. Energy Information Administration's Annual Energy Outlook 2013. Higher availability of low-cost natural gas supplies could substantially increase gas-fired electric generating plant additions, changing the North American fuel mix while increasing dependency on a single, largely domestic fuel type. According to the 2012 NERC Long-Term Reliability Assessment, natural gas has become the predominant option for new build power generation. Gas-fired plants are typically easy to construct, require little lead-time, and emit less carbon dioxide and are generally less expensive to construct when compared to coal and oil fired generation facilities. Federal and certain state regulations often make the siting and construction of coal fired power plants extremely difficult or in some cases virtually impossible, due to environmental and emissions concerns. These trends are anticipated to continue, which could further increase the expected number of new build natural gas plants or coal plant conversions.
We also believe that U.S. energy policy goals will continue to promote domestic sources of energy in order to reduce U.S. dependence on foreign energy sources, both for economic and national security reasons.
As result of these factors, the level of natural gas pipeline construction activity in the United States is expected to remain high. We believe that as new shale oil and gas reserves are developed, the demand for additional pipeline transport projects will grow. According to the 2011 Interstate Natural Gas Association of America (“INGAA”) North American National Gas Midstream Infrastructure Through 2035 report, the U.S. and Canada will need more than 43 billion cubic feet per day (“Bcfd”) of incremental mainline transport capacity from 2010 to 2035 to accommodate the anticipated changes in natural gas supply and demand. The INGAA report estimates that annual expenditures for pipeline infrastructure, including gathering and processing facilities, will average more than $8.0 billion per year over the next 25 years.
 We believe we are one of the leading pipeline contractors in the U.S. Our service offerings include the construction and maintenance of large diameter pipeline, mid-stream pipeline, gathering pipelines, compressor and pumping stations and treatment plants. We anticipate that increased demand for pipeline infrastructure should provide robust pipeline, power generation and heavy industrial construction opportunities, and that our diverse capabilities and expertise in these sectors will enable us to be a leading player in this growing market.
Increased Demand for Wireless and Wired Services
Demand for faster and more robust wireless and wired services has increased significantly with the proliferation of high-speed internet connectivity, broadband, data transmission, video and music download services, high definition television and other advanced digital and video services. Data usage over wireless networks is rapidly increasing as more consumers surf the web, check email and watch video on mobile devices. Smartphones, laptops, tablets and other mobile devices have become increasingly important to consumers. In its 2012 Global Mobile Data Traffic Forecast Update, Cisco Systems, Inc. predicted that mobile network connection speeds will increase 7-fold by 2017. Cisco also predicted that 4G wireless service will be used for only 10 percent of connections, but will represent 45 percent of total traffic and that 4G connections will generate 8 times more traffic, on average, than a non-4G connections.
To serve this developing market and the ever-increasing need for more bandwidth and faster data delivery services, service providers continue to upgrade the capacity and performance of their wired and wireless networks and are deploying competing networks using new technologies. Additionally, declining equipment costs and expanded capabilities of wireline and wireless network equipment have incentivized investment. At the same time, major regional and rural telecommunication companies are upgrading their networks from copper line to fiber optic line in order to enhance their ability to provide customers with bundled services that include video, voice and data. Similar dynamics of providers seeking to improve their offerings are prevalent in the cable and satellite markets as well. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act ("ARRA") allocated $7.2 billion for the development of broadband facilities throughout the United States and the expansion of broadband access into areas that are currently not served by high-speed data networks.
Inadequacy of Existing Electric Power Transmission and Distribution Networks
The U.S. electrical transmission and distribution infrastructure requires significant ongoing maintenance, upgrade and expansion to manage power line congestion and avoid delivery failures. Demand for electricity is expected to grow as the economy recovers and as the population grows.

6

Table of Contents

According to the 2013 Annual Energy Outlook published by the Department of Energy's ("DOE") Energy Information Administration, the U.S. population will increase by about 29% from 2011 to 2040, with energy consumption increasing by 10%. NERC reports in its 2011 Long-Term Reliability Assessment that peak demand for electricity in the North America is forecast to increase by approximately 14% over the next ten years. To accommodate the increase in demand, NERC estimates that 38,900 circuit miles will need to be added to the electrical transmission system from 2010 through 2021. Significant capital investment in the U.S. transmission and distribution system will be required to meet the needs of the growing population as well as the projected increase in use of renewable energy power resources. In March 2012, the Edison Electric Institute (“EEI”) projected over $60 billion of investments in new transmission systems over the twenty year period from 2011 to 2022.
Significant investment in new transmission lines will also be required to connect new renewable energy generation projects to the electrical grid. Renewable energy power sources are typically located in remote areas. Wind power generation is feasible only where adequate average wind speed and consistency are present. The principal onshore wind resources in the United States are located in the central plains area of the country, roughly from the Texas panhandle to the Canadian border. Additionally, the most efficient and reliable onshore solar resources are located primarily in the sparsely populated desert regions of the southwest. These renewable corridors are in relatively remote areas where population density and industrial energy demand are both relatively low. As a result, relatively few traditionally fueled generation facilities exist in these areas; therefore, extensive collection and transmission projects are necessary to connect these renewable energy generation projects to the electrical grid. In a March 2012 report, the EEI estimated that almost $50 billion will be invested from 2011 through 2022 to address the integration of renewable resources through the addition or upgrade of nearly 13,000 circuit miles of transmission lines. Also driving expected growth in renewable energy related transmission projects are the current state level renewable portfolio standards, which require or target that specified percentages of energy sales or installed capacity come from renewable sources such as wind, solar, geothermal or biofuel. According to a report by The Brattle Group, if the current renewable portfolio standards were increased to a 20% federal renewable portfolio standard, the investment requirement in new transmission over the next 10 to 15 years would increase to between $80 billion and $130 billion.
In addition to projects aimed at increasing electrical power transmission capacity and integration of new renewable energy resources, efforts to modernize the existing transmission system are also expected. The category of projects using digital technology to improve reliability, security and efficiency of the electric system are known as “Smart Grid” projects. The ARRA allocated $11 billion in funds for modernization and expansion of the nation’s electrical grid in order to develop a Smart Grid.
We believe that spending levels will continue to increase as utility companies work to address infrastructure maintenance, reliability and capacity requirements, as well as future reliability standards required by the Energy Policy Act of 2005 and state mandated renewable portfolio standards.
Renewable Energy Projects
The desire to decrease the U.S. dependence on foreign oil imports and the focus on a clean environment have created demand for more domestic, environmentally sensitive electrical power production, such as wind and solar collection farms. Currently, approximately 35 states as well as the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico have adopted renewable portfolio standards or goals. NERC’s 2010 Long-Term Reliability Assessment projects approximately 180,000 megawatts (“MW”) of new wind and solar capacity over the next ten years, and indicates that wind and solar resources account for 95 percent of anticipated renewable resource additions by 2019. We have expertise in wind, solar and industrial plant construction, and expect to be a leading player in renewable energy infrastructure projects.
The renewable energy industry is reliant on federal and state tax incentives.  The ARRA was enacted in February 2009 and contained federal tax incentives applicable to the renewable energy industry. Certain key renewable energy provisions contained in the ARRA were extended in December 2010 and again in January 2013 by the American Taxpayer Relief Act (the “ATRA”). These provisions should have a positive impact on our customers' spending in a number of important areas and offer additional incentives that should benefit our business. One of the federal tax incentives contained in the ATRA is the extension of the production tax credit for wind projects that have commenced construction before January 1, 2014. The production tax credit provides the owner of a U.S. wind facility with a ten-year credit against its federal income tax obligations based on the amount of electricity produced at such facility by the owner and sold to unrelated persons during that period. The current production tax credit rate is 2.2 cents per kilowatt hour of electricity produced at a qualified wind energy facility. The wind industry will be negatively impacted, however, if the production tax credit is not extended or renewed beyond the December 31, 2013 date by which construction must be commenced on a qualified wind energy facility. The ARRA also allowed wind and solar projects to elect to claim an investment tax credit equal to 30% of the cost of certain qualifying assets in lieu of claiming the production tax credit.  The ARRA also included a U.S. Treasury grant program which allowed taxpayers that own production tax credit-eligible and investment tax credit-eligible facilities to receive grants from the U.S. Treasury equal to the amount of the investment tax credit that would otherwise be available to the facility, but this cash grant in lieu of the 30% tax credit program, known as the “Section 1603 Program,” expired and was not renewed by the ATRA. The federal and state tax incentives have a finite duration, and efforts to extend or renew such incentives beyond the December 31, 2013 deadline to commence construction of a qualified wind energy facility may not be successful.  However, solar projects will continue to be eligible for the investment tax credit as long as the  project is placed in service prior to January 1, 2017.

                The accelerated tax depreciation provision for certain renewable energy generation assets (namely, certain equipment that uses solar or wind energy or energy from geothermal deposits or biomass) provides for a five year depreciable life for these assets, rather than the longer depreciable lives of many non-renewable energy assets. First year bonus depreciation is also available for eligible equipment. Under this provision, 100% of the eligible basis may be deducted in the first year for eligible systems acquired and placed in service between September 8, 2010 and December 31, 2011 and 50% of the eligible basis may be deducted in the first year for eligible systems acquired and placed in service during 2012 or 2013. Historically, incentives such as these have increased construction activity in this sector and are expected to do so in the future. The ARRA also contains several provisions aimed at improving the electrical transmission system in the U.S., in part to facilitate the transfer of renewable energy from rural areas to high demand areas, and several of these provisions have been extended by the ATRA through the end of 2013.

7

Table of Contents

See Item 1A - Risk Factors - “The impact of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 is uncertain” and "The renewable energy industry is heavily reliant on tax incentives, the availability of which may be uncertain and could adversely affect demand for our services."
Wind Opportunities
Currently, approximately 3% of the United States' electrical needs are met by wind power generation. A report by the DOE presented a roadmap for increasing wind power generation to 20% of demand by 2030, which would require hundreds of billions of dollars in new wind farm investment and transmission lines. Wind deployment in 2012 was brisk. According to the American Wind Energy Association, as of December 31, 2012, the United States had approximately 60,000 MW of installed wind farm generating capacity, with approximately 13,100 MW added in 2012 and approximately 6,650 MW added in 2011. If, however, Congress does not extend or renew wind renewable tax credits in future years, levels of wind farm construction could decrease significantly.
Solar Opportunities
The U.S. photovoltaic (“PV”) market has grown rapidly over the past ten years, rising from 3.9 MW in 2000 to approximately 6,400 MW as of the third quarter of 2012, according to the Solar Energy Industries Association (“SEIA”). In 2012, the SEIA noted that PV installed capacity was expected to double versus 2011, adding approximately 3,200 MW. The increase in demand has been driven, in part, by federal and state-level incentives as well as improved project economics from falling solar panel prices. If, however, Congress does not extend or renew the solar renewable tax credits in future years, levels of solar farm construction could decrease significantly.
Heavy Industrial Opportunities
Industrial plant construction opportunities across a wide variety of industries are present. The low price of natural gas is expected to spur the construction of new gas-fired electrical generating plants, conversions of coal-fired power plants to cleaner natural gas and the construction of other plants which use natural gas as a fuel source or chemical feedstock. Industrial facilities and plants that support the biofuels, food processing, natural gas, petroleum and related industries present opportunities as additional domestic energy reserves are produced, transported and processed.
Competitive Strengths
Our competitive strengths include:
Diverse Customer Relationships. We serve a diversified customer and industry base. Our customers include some of the largest communications, power generation and utility companies in North America, including AT&T, DIRECTV®, Mid-American Energy, Energy Transfer Company, Duke Energy, DCP Midstream, Dominion Virginia Power, Enbridge, Inc., Chesapeake Midstream Partners LP and enXco. We have longstanding relationships with many customers and often provide services to many of our customers under multi-year master service agreements and other service agreements. We believe that as a result of our expansion and diversification efforts, it is unlikely that a single customer will account for greater than 25% of our revenue in the foreseeable future.
National Footprint.   Including our predecessor companies, we have been in business for more than 80 years and are one of the largest companies in the infrastructure construction services industry. Through our network of more than 400 locations and approximately 12,300 employees as of December 31, 2012, we offer consistent, comprehensive infrastructure services to our customers throughout North America. We believe our experience, technical expertise, geographic reach and size are important to our customers.
Ability to Respond Quickly and Effectively.  The skills required to serve our end markets are similar, which allows us to utilize qualified personnel across multiple end markets and projects. We are able to respond quickly and effectively to industry changes, demand and major weather events by allocating our employees, fleet and other assets as and where they are needed, enabling us to provide cost effective and timely services for our customers.  
Reputation for Reliable Customer Service and Technical Expertise. We believe that over the years, we have established a reputation for quality customer service and technical expertise. We believe that our reputation gives us an advantage in competing for new work, both from existing as well as potential customers. In addition, we have broad capabilities and expertise in the areas of pipeline, wireless, electrical transmission, power generation, including renewable energy, and heavy industrial infrastructure.
Experienced Management Team.  Our management team plays a significant role in establishing and maintaining long-term relationships with our customers, supporting the growth of our business, integrating acquired businesses and managing the financial aspects of our operations. Our chief executive officer, chief operating officer and business unit presidents average 20 plus years of industry experience and have a deep understanding of our customers and their requirements. Generally, key managers and founders of our recently acquired companies continue to work for us under long-term employment agreements or services agreements.
Strategy
The key elements of our business strategy are as follows:
Focus on Growth Opportunities. We believe that our end markets offer compelling growth opportunities, and we expect increased spending by key customers in the industries we serve. We expect development of natural gas and petroleum pipeline infrastructure, expansion of wireless infrastructure, electrical transmission capacity and distribution grid expansion and upgrades, development of power generation infrastructure, including renewable energy sources such as wind farms and solar farms, and heavy industrial projects to be areas of high investment and opportunity in the coming years. We intend to use our broad geographic presence, technical expertise, customer relationships and full range of services to capitalize

8

Table of Contents

on these trends and grow our business.
Operational Excellence. We seek to improve our operating margins and cash flows by focusing on profitable services and projects that have high margin potential, as well as by identifying opportunities for leverage within our business, such as deploying resources across multiple projects, while maintaining strong working capital management practices. We enhance our operating effectiveness and utilization rates through our ability to use certain resources across multiple customers and projects. We continue to pursue actions and programs designed to improve operating efficiencies and working capital management, such as increasing accountability throughout our organization, managing customer contract bidding procedures more effectively and increasing individual project profitability, hiring additional experienced operating and financial professionals and expanding the use of our financial and other management information systems.
Maintain Conservative Capital Structure. We have increased our financial resources in recent years. In August 2011, we amended our credit facility, which expanded our borrowing capacity from $260 million to $600 million. We also completed a debt exchange in the first quarter of 2011, resulting in the exchange of 94% of two of our outstanding series of senior convertible notes that we originally issued in 2009. The terms of the exchanged notes are substantially identical to those of the original notes, except that the exchanged notes have an optional physical (share), cash or combination settlement feature. See Note 10 - Debt in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information. We evaluate our capital structure on an ongoing basis and may consider opportunities to repurchase equity or repurchase, refinance or retire outstanding debt in the future.
Focus on Acquisition Integration.We have diversified our business and expanded our service offerings and geographical footprint through numerous acquisitions in the last few years. Our strategy includes timely and efficient integration of acquisitions to best fit into our internal control environment and to maximize the potential of acquired businesses.
Leverage Performance and Core Expertise Through Strategic Acquisitions, Alliances and/or Selected Divestitures. We may pursue selected acquisitions, investments and strategic alliances that allow us to expand our operations into targeted geographic areas or continue to expand our service offerings in related fields. We may also divest certain businesses or assets due to, among other things, their respective performance or their fit within our long-term business strategy.
Services
Our core services are the engineering, building, installing, maintaining and upgrading of infrastructure for communications, power generation and utility customers. We provide similar services to each of these customers, including:
Build.  We build infrastructure projects for customers across a range of industries. We specialize in building natural gas, crude oil and refined product transport pipelines; underground and overhead distribution systems, including trenches, conduits, cable and power lines, which provide wireless and wireline communications; electrical power generation, transmission and distribution systems; renewable energy infrastructure, including wind and solar farms; and compressor and pump stations and treatment plants and heavy industrial plants.
Install.  We install electrical and other energy distribution and transmission systems, power generation facilities, buried and aerial fiber optic cables, coaxial cables, copper lines and satellite dishes in a variety of environments for our customers. In connection with our installation work, we deploy and manage network connections that involve our customers’ hardware, software and network equipment.
 Maintain and Upgrade.  We offer 24 hour, 7 day, 365 days a year maintenance and upgrade support to our customers. Our comprehensive service offerings include the regular maintenance of our customers’ distribution facilities, networks and infrastructure, including natural gas and petroleum pipeline, wireless, power generation and electrical distribution and transmission infrastructure. We also provide emergency services for accidents or storm damage. Our upgrade work ranges from routine replacements and upgrades to major overhauls.
Customers
We have longstanding relationships with many customers, and over 40% of our revenue is derived from projects performed under master service and other service agreements, which are generally multi-year agreements. Certain of our master service agreements are exclusive up to a specified dollar amount per work order for each defined geographic area, but do not obligate our customers to undertake any infrastructure projects or other work with us. Work performed under master service and other service agreements is typically generated through work orders, each of which is performed for a fixed fee. Services provided under these agreements range from engineering, project management and installation work to maintenance and upgrade services. Master service and other service agreements are frequently awarded on a competitive bidding basis, although customers are sometimes willing to negotiate contract extensions beyond their original terms without re-bidding. Our master service and other service agreements have various terms, depending upon the nature of the services provided, and typically provide for termination on short or no advance notice.
The remainder of our work is generated pursuant to contracts for specific projects or jobs that may require the construction and installation of an entire infrastructure system or specified units within an infrastructure system. Customers are billed with varying frequency, generally monthly or upon attaining specific milestones. Such contracts generally include retainage provisions under which 2% to 15% of the contract price is withheld from us until the work has been completed and accepted by the customer.
We believe that our industry experience, technical expertise and reputation for customer service, as well as the relationships developed between our customers and our senior management and project management teams are important to our being retained by our customers. Revenue concentration information, as a percent of total consolidated revenue from continuing operations, is as follows:

9

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Revenue from top ten customers	64	%	 	71	%	 	72	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue from specific customers:	 	 	 	 	 	
AT&T	18	%	 	24	%	 	22	%	
DIRECTV®	17	%	 	20	%	 	20	%	

In May 2012, Red Ventures LLC (“Red Ventures”) exercised its option to purchase DirectStar TV LLC (“DirectStar”), including its subsidiaries (together, the “DirectStar Business”), and we consummated the sale of the DirectStar Business to Red Ventures in June 2012 for a net sale price of $98.9 million in cash. DirectStar provides marketing and sales services on behalf of DIRECTV ® . The sale of the DirectStar Business reduced our revenues from DIRECTV ® . Refer to Note 4 – Discontinued Operations in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

See Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for additional information pertaining to significant customers.
Backlog
Estimated backlog represents the amount of revenue we expect to realize over the next 18 months from future work on uncompleted contracts, including new contractual agreements on which work has not begun. Our backlog estimates include amounts under master service and other service agreements in addition to construction projects. We determine the amount of backlog for work under master service and other service agreements based on historical trends, anticipated seasonal impacts and estimates of customer demand based on communications with our customers. The following presents 18-month backlog for our business (excluding discontinued operations) by reportable segment as of the periods indicated (in millions):

 	As of December 31,	
Reportable Segment	2012	 	2011 (1)	
Communications	$	2,521	
 	 	$	2,137	
 	
Oil & Gas	220	
 	 	154	
 	
Electrical Transmission	453	
 	 	244	
 	
Power Generation and Industrial	147	
 	 	542	
 	
Other	17	
 	 	15	
 	
Estimated 18-month backlog	$	3,358	
 	 	$	3,092	
 	
(1) Excludes aggregate backlog attributable to Globetec and the DirectStar Business of approximately $247 million, which had been included in previously reported figures, due to the reclassification of Globetec and the DirectStar Business as discontinued operations.

We expect to realize approximately 71% of our year end 2012 backlog in 2013. While our backlog estimates include amounts under master service and other service agreements, our customers are not contractually committed to purchase a minimum amount of services under these agreements, most of which can be canceled on short or no advance notice. There can be no assurance as to our customers’ requirements or that our estimates are accurate. In addition, timing of revenues for construction and installation projects included in our backlog can be subject to change as a result of customer delays, regulatory requirements and other project related factors. These changes could cause estimated revenues to be realized in periods later than originally expected, or not at all. As a result, our backlog as of any particular date is an uncertain indicator of future revenues and earnings.
Sales and Marketing
Our customers increasingly require resources from multiple disciplines. Therefore, we market our services individually or in combination with other companies to provide what we believe is the most efficient and effective solution to meet our customers’ demands. Through our unified MasTec ®  brand and an integrated organizational structure designed to permit rapid deployment of labor, equipment and materials, we are able to quickly and efficiently allocate resources to meet customer needs.
We have developed a marketing plan emphasizing the MasTec® registered service mark and tradenames of certain acquired companies, as well as an integrated service offering to position ourselves as a provider of a full range of service solutions, providing services ranging from basic installation to sophisticated engineering, design and integration. We believe our longstanding relationships with customers and our reputation for reliability and efficiency facilitate our recurring business. Our marketing efforts are principally carried out by the management of our business units and project groups in coordination with our corporate marketing organization. Our management team has many years of industry experience, both at the service provider level and in some cases with the customers we serve. Our business unit and project group managers market directly to existing and potential customers for new contracts and also seek our inclusion on lists of vendors invited to submit proposals for service agreements and individual projects. Our executive management supplements these efforts at the national level.

10

Table of Contents

Safety and Insurance/Risk Management
We strive to instill safe work habits in our employees, and we require that our employees participate in training programs relevant to their employment and complete all training programs required by law. We evaluate employees in part based upon their safety records and the safety records of the employees they supervise. We have established a company-wide safety program to share best practices and to monitor and improve compliance with safety procedures and regulations.
Our business involves the use of heavy equipment, and exposure to various workplace conditions that can be dangerous. While we are committed to operating safely and prudently, we are subject to claims by employees, customers and third parties for property damage and personal injuries that occur in connection with our work. We presently maintain insurance policies subject to per claim deductibles of $1 million for our workers’ compensation policy, $2 million for our general liability policy and $2 million for our automobile liability policy. We have excess umbrella coverage of up to $100 million per claim and in the aggregate. We also maintain an insurance policy with respect to employee group health claims subject to annual per employee maximum losses of $0.4 million. See Item 1A. Risk Factors - “We are self-insured against many potential liabilities.” We are required to post letters of credit and provide cash collateral to certain of our insurance carriers and to obtain surety bonds in certain states in which we are self-insured. Total outstanding letters of credit related to our insurance programs amounted to $53.2 million as of December 31, 2012. Cash collateral deposited with insurance carriers amounted to $2.0 million as of December 31, 2012. Outstanding surety bonds related to self-insurance programs amounted to $9.0 million as of December 31, 2012. See Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Self-Insurance.”
Suppliers, Materials and Working Capital
Under many of our contracts, our customers provide the necessary materials and supplies for projects and we are responsible for the installation of, but not the cost or warranty of those materials. Under certain other projects, we purchase the necessary materials and supplies on behalf of our customers from third-party providers. We are not dependent on any one supplier for materials or supplies and have not experienced any significant difficulty in obtaining an adequate supply of materials and supplies.
We utilize independent contractors to assist on projects and to help us manage work flow. Our independent contractors are typically sole proprietorships or small business entities that provide their own vehicles, tools and insurance coverage. We are not dependent on any single independent contractor. We need working capital to support seasonal variations in our business, primarily due to the impact of weather conditions on external construction and maintenance work and the spending patterns of our customers, both of which influence the timing of associated spending to support related customer demand. A portion of working capital assets is typically converted to cash in the first quarter. Conversely, working capital needs generally increase from April through October due to the seasonality of our business. Our billing terms are generally net 30 days, although some contracts allow our customers to retain a portion (from 2% to 15%) of the contract amount until the job is completed. For certain customers, we maintain inventory to meet the material requirements of the contracts. Occasionally, certain of our customers pay us in advance for a portion of the materials we purchase for their projects, or allow us to pre-bill them for materials purchases up to a specified amount. Vendor terms are generally 30 days. Our agreements with subcontractors often contain a “pay-when-paid” provision, whereby we pay subcontractors under these agreements only after our customers pay us.
Competition
Our industry is highly competitive and highly fragmented. We often compete with a number of companies in the markets in which we operate, ranging from small local independent companies to large national firms. The national or large regional firms that compete with us include Quanta Services, Inc., MYR Group, Inc., Dycom Industries, Inc., Pike Electric, Inc., Willbros Group, Bechtel Corporation, D.H. Blattner & Sons, Inc. and M.A. Mortenson Company.
Relatively few significant barriers to entry exist in the markets in which we operate, and, as a result, any organization that has adequate financial resources and access to technical expertise may become a competitor. Some of our customers employ personnel to perform infrastructure services of the type we provide. We compete based upon our industry experience, technical expertise, financial and operational resources, geographic presence, industry reputation and customer service. While we believe our customers consider a number of factors when selecting a service provider, most of their work is awarded through a bid process. Consequently, price is often a principal factor in determining which service provider is selected. See Item 1A. Risk Factors - “Our industry is highly competitive, which may reduce our market share and harm our financial performance.”
Regulation and Environmental Matters
We are subject to state and federal laws that apply to businesses generally, including laws and regulations related to labor relations, worker safety and environmental protection. While many of our customers operate in regulated industries (for example, utilities regulated by the public service commission or communications companies regulated by the Federal Communications Commission), we are not generally subject to such regulation and oversight.
As a contractor, our operations are subject to various laws, including:
 	 	
•	regulations related to vehicle registrations, including those of state and the United States Department of Transportation ("DOT");	
 	 	
•	regulations related to worker safety and health, including those established by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration ("OSHA");	
 	 	
•	contractor licensing requirements;	
 	 	
•	permitting and inspection requirements; and	

11

Table of Contents
 	 	
•	building and electrical codes.	
We are also subject to numerous environmental laws governing our operations, including the handling, transportation and disposal of non-hazardous and hazardous substances and wastes, as well as emissions and discharges into the environment, including discharges into air, surface water and groundwater and soil. We also are subject to laws and regulations that impose liability and cleanup responsibility for releases of hazardous substances into the environment. Under certain of these laws and regulations, liabilities can be imposed for cleanup of properties, regardless of whether we directly caused the contamination or violated any law at the time of discharge or disposal. The presence of contamination from such substances or wastes could interfere with ongoing operations or adversely affect our business. In addition, we could be held liable for significant penalties and damages under certain environmental laws and regulations. For example,
 	 	
•	Some of the work we perform is in underground environments. If the field location maps supplied to us are not accurate, or if objects are present in the soil that are not indicated on the field location maps, our underground work could strike objects in the soil containing pollutants and result in a rupture and discharge of pollutants. In such a case, we may be liable for fines and damages.	
 	 	
•	We sometimes perform directional drilling operations in certain environmentally sensitive terrains and water bodies. Due to the inconsistent nature of the terrain and water bodies, it is possible that such directional drilling may cause a surface fracture releasing subsurface materials. These releases may contain contaminants in excess of amounts permitted by law, potentially exposing us to remediation costs and fines.	
 	 	
•	We own and lease several facilities at which we store our equipment. Some of these facilities contain fuel storage tanks which may be above or below ground. If these tanks were to leak, we could be responsible for the cost of remediation as well as potential fines.	
We believe we have all licenses and permits needed to conduct operations and that we are in compliance with all material applicable regulatory requirements. However, if we fail to comply with any material applicable regulatory requirements, we could incur significant liabilities.
     We offer services and are branded under the MasTec® service mark and other service marks.
Financial Information About Geographic Areas
We have operations in Canada as well as in parts of Latin America and the Caribbean. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, revenues from continuing operations of $156.8 million, $91.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively, were derived from foreign operations, and revenues of $3.6 billion, $2.7 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively, were derived in the United States. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, revenues within the results of operations from discontinued operations of $5.8 million, $12.4 million and $2.7 million respectively, were derived from foreign operations, with revenues of $73.1 million, $165.3 million and $162.3 million, respectively, derived in the United States. Long-lived assets held in foreign countries include property and equipment, net, of $12.9 million and $12.7 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, of which $1.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively, were classified within long-term assets of discontinued operations. Intangible assets and goodwill, net, of $30.5 million and $30.0 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively were held in foreign countries, none of which was classified within long-term assets of discontinued operations.
Our business, financial condition and results of operations in foreign countries may be adversely affected by monetary and fiscal policies, currency fluctuations, energy shortages, regulatory requirements and other political, social and economic developments or instability. Refer to Item 1A - “Risk Factors” for additional information.
Employees
As of December 31, 2012, we had approximately 12,300 employees, approximately 800 of whom were represented by a union or were subject to collective bargaining agreements. These collective bargaining agreements require us to pay specified wages and provide certain benefits to these employees, including contributions to multi-employer pension plans and employee benefit trusts. The collective bargaining agreements expire at various times and have typically been renegotiated and renewed on terms that are similar to the ones contained in the expiring agreements. See Item 1A, Risk Factors - “Certain of our businesses have employees who are represented by a union or are subject to collective bargaining agreements; the unionized workforce and any related obligations could adversely affect our operations.”
We hire employees from a number of sources, including our industry, trade schools and colleges. Our primary sources for employees include promotion from within, team member referrals, print and internet advertising and direct recruiting. We attract and retain employees by offering technical training opportunities, bonus opportunities, stock ownership, competitive salaries and a comprehensive benefits package.
We believe that our focus on training and career development helps us to attract and retain employees. Our employees participate in ongoing educational programs, many of which are internally developed, to enhance their technical and management skills through classroom and field training. We provide opportunities for promotion and mobility within our organization, which we also believe helps us to retain our employees. We believe our relations with our employees are good.
Available Information
A copy of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are available free of charge on the internet at our website, www.mastec.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file these reports with, or furnish these reports to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, which we refer to as the SEC. Copies of our Board of Directors Governance Principles and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which applies to all directors and employees and includes a code of ethics for our CEO, CFO and other senior

12

Table of Contents

executives, and which expressly applies to our senior financial officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and our controller), and the charters for each of our Audit, Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees are also available on our website in the Investor section under the tab “Corporate Governance,” or may be obtained by contacting our Vice President of Investor Relations by phone at (305) 406-1815, or by email at investor.relations@mastec.com. We intend to provide any amendments or waivers to our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for any of our directors and senior officers on our website within four business days of any such amendment or waiver. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on the website and such information is not part of this report. Our reports filed with the SEC may be read or copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Alternatively, you may access these reports at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
 	 	
ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS	
You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business. If any of these risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer, and the trading price of our common stock could decline.
Risks Related to Our Industry and Our Customers’ Industries
Economic downturns could reduce capital expenditures in the industries we serve, which may result in a decrease in demand for our services.
The demand for our services has been, and will likely continue to be, cyclical in nature and vulnerable to general downturns in the U.S. economy and the economies of other countries in which we operate . During economic downturns, our customers may not have the ability to fund capital expenditures for infrastructure, or may have difficulty obtaining financing for planned projects. This has, and may continue to result in, cancellations of projects or deferral of projects to a later date. Such cancellations or deferrals could result in decreased demand for our services and could materially adversely affect the results of our operations, cash flows and liquidity.
In addition, our customers are negatively affected by economic downturns that decrease the need for their services or the profitability of their services. Slow-downs in real estate, fluctuations in commodity prices and decreased demand by end-customers for services could affect our customers and their capital expenditure plans. Because we have previously been negatively impacted by economic downturns, we continually monitor our customers’ industries and their relative health compared to the economy as a whole. Reductions in new housing starts, for example, have negatively affected our customers who utilize our services to construct their “last mile” of communications infrastructure, and such reductions have also had negative impacts on other industries we serve, including electric utility transmission and grid connection and pipeline construction. Additionally, our customers who provide satellite and broadband communications to consumers across North America could be adversely impacted by an economic downturn if new subscriptions and upgrades for new and existing consumers are not ordered at the rate that our customers anticipate. During an economic downturn, our customers also may not have the ability or desire to continue to fund capital expenditures for infrastructure or may outsource less work. A decrease in any of these projects, new subscriptions or upgrades could negatively impact demand for the services we provide and could materially adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
Demand for pipeline construction services depends on oil and natural gas industry activity and expenditure levels that are directly affected by trends in oil, natural gas and other fuel prices and the cost of energy infrastructure projects.
Demand for our pipeline construction services is particularly sensitive to the level of exploration, development, and production activity of, and the corresponding capital spending by, oil and natural gas companies. Prices for oil and natural gas are subject to large fluctuations in response to relatively minor changes in the supply of, and demand for, oil and natural gas, as well as market uncertainty and a variety of other factors that are beyond our control. Low prices for oil and natural gas generally depress levels of exploration, development and production activity, resulting in a corresponding decline in demand for pipeline construction services. Factors affecting the prices of oil and natural gas include:
 	 	
•	the levels of supply and demand for oil and natural gas, especially demand for natural gas in the United States;	
 	 	
•	governmental regulations, including policies regarding the exploration, production and development of oil and natural gas reserves as well as environmental laws and initiatives to control global warming;	
 	 	
•	global weather conditions and natural disasters;	
 	 	
•	worldwide political, military, and economic conditions; the level of oil production by non-Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries ("OPEC") suppliers and available excess production capacity within OPEC;	
 	 	
•	oil refining capacity and shifts in end-customer preferences toward fuel efficiency and the use of natural gas;	
 	 	
•	the cost of producing and delivering oil and gas; and	
•    potential acceleration of development of alternative fuels.
Historically, the markets for oil and gas have been volatile and are likely to continue to be volatile. Spending on exploration and production activities by large oil and gas companies has a significant impact on the activity levels of pipeline construction services.

13

Table of Contents

In addition, demand for pipeline construction services may be affected by the costs of energy exploration and the construction of energy infrastructure projects. For example, while high oil and gas prices may increase oil and gas exploration and production and transportation activity, the associated increase in demand for equipment, materials and labor required for such exploration and activity may increase their costs and dampen demand for our services. Furthermore, increased costs for raw materials such as steel and other commodities may make some projects uneconomical despite robust oil and gas prices, thus reducing demand for our pipeline construction services. A decrease in demand for our pipeline construction services could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
Our industry is highly competitive, which may reduce our market share and harm our financial performance.
Our industry is highly fragmented, and we compete with other companies in most of the markets in which we operate, ranging from small independent firms servicing local markets to larger firms servicing regional and national markets. We also face competition from existing and prospective customers that employ in-house personnel to perform some of the services we provide. There are relatively few barriers to entry into certain of the markets in which we operate and, as a result, any organization that has adequate financial resources and access to technical expertise and skilled personnel may become a competitor.
Most of our customers’ work is awarded through a bid process. Consequently, price is often the principal factor that determines which service provider is selected, especially on smaller, less complex projects. Smaller competitors sometimes win bids for these projects based on price alone due to their lower costs and financial return requirements. If we are unsuccessful in bidding on these projects, or if our ability to win such projects requires that we accept lesser margins, our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity could be materially and adversely affected.
Many of the industries we serve are subject to consolidation and rapid technological and regulatory change, and our inability or failure to adjust to our customers’ changing needs could reduce demand for our services.
We derive, and anticipate that we will continue to derive, a substantial portion of our revenue from customers in the communications and utilities industries, which are subject to rapid changes in technology and governmental regulation. Changes in technology may reduce the demand for the services we provide. For example, new or developing telecommunications technologies could displace existing technologies, such as the wireline systems used for the transmission of voice, video and data. Furthermore, improvements in existing technologies could allow communications providers to significantly improve their networks without physically upgrading them. Technological advances may also result in lower costs for sources of energy, which may render existing renewable energy and natural gas projects and technologies uncompetitive or obsolete. Additionally, the communications and utilities industries have been characterized by a high level of consolidation that may result in the loss of one or more of our customers. Our failure to rapidly adopt and master new technologies as they are developed in any of the industries we serve or the consolidation of one or more of our significant customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
Risks Related to Our Business
We derive a significant portion of our revenue from a few customers, and the loss of one of these customers or a reduction in their demand for our services could impair our financial performance.
For the year ended December 31, 2012, we derived approximately 18% and 17% of our revenue from continuing operations from AT&T and DIRECTV ® , respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we derived approximately 24%, 20% and 8% of our revenue from continuing operations from AT&T, DIRECTV ®  and El Paso Corporation, respectively, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, we derived approximately 22%, 20% and 9% of our revenue from continuing operations from AT&T, DIRECTV ® , and El Paso Corporation, respectively. In addition, our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 64%, 71% and 72% of our revenue from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Because our business is concentrated among relatively few major customers, and certain of our services are provided on a non-recurring, project by project basis, our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity could be negatively affected if these customers reduce the amount of business they provide to us, or if we complete the required work on our projects for these customers and cannot replace them with similar projects. Approximately 57% of our revenue from continuing operations was derived from non-recurring project specific work for the year ended December 31, 2012, which may further increase this risk if we are not able to replace completed project work with new work. In addition, many of the contracts with our largest customers may be canceled on short or no advance notice. Any of these factors could negatively impact our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
Most of our contracts do not obligate our customers to undertake any infrastructure projects or other work with us.
Over 40% of our revenue from continuing operations is derived from multi-year master service agreements and other service agreements. Under our multi-year master service agreements and other service agreements, we contract to provide customers with individual project services, through work orders, within defined geographic areas on a fixed fee basis. Under these agreements, our customers have no obligation to undertake any infrastructure projects or other work with us. A significant decline in the projects customers assign us under these service agreements could negatively affect in our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
Most of our contracts may be canceled on short or no advance notice, which could reduce our revenue, and certain of our contracts with customers are subject to their ability to secure financing or other conditions and therefore may not result in revenues or profits.
Most of our contracts are cancelable on short or no advance notice, ranging from immediate cancellation to cancellation upon 180 days notice, even if we are not in default under the contract. Many of our contracts, including our service agreements, are periodically open to public bid. We may not be the successful bidder on our existing contracts that are re-bid. We also provide a significant portion of our services on a non-recurring, project-by-project basis. We could experience a reduction in our revenue, profitability and liquidity if:
 	 	
•	our customers cancel a significant number of contracts;	

14

Table of Contents
 	 	
•	we fail to win a significant number of our existing contracts upon re-bid; or	
 	 	
•	we complete the required work under a significant number of our non-recurring projects and cannot replace them with similar projects.	
Additionally, from time to time, we enter into contracts that contain financing or other conditions, which must be satisfied before we may begin work; therefore, certain of these contracts may not result in revenues or profits if our customers are unable to obtain the associated financing or satisfy any other conditions associated with such projects are otherwise not met.
Amounts included in our backlog may not result in actual revenue or translate into profits. Our backlog is subject to cancellation and unexpected adjustments and therefore is an uncertain indicator of future operating results.
A significant portion of our 18-month backlog as of December 31, 2012 was composed of master service agreements and other service agreements, none of which require our customers to purchase a minimum amount of services and are cancelable on short or no advance notice. The balance of our backlog is our estimate of work to be completed on long-term installation/construction fixed price agreements. These backlog amounts are based on our estimates and therefore may not result in actual receipt of revenue in the originally anticipated period, or at all. In addition, contracts included in our backlog may not be profitable. We may experience variances in the realization of our backlog because of project delays or cancellations resulting from weather conditions, other project deferrals or delays, scope adjustments, external market factors and economic factors beyond our control. If our backlog fails to materialize, our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity would be materially and adversely affected. Accordingly, our backlog as of any particular date is an uncertain indicator of future earnings.
Our business is seasonal and is affected by adverse weather conditions and the spending patterns of our customers, exposing us to variable quarterly results.
Some of our customers reduce their expenditures and work order requests towards the end of the calendar year. Adverse weather conditions, particularly during the winter season, also affect our ability to perform outdoor services in certain regions of North America. As a result, we generally experience reduced revenue in the first quarter of each calendar year. Natural catastrophes such as hurricanes or other severe weather could also have, and have had, a negative impact on the economy overall and on our ability to perform outdoor services in affected regions or utilize equipment and crews stationed in those regions, which could negatively affect our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity. For example, the northeastern United States was negatively affected by flooding in the second half of 2011. Heavy rains began in the summer, followed by additional rainfall from Hurricane Irene in August and Tropical Storm Lee in the third quarter of 2011, causing flooding conditions, which hurt productivity and profitability on certain of our pipeline projects in the Marcellus shale basin.
We may not accurately estimate the costs associated with our services provided under fixed price contracts, which could impair our financial performance.
A significant portion of our revenue is derived from master service and other service agreements that are fixed price contracts. Under these contracts, we set the price of our services on a per unit or aggregate basis and assume the risk that costs associated with our performance may be greater than we anticipated. In addition to master or other service agreements, we enter into contracts for specific projects or jobs that may require the installation or construction of an entire infrastructure system or specified units within an infrastructure system. Under those agreements, we contractually agree to a price per unit. Profitability will be reduced if the actual costs to complete each unit exceed original estimates. We are also required to immediately recognize the full amount of any expected losses on these projects if estimated costs to complete the remaining units for the projects exceed the revenue to be earned on such units. Our profitability is therefore dependent upon our ability to accurately estimate the costs associated with our services. These costs may be affected by a variety of factors, such as lower than anticipated productivity, conditions at work sites differing materially from what was anticipated at the time we bid on the contract and higher costs of materials and labor. These variations, along with other risks inherent in performing fixed price contracts, may cause actual project revenue and profits to differ from original estimates, and as a result, certain agreements or projects could have lower margins than anticipated, or losses, if actual costs exceed our estimates, which could reduce our profitability, cash flows and liquidity.
We recognize revenue from installation/construction fixed price contracts using the percentage-of-completion method; therefore, variations of actual results from our assumptions may reduce our profitability.
We recognize revenue from installation/construction fixed price contracts using the percentage-of-completion method, measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date to total estimated costs for each contract. The cumulative amount of revenue recorded on a contract at a specified point in time is the percentage of total estimated revenue that incurred costs to date bear to estimated total contract costs. The percentage-of-completion method, therefore, relies on estimates of total expected contract costs. Contract revenue and total cost estimates are reviewed and revised periodically as the work progresses. Adjustments are reflected in contract revenue in the fiscal period in which such estimates are revised. Estimates are based on management’s reasonable assumptions and experience, but are subject to the risks inherent in estimates. Variation of actual results from estimates on a large project or on a number of smaller projects could be material. We immediately recognize the full amount of an estimated loss on a contract when our estimates indicate such a loss. Such adjustments and accrued losses could result in reduced profitability, which could negatively impact our liquidity and results of operations.
Our failure to properly manage projects, or project delays, may result in additional costs or claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, cash flows and liquidity.
Certain of our engagements involve large-scale, complex projects. The quality of our performance on such a project depends in large part upon our ability to manage our client relationship and the project itself and to timely deploy appropriate resources, including third-party contractors and our own personnel. Our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity could be adversely affected if we miscalculate the resources or time needed to complete a project with capped or fixed fees, or the resources or time needed to meet contractual milestones. Additionally, delays on a particular project,

15

Table of Contents

including permitting delays, may cause us to incur costs for standby pay, and may lead to personnel shortages on other projects scheduled to commence at a later date. In addition, some of our agreements require that we share in cost overages or pay liquidated damages if we do not meet project deadlines; therefore, any failure to properly estimate or manage cost, or delay in completion of projects, could subject us to penalties, which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity. Further, any defects or errors, or failures to meet our customers’ expectations could result in large damage claims against us, and because of the substantial cost of, and potentially long lead-times necessary to acquire certain of the materials and equipment used in our complex projects, such as pipeline and power generation, including renewable energy, damage claims may substantially exceed the amount we can charge for our associated services.
Our business may be affected by difficult work sites and environments, which could cause delays and increase our costs.
We perform work under a variety of conditions, including, but not limited to, difficult and hard to reach terrain and difficult site conditions. Performing work under such conditions can result in project delays or cancellations, potentially causing us to incur additional, unanticipated costs, reductions in revenues or the payment of liquidated damages. In addition, some of our contracts require that we assume the risk should actual site conditions vary from those expected.
Some of our projects involve challenging engineering, procurement and construction phases that may occur over extended time periods, sometimes over several years. We may encounter difficulties in engineering, delays in designs or materials provided by the customer or a third party, equipment and material delivery delays, schedule changes, delays from customer failure to timely obtain rights-of-way, weather-related delays, delays by subcontractors in completing their portion of the project and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, but which impact our ability to complete a project as originally scheduled. In some cases, delays and additional costs may be substantial, and we may be required to cancel a project and/or compensate the customer for the delay. We may not be able to recover any of such costs. Any such delays or cancellations or errors or other failures to meet customer expectations could result in damage claims substantially in excess of the revenue associated with a project. Delays or cancellations could also negatively impact our reputation or relationships with our customers, which could adversely affect our ability to secure new contracts.
The impact of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 is uncertain.
The recent economic downturn, coupled with a lack of available capital, resulted in a tremendous amount of uncertainty, with numerous renewable energy projects being delayed or canceled. While the ARRA, which was enacted into law in February 2009, with many of its provisions extended by the ATRA, has likely provided some stimulus to certain of our customers and the demand for our services related to renewable energy, electrical transmission and rural broadband industries, the continuing and future impact of this stimulus legislation is uncertain and may be limited. Moreover, in light of the ongoing debate over federal budget and tax policies, the likelihood that ARRA will be further extended or enhanced cannot be predicted. Accordingly, we cannot predict the impact that this legislation will have on the demand for our services.
The renewable energy industry is heavily reliant on tax incentives, the availability of which may be uncertain and could adversely affect demand for our services.
Because the unsubsidized cost of electric power from renewable resources such as wind and solar often exceeds that of fossil fuel and nuclear generating facilities, the renewable energy industry is heavily reliant on tax incentives. These tax incentives effectively reduce the market price for renewable energy, making these facilities more economic to construct and spur investment in them. These tax incentives, however, such as those provided by the ARRA, as extended by the ATRA, have a finite duration. The finite duration of these tax incentives creates uncertainty for the developers of renewable energy facilities and may adversely affect investment in them and, accordingly, the demand for our services.

For example, the current election to claim the investment tax credit in lieu of the production tax credit is available only for qualified wind facilities on which construction has commenced prior to January 1, 2014; the U.S. Treasury Section 1603 grant program for wind and solar projects applied only to facilities placed in service in 2010 or 2011 (or after 2011 as long as construction began in 2010 or 2011 and is completed before the termination date of the credit otherwise available for the property) and has not been extended by Congress. Additionally, the investment tax credit for qualified solar projects will only be available for projects placed in service prior to January 1, 2017.  

The current election to claim the the investment tax credit in lieu of the production tax credit is available only for qualified wind facilities on which construction has commenced prior to January 1, 2014. In addition, the production tax credit is scheduled to expire for wind energy facilities on which construction has not commenced prior to January 1, 2014 and will not be available for energy generated from wind facilities on which construction is commenced after that date, unless the credit program is extended or renewed. Whether the investment tax credit or the expired Section 1603 U.S. Treasury grant program will be effective for wind, solar or other renewable energy projects is uncertain, as are any future efforts to extend or renew the production tax credit, the investment tax credit, and/or the Section 1603 U.S. Treasury grant program. Furthermore, the provisions regarding any extension or renewal may not be as favorable as those that currently exist. In addition, we cannot assure you that any extension or renewal of the production tax credit, the investment tax credit, and/or the U.S. Treasury grant program would be enacted prior to its expiration or, if allowed to expire, that any extension or renewal enacted thereafter would be enacted with retroactive effect.
We also cannot assure you that the tax laws providing for accelerated and bonus depreciation with respect to wind or solar energy generation assets will not be modified, amended or repealed in the future. If the investment tax credit or the U.S. Treasury grant program are not effective or if the federal production tax credit is not extended or renewed, or is extended or renewed at a lower rate, these generating facilities may be less profitable to build and operate and the ability of our customers to obtain financing for these projects may be impaired or eliminated. As a result, our revenue and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if demand for our services or the tax incentives were reduced.
Changes to renewable portfolio standards could, and decreased demand for renewable energy projects would, negatively impact our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity .

16

Table of Contents

A portion of our business provides construction and/or installation services to owners and operators of wind power, solar power and other renewable energy facilities. The development of wind, solar and other renewable energy facilities is highly dependent upon federal production tax credits, such as those associated with the ARRA, many of which will expire unless construction is commenced on renewable energy facilities prior to January 1, 2014, and the existence of renewable portfolio standards and other state incentives. Renewable portfolio standards are state specific statutory provisions requiring that electric utilities generate a certain amount of electricity from renewable energy sources or devote a certain portion of operational/development capacity to renewable energy sources. Additionally, certified renewable energy generators earn certificates for every unit of electricity they produce and can sell these along with their electricity to supply companies. These standards have spurred growth in the wind and renewable energy industry and a corresponding increase in demand for renewable energy infrastructure construction services. Currently, approximately 35 states as well as the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico have adopted renewable portfolio standards or goals. Elimination of, or changes to, existing renewable portfolio standards or similar environmental policies may negatively affect demand for our services.

Additionally, renewable energy is generally more expensive to produce and may require additional power generation sources as backup. The locations of renewable energy projects are often remote and are not viable unless connectivity to the grid to transport the power to demand centers is economically feasible. Furthermore, funding for renewable energy initiatives may not be available. These factors could result in fewer renewable energy projects than anticipated or a delay in the timing of construction of these projects and the related infrastructure, which would negatively affect demand for our services.
Legislative actions and incentives relating to electric power and renewable energy may fail to result in increased demand for our services.
While we believe the Energy Policy Act of 2005 (the “Energy Act”) will provide opportunities in the industries we serve, implementation of the Energy Act is still subject to considerable fiscal and regulatory uncertainty. Regulations implementing the components of the Energy Act that may affect demand for our services remain, in some cases, subject to review in various federal courts. In one such case, decided in February 2009, a federal court of appeals vacated the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission ("FERC") interpretation of the scope of its backstop siting authority. Accordingly, the effect of these regulations, once finally implemented, is uncertain. As a result, the Energy Act may not result in increased spending on electric power transmission infrastructure. Continued uncertainty regarding the implementation of the Energy Act may result in slower than anticipated growth in demand for our services.
Many of our customers are highly regulated and the addition of new regulations or changes to existing regulations may adversely impact their demand for our specialty contracting services and the profitability of those services.
Many of our communications customers are regulated by the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC"), and our energy customers are regulated by FERC. In addition, our utility customers are regulated by state public utility commissions. These agencies could change the way in which they interpret the application of their current regulations and may impose additional regulations. Interpretative changes or new regulations that have an adverse affect on our customers and the profitability of the services they provide, could reduce demand for our specialty contracting services, which could adversely affect out results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
We may be unable to obtain sufficient bonding capacity to support certain service offerings, and the need for performance and surety bonds may reduce our availability under our credit facility.
Some of our contracts require performance and payment bonds. If our business continues to grow, our bonding requirements may increase. If we are not able to renew or obtain a sufficient level of bonding capacity in the future, we may be precluded from being able to bid for certain contracts or successfully contract with certain customers. In addition, even if we are able to successfully renew or obtain performance or payment bonds, we may be required to post letters of credit in connection with the bonds, which would reduce availability under our credit facility.
Increases in our insurance premiums or collateral requirements could significantly reduce our profitability, liquidity and availability under our credit facility.
Because of factors such as increases in claims, projected significant increases in medical costs and wages, lost compensation and reductions in coverage, insurance carriers may be unwilling to continue to provide us with our current levels of coverage without a significant increase in insurance premiums or collateral requirements to cover our deductible obligations. An increase in premiums or collateral requirements could significantly reduce our profitability and liquidity as well as reduce availability under our revolving credit facility.
We are self-insured against many potential liabilities.
Although we maintain insurance policies with respect to automobile liability, general liability, workers’ compensation and employee group health claims, those policies are subject to high deductibles, and we are self-insured up to the amount of the deductible. Because most claims against us do not exceed the deductibles under our insurance policies, we are effectively self-insured for substantially all claims. We actuarially determine any liabilities for unpaid claims and associated expenses, including losses incurred but not reported, and reflect the present value of those liabilities in our balance sheet as other current and non-current liabilities. The determination of such claims and expenses and the appropriateness of the related liability is reviewed and updated quarterly. However, insurance liabilities are difficult to assess and estimate due to the many relevant factors, the effects of which are often unknown, including the severity of an injury, the determination of our liability in proportion to other parties, the number of incidents not reported and the effectiveness of our safety program. If our insurance claims increase or if costs exceed our estimates of insurance liabilities, we could experience a decline in profitability and liquidity.
Warranty claims resulting from our services could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We generally warrant the work we perform for a one to two-year period following substantial completion of a project, subject to further

17

Table of Contents

extensions of the warranty period following repairs or replacements. We have not historically accrued reserves for potential warranty claims as they have been immaterial, but such claims could potentially increase. The costs associated with such warranties, including any warranty related legal proceedings, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
Our failure to comply with environmental laws could result in significant liabilities.
Some of the work we perform is in underground environments. If the field location maps supplied to us are not accurate, or if objects are present in the soil that are not indicated on the field location maps, our underground work could strike objects in the soil containing pollutants and result in a rupture and discharge of pollutants. In such a case, we may be liable for fines and damages.
We own and lease several facilities at which we store our equipment. Some of these facilities contain fuel storage tanks which may be above or below ground. If these tanks were to leak, we could be responsible for the cost of remediation as well as potential fines. Additionally, we sometimes perform directional drilling operations below certain environmentally sensitive terrains and water bodies. Due to the inconsistent nature of the terrain and water bodies, it is possible that such directional drilling may cause a surface fracture releasing subsurface materials. These releases may contain contaminants in excess of amounts permitted by law, potentially exposing us to remediation costs and fines. In addition, new environmental laws and regulations, stricter enforcement of existing laws and regulations, the discovery of previously unknown contamination or leaks, or the imposition of new clean-up requirements could require us to incur significant costs or become the basis for new or increased liabilities that could have a material negative impact on our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
Our operations may impact the environment or cause exposure to hazardous substances, and our properties may have environmental contamination, which could result in material liabilities.
Our operations are subject to various environmental laws and regulations, including those dealing with the handling and disposal of waste products, polychlorinated biphenyls (“PCBs”), fuel storage and air quality. Certain of our current and historical construction operations have used hazardous materials and, to the extent that such materials are not properly stored, contained or recycled, they could become hazardous waste. Additionally, some of our contracts require that we assume the environmental risk of site conditions and require that we indemnify our customers for any damages, including environmental damages, incurred in connection with our projects. We may be subject to claims under various environmental laws and regulations, federal and state statutes and/or common law doctrines for toxic torts and other damages, as well as for natural resource damages and the investigation and clean up of soil, surface water, groundwater, and other media under laws such as the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA"). Such claims may arise, for example, out of current or former conditions at project sites, current or former properties owned or leased by us, and contaminated sites that have always been owned or operated by third parties. Liability may be imposed without regard to fault and may be strict and joint and several, such that we may be held responsible for more than our share of any contamination or other damages, or even for the entire share, and may be unable to obtain reimbursement from the parties causing the contamination.
Our business is subject to physical hazards that could result in substantial liabilities and weaken our financial condition.
Construction projects undertaken by us expose our employees to electrical lines, pipelines carrying potentially explosive materials, heavy equipment, mechanical failures, transportation accidents, adverse weather conditions and the risk of damage to equipment and property. These hazards can cause personal injuries and loss of life, severe damage to or destruction of property and equipment and other consequential damages and could lead to suspension of operations and large damage claims which could, in some cases, substantially exceed the amount we charge for the associated services. In addition, if serious accidents or fatalities occur, or our safety records were to deteriorate, we may be restricted from bidding on certain work and obtaining other new contracts and certain existing contracts could be terminated. Our safety processes and procedures are monitored by various agencies and rating bureaus. See Risk Factors – “Our failure to comply with the regulations of the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the U.S. Department of Transportation and other state and local agencies that oversee transportation and safety compliance could reduce our revenue, profitability and liquidity.” The occurrence of accidents in our business could result in significant liabilities, employee turnover, increase the costs of our projects, or harm our ability to perform under our contracts or enter into new contracts with customers, which could materially reduce our revenue, profitability and liquidity.
Our failure to comply with the regulations of the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the U.S. Department of Transportation and other state and local agencies that oversee transportation and safety compliance could reduce our revenue, profitability and liquidity.
The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, establishes certain employer responsibilities, including maintenance of a workplace free of recognized hazards likely to cause death or serious injury, compliance with standards promulgated by OSHA and various recordkeeping, disclosure and procedural requirements. Various standards, including standards for notices of hazards and safety in excavation and demolition work may apply to our operations. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, capital and operating expenditures and other costs in the ordinary course of business in complying with OSHA and other state and local laws and regulations, and could incur penalties and fines in the future, including in extreme cases, criminal sanctions.
While we have invested, and will continue to invest, substantial resources in occupational health and safety programs, our industry involves a high degree of operational risk, and there can be no assurance that we will avoid significant liability. Although we have taken what we have believed to be appropriate precautions, we have had employee injuries and fatalities in the past and may suffer additional injuries or fatalities in the future. Serious accidents of this nature may subject us to substantial penalties, civil litigation or criminal prosecution. Personal injury claims for damages, including for bodily injury or loss of life, could result in substantial costs and liabilities, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, if our safety record were to deteriorate, or if we suffered substantial penalties or criminal prosecution for violation of health and safety regulations, customers could cancel existing contracts and not award future business to us, which could materially adversely affect our liquidity, cash flows and results of operations.

18

Table of Contents

We have, from time to time, received notice from the DOT that our motor carrier operations will be monitored and that the failure to improve our safety performance could result in suspension or revocation of vehicle registration privileges. If we were not able to successfully resolve such issues, our ability to service our customers could be damaged, which could lead to a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
Risks associated with operating in international markets could restrict our ability to expand globally and harm our business and prospects, and we could be adversely affected by our failure to comply with the laws applicable to our foreign activities, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other similar anti-bribery laws.
We derived 4% of our revenue from continuing operations from international markets for the year ended December 31, 2012, and we may further expand the volume of services we provide internationally. Our international operations are presently conducted primarily in Canada, Latin America and the Caribbean, but we have performed work in various other foreign countries, and revenues derived from, or the number of countries in which we operate, could expand over the next few years. Economic conditions, including those resulting from wars, civil unrest, acts of terrorism and other conflicts, or volatility in the global markets may adversely affect our customers, their demand for our services and their ability to pay for our services. In addition, there are numerous risks inherent in conducting our business internationally, including, but not limited to, potential instability in international markets, changes in regulatory requirements applicable to international operations, foreign currency fluctuations, exchange controls and other limits on our ability to repatriate earnings, political, economic and social conditions in foreign countries and complex U.S. and foreign laws and treaties, including tax laws and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”). These risks could restrict our ability to provide services to international customers or to operate our international business profitably, and our overall business and results of operations could be negatively affected by our foreign activities.
     The FCPA and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions prohibit U.S.-based companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We pursue opportunities in certain parts of the world that experience government corruption to some degree, and, in certain circumstances, compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. Further, we require our subcontractors, agents and others who work for us or on our behalf to comply with the FCPA and other anti-bribery laws. Although we have policies and procedures designed to ensure that we, our employees and our agents comply with the FCPA and other anti-bribery laws, there is no assurance that such policies or procedures will protect us against liability under the FCPA or other laws for actions taken by our agents, employees and intermediaries. If we are found to be liable for FCPA violations (either due to our own acts or our inadvertence, or due to the acts or inadvertence of others), we could incur severe criminal or civil penalties or other sanctions, which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged FCPA violations is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management.
Our subcontractors may fail to satisfy their obligations to us or other parties, or we may be unable to maintain these relationships, either of which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
We depend on subcontractors to complete certain work on some of our projects. There is a risk that we may have disputes with subcontractors arising from, among other things, the quality and timeliness of work performed by the subcontractors, customer concerns about the subcontractors or our failure to extend existing task orders or issue new task orders under a subcontract. In addition, if any of our subcontractors fail to deliver on a timely basis the agreed-upon supplies and/or perform the agreed-upon services, then our ability to fulfill our obligations as a prime contractor may be jeopardized. In addition, the absence of qualified subcontractors with whom we have a satisfactory relationships could adversely affect the quality of our service and our ability to perform under some of our contracts. Any of these factors may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
We may choose, or be required, to pay our subcontractors even if our customers do not pay, or delay paying us for the related services.
We use subcontractors to perform portions of our services and to manage work flow. In some cases, we pay our subcontractors before our customers pay us for the related services. If we choose, or are required, to pay our subcontractors for work performed for customers who fail to pay, or delay paying us for the related work, we could experience a material decrease in profitability and liquidity.
Increases in the costs of fuel could reduce our operating margins.
The price of fuel needed to run our vehicles and equipment is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by the OPEC and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Because most of our contracts do not allow us to adjust our pricing, any increase in fuel costs could materially reduce our profitability and liquidity.
Our profitability and liquidity could decline if certain customers reduce the amounts they pay for our services or if our customers are unable to pay for our services.
In the past, we incurred significant losses after a number of customers filed for bankruptcy or experienced financial difficulties following a general economic downturn, in which certain industry factors worsened the impact of the overall economic downturn on those customers. In 2012, we recorded $6.9 million of provisions for bad debts, and as of December 31, 2012, our allowance for uncollectible accounts totaled $11.2 million. As of December 31, 2012, we had $2.6 million of receivables from customers undergoing bankruptcy reorganization, and we could experience losses if such customers are unable to pay us for our services.
Our financial results are based, in part, upon estimates and assumptions that may differ from actual results.
In preparing our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S.

19

Table of Contents

GAAP”), a number of estimates and assumptions are made by management that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. These estimates and assumptions must be made because certain information that is used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements is either dependent on future events or cannot be calculated with a high degree of precision from data available. In some cases, these estimates are particularly uncertain and we must exercise significant judgment. Estimates are primarily used in: our assessment of revenue recognition, in particular on long-term construction contracts, including estimates to complete and provisions for contract losses; allowances for doubtful accounts; accrued self-insured claims; estimated fair values of goodwill and intangible assets, acquisition-related contingent consideration, investments in equity method investees, assets and liabilities classified as held for sale, available for sale securities and certain convertible debt obligations; asset lives used in computing depreciation and amortization, including amortization of intangible assets; other reserves and accruals; impairment of assets; income taxes; and litigation and contingencies. Actual results could differ materially from the estimates and assumptions that we use, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
We may incur goodwill impairment charges, which could harm our profitability.
When we acquire a business, we record goodwill equal to the excess amount we pay for the business, including anticipated future liabilities and liabilities assumed, over the fair value of the acquired tangible and intangible assets of that business. As a result of our acquisitions, we have $957.4 million of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets recorded as of December 31, 2012. We expect to continue to record additions to goodwill in future periods in connection with completed acquisitions, including goodwill resulting from future earn-out payments for acquisitions that closed prior to January 1, 2009, in accordance with U.S. GAAP for such acquisitions.
We periodically review the carrying values of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets to determine whether such carrying values exceed their fair market values. We may incur impairment charges related to goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets in connection with any of our acquisitions in the future if the markets they serve or their businesses deteriorate. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded $6.4 million of goodwill impairment charges in connection with our decision to sell the Globetec business. See Note 4 – Discontinued Operations and Note 5 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We may incur restructuring or impairment charges, which could reduce our profitability.
From time to time, we review our operations in an effort to improve profitability. We could incur charges in the future as a result of:
 	 	
•	eliminating service offerings that no longer fit into our business plan;	
 	 	
•	reducing or eliminating services or operations that do not produce adequate revenues or margins;	
 	 	
•	reducing costs of reporting units that need margin improvements; and	
 	 	
•	reviewing new business opportunities capable of utilizing our existing human and physical resources.	
Any charges related to restructuring or impairment would be reflected as operating expenses and could materially reduce our profitability and liquidity. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded $12.7 million of impairment charges, including $6.4 million of goodwill impairment, in connection with our decision to sell the Globetec business. See Note 4 – Discontinued Operations in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Certain of our businesses have employees who are represented by a union or are subject to collective bargaining agreements; the unionized workforce and any related obligations could adversely affect our operations.
Certain of our employees are represented by labor unions and collective bargaining agreements. Although all such collective bargaining agreements prohibit strikes and work stoppages, we cannot be certain that strikes or work stoppages will not occur despite the terms of these agreements. Strikes or work stoppages would adversely impact relationships with our customers and could cause us to lose business and decrease our revenue. Additionally, as current agreements expire, the labor unions may not be able to negotiate extensions or replacements on terms favorable to their members, or at all, or avoid strikes, lockouts or other labor actions from time to time that may affect their members. Therefore, it cannot be assured that new agreements will be reached with employee labor unions as existing contracts expire, or on terms that we find desirable. Any labor action against us relating to failure to reach an agreement with employee labor unions could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, cash flows and results of operations.
Our participation in multi-employer pension plans may subject us to liabilities that could materially adversely affect our liquidity, cash flows and results of operations.
Substantially all of our union and collective bargaining agreements require us to participate with other companies in multi-employer pension plans. To the extent that those plans are underfunded defined benefit plans, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Multi-Employer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 (“ERISA”), may subject us to substantial liabilities if we withdraw from such multi-employer plans or if they are terminated. Under current law regarding multi-employer defined benefit plans, a plan’s termination, an employer’s voluntary partial or complete withdrawal from, or the mass withdrawal of all contributing employers from, an underfunded multi-employer defined benefit plan requires participating employers to make payments to the plan for their proportionate share of the multi-employer plan’s unfunded vested liabilities. Furthermore, the Pension Protection Act of 2006 added new funding rules generally applicable to plan years beginning after 2007 for multi-employer plans that are classified as “endangered,” “seriously endangered,” or “critical” status. If plans in which we participate are in critical status, benefit reductions may apply and/or we could be required to make additional contributions, which could materially adversely affect our liquidity, cash flows and results of operations.

20

Table of Contents

Based upon the information available to us from plan administrators as of December 31, 2012, several of the multi-employer pension plans in which we participate are underfunded. The Pension Protection Act requires that underfunded pension plans improve their funding ratios within prescribed intervals based on the level of their underfunding. In addition, if a multi-employer defined benefit plan fails to satisfy certain minimum funding requirements, the Internal Revenue Service may impose a nondeductible excise tax of 5% on the amount of the accumulated funding deficiency for those employers contributing to the fund. We have been notified that certain plans to which our subsidiaries contribute are in “critical” status and require additional contributions in the form of a surcharge on future benefit contributions required for future work performed by union employees covered by these plans. As a result, we expect our required contributions to these plans to increase in the future. The amount of additional funds we may be obligated to contribute in the future cannot be estimated, as such amounts will be based on future levels of work that require the specific use of the union employees covered by these plans, investment returns and the level of underfunding of such plans.
On November 15, 2011, we, along with other members of the Pipe Line Contractors Association (“PLCA”), voluntarily withdrew from the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund (“Central States”), a defined benefit multi-employer pension plan. In connection with this withdrawal, we recorded a withdrawal liability of $6.4 million within costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization. We withdrew from the Central States plan in order to mitigate our liability in connection with the plan, which is in critical status. The plan, however, has asserted that the PLCA members did not effect a withdrawal on November 15, 2011, although we believe that a legally effective withdrawal occurred as of this date and have recorded our withdrawal liability on this basis. If the plan were to prevail in its assertion and our withdrawal was deemed to have occurred after this date, however, the amount of our withdrawal liability would be expected to increase. In addition, if this plan were to undergo a mass withdrawal, as defined by ERISA and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, within the three year period commencing with the beginning of the calendar year from the point of our withdrawal, we could have additional liability.
Withdrawal liabilities, requirements to pay increased contributions, and/or excise taxes in connection with any of the multi-employer pension plans in which we participate could negatively impact our liquidity and results of operations. See Note 13 – Other Retirement Plans in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
If we are unable to attract and retain qualified managers and skilled employees, we will be unable to operate efficiently, which could reduce our revenue, profitability and liquidity.
Our business is labor intensive, and some of our operations experience a high rate of employee turnover. In addition, given the nature of the highly specialized work we perform, many of our employees are trained in and possess specialized technical skills. At times of low unemployment rates in the areas we serve, it can be difficult for us to find qualified and affordable personnel. We may be unable to hire and retain a sufficiently skilled labor force necessary to support our operating requirements and growth strategy. Our labor expenses may increase as a result of a shortage in the supply of skilled personnel. We may also be forced to incur significant training expenses if we are unable to hire employees with the requisite skills. Additionally, our business is managed by a number of key executive and operational officers and is dependent upon retaining and recruiting qualified management. Labor shortages, increased labor or training costs, or the loss of key personnel could materially adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
Our revolving credit facility, senior notes and senior convertible notes impose restrictions on us which may prevent us from engaging in transactions that might benefit us, including responding to changing business and economic conditions or securing additional financing, if needed.
As of December 31, 2012, we had $365.0 million aggregate principal amount outstanding on our senior notes due 2017 and our senior convertible notes due 2014. We also have a revolving credit facility with $134.0 million outstanding as of December 31, 2012. Availability under our credit facility as of December 31, 2012 was approximately $345.2 million, net of outstanding letters of credit aggregating $120.8 million.
The terms of our indebtedness contain customary events of default and covenants that prohibit us from taking certain actions without satisfying certain financial tests or obtaining the consent of the lenders. The prohibited actions include, among other things:
 	 	
•	buying back shares in excess of specified amounts;	
 	 	
•	making investments and acquisitions in excess of specified amounts;	
 	 	
•	incurring additional indebtedness in excess of specified amounts;	
 	 	
•	paying cash dividends;	
 	 	
•	creating certain liens against our assets;	
 	 	
•	prepaying subordinated indebtedness;	
 	 	
•	engaging in certain mergers or combinations; and	
 	 	
•	engaging in transactions that would result in a “change of control” (as defined in the credit facility and the indentures governing our senior notes).	
Additionally, certain provisions of our convertible notes could make it more expensive for a third party to acquire us or require us to repurchase the convertible notes for cash when required by the holders, including following a “fundamental change” (as defined in the indenture).
Our credit facility requires that we comply with a consolidated leverage ratio and a consolidated interest coverage ratio. Should we be unable to comply with the terms and covenants of our credit facility, we would be required to obtain further modifications of the facility or secure another

21

Table of Contents

source of financing to continue to operate our business, neither of which may be available to us on reasonable terms or at all. A default could also result in the acceleration of our obligations under the credit facility or under the indentures relating to our senior notes. In addition, these covenants may prevent us from engaging in transactions that benefit us, including responding to changing business and economic conditions or securing additional financing, if needed. Our business is capital intensive and, to the extent we need additional financing, we may not be able to obtain such financing at all or on favorable terms, which may materially decrease our profitability, cash flows and liquidity.
Our inability to enforce non-competition agreements with former principals and key management of the businesses we acquire may adversely affect our operating results, cash flows and liquidity.
In connection with our acquisitions, we generally require that key management and the former principals of the businesses we acquire enter into non-competition agreements in our favor. Enforceability of these non-competition agreements varies from state to state, and state courts will generally examine all of the facts and circumstances at the time a party seeks to enforce a non-competition agreement; consequently, we cannot predict with certainty whether, if challenged, a court will enforce any particular non-competition agreement. If one or more former principals or members of key management of the businesses we acquire leave and the courts refuse to enforce the non-compete agreement entered into by such person or persons, we might be subject to increased competition, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results, cash flows and liquidity.
Acquisitions involve risks that could negatively affect our operating results, cash flows and liquidity.
We have made, and in the future may continue to make strategic acquisitions and investments. However, we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition or strategic investment opportunities, or may be unable to obtain any required consent of our lenders and therefore may not be able to complete such acquisitions or strategic investments. We may pay for acquisitions or strategic investments with our common stock or with convertible securities, which may dilute your investment in our common stock, or we may decide to pursue acquisitions with which our investors may not agree. In connection with most of our acquisitions, we have agreed to substantial earn-out arrangements. To the extent we defer the payment of the purchase price for any acquisition through a cash earn-out arrangement, it will reduce our cash flows in subsequent periods. In addition, acquisitions may expose us to operational challenges and risks, including:
 	 	
•	the ability to profitably manage acquired businesses or successfully integrate the acquired business’ operations, financial reporting and accounting control systems into our business;	
 	 	
•	increased indebtedness and contingent purchase price obligations associated with an acquisition;	
 	 	
•	the ability to fund cash flow shortages that may occur if anticipated revenue is not realized or is delayed, whether by general economic or market conditions, or unforeseen internal difficulties;	
 	 	
•	the availability of funding sufficient to meet increased capital needs;	
 	 	
•	diversion of management’s attention; and	
 	 	
•	the ability to retain or hire qualified personnel required for expanded operations.	
In addition, acquired companies may have liabilities that we failed, or were unable, to discover in the course of performing due diligence investigations. We cannot assure you that the indemnification granted to us by sellers of acquired companies will be sufficient in amount, scope or duration to fully offset the possible liabilities associated with businesses or properties we assume upon consummation of an acquisition. We may learn additional information about our acquired businesses that materially adversely affect us, such as unknown or contingent liabilities and liabilities related to compliance with applicable laws. Any such liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Failure to successfully manage the operational challenges and risks associated with, or resulting from, acquisitions could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity. Borrowings or issuances of convertible debt associated with these acquisitions may also result in higher levels of indebtedness which could impact our ability to service our debt within the scheduled repayment terms.
Claims, lawsuits and proceedings could reduce our profitability, cash flows and liquidity.
We are subject to various claims, lawsuits and proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business. These actions may seek, among other things, compensation for alleged personal injury, workers’ compensation, employment discrimination, breach of contract, property damage, punitive damages, civil penalties or other losses, consequential damages, or injunctive or declaratory relief. In addition, pursuant to our service agreements, we generally indemnify our customers for claims related to the services we provide. Claimants may seek large damage awards and defending claims can involve significant costs. When appropriate, we establish reserves against these items that we believe to be adequate in light of current information, legal advice and professional indemnity insurance coverage, and we adjust such reserves from time to time according to case developments. For example, during the third quarter of 2012, we recorded a $9.6 million legal settlement reserve in connection with the Sintel legal matter. See Note 17 – Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. If our legal reserves are inadequate, or if in the future our insurance coverage proves to be inadequate or unavailable, or if there is an increase in liabilities for which we self-insure, we could experience a reduction in our profitability and liquidity. An adverse determination on any such claim, lawsuit or proceeding could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, claims, lawsuits and proceedings may harm our reputation or divert management resources away from operating our business.
We have recorded unrealized losses to reduce the carrying value of certain auction rate securities we hold, and may incur additional impairment charges with respect to auction rate securities in future periods.

22

Table of Contents

The continuing illiquidity of the auction rate securities market may affect our ability to liquidate certain auction rate securities that we classify as securities available for sale on our balance sheet. Our securities available for sale consist of auction rate securities, which represent interests in pools of student loans guaranteed by the U.S. government under the Federal Family Education Loan Program and a structured finance security. The structured finance security has an attached credit default swap under which the principal value of the structured finance security would be partially or fully forfeited at net default rates on the underlying corporate debt obligations ranging from 8% to 9%. The net default rate as of December 31, 2012 was estimated at 6.22%. Both the structured finance security and the credit default swap are collateralized by investment grade credit-linked notes made up of floating rate international bank notes. All of our securities available for sale as of December 31, 2012, with a par value of $17.9 million and an estimated fair value and carrying amount of $14.4 million, had insufficient bidders at the scheduled rollover dates, indicating that immediate liquidity at par was unavailable. As of December 31, 2012, cumulative credit and other losses of $3.3 million have been recognized in connection with our structured finance security. Cumulative unrealized losses associated with our student loan auction rate securities totaled $1.2 million as of December 31, 2012.
Our valuation of these securities is sensitive to market conditions and management’s judgment and can change significantly based on the assumptions used. Factors that may impact our valuation include changes to credit ratings of the applicable securities, and for structured finance security, changes to the credit ratings of the underlying assets supporting the security as well as rates of default of the underlying assets, underlying collateral values, discount rates, counterparty risk and ongoing strength and quality of market credit and liquidity. We are uncertain as to when and if liquidity associated with these investments will improve, whether we will be able to exit these investments at their respective cost bases, or whether we will incur additional temporary or other-than-temporary losses as a result of these investments. As a result of this uncertainty, our auction rate securities are classified as long-term assets.
We have agreed to keep certain liabilities related to the state Department of Transportation related projects and assets that were sold in February 2007.
Effective February 1, 2007, we sold our state Department of Transportation related projects and assets. On January 24, 2008, we entered into a settlement agreement with the buyer of our state Department of Transportation projects and assets to settle previously disclosed warranty, indemnification and other claims primarily relating to work we had performed on the state Department of Transportation projects we sold. In connection with the settlement agreement, the parties also agreed to further amend and restate the Amended Asset Purchase Agreement effective as of January 24, 2008, which we refer to as the “Revised Amended Agreement.” In connection with the sale of our state Department of Transportation related projects and assets and the related settlement, we agreed to keep certain liabilities, mainly related to the cost to maintain and continue certain performance and payment bonds, certain obligations under leases between the parties and certain other litigation matters. We may also be unable to recover any losses we incur as a result of any third party claims to the extent any third parties seek payment from us directly and we are unable to recover such losses from the buyer pursuant to the indemnification obligations contained in the Revised Amended Agreement, including any losses resulting from creditor claims, in the event the buyer was financially unable to meet certain obligations.
Under the terms of the Revised Amended Agreement, the buyer is no longer required to issue a standby letter of credit in our favor to cover any remaining exposure related to our bonded obligations. Instead, pursuant to the terms of the settlement agreement, the buyer entered into indemnity agreements directly with certain surety bonding companies in connection with our bonded obligations. Therefore, if the buyer is unable to meet its contractual obligations, the surety bonding company can seek its remedies under the indemnity agreement. If the surety bonding company, however, pays the amounts due under the bonds, the surety bonding company will seek reimbursement of such payment from us. Accordingly, we may incur losses in the future related to these contingent liabilities if the buyer does not complete the bonded contracts and we are unable to recover such losses from the buyer pursuant to the indemnification provisions contained in the Revised Amended Agreement. The buyer of the Department of Transportation related projects and assets filed for bankruptcy protection in October 2009, which increased the likelihood that we could be required to assume certain obligations associated with these projects. As of December 31, 2012, we have completed the work associated with these projects and do not believe we have any further obligations thereunder. Should additional costs arise, we could incur future losses which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
Risks Related to Our Company and Our Common Stock
We have a significant amount of debt. Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to meet our payment obligations.
We have a significant amount of debt and substantial debt service requirements. As of December 31, 2012, we had approximately $598.9 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding debt.
This level of debt could have significant consequences on our future operations, including:
 	 	
•	making it more difficult for us to meet our payment and other obligations;	
 	 	
•	our failing to comply with the financial and other restrictive covenants contained in our debt agreements, which could trigger an event of default that results in all of our debt becoming immediately due and payable;	
 	 	
•	reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or strategic investments and other general corporate requirements, and limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for these purposes;	
 	 	
•	subjecting us to the risk of increased sensitivity to interest rate increases on our indebtedness with variable interest rates, including borrowings under our credit facility;     	
 	 	
•	limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, and increasing our vulnerability to changes in our business, the industry in which	

23

Table of Contents

we operate and the general economy; and
 	 	
•	placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt or are less leveraged.	
 	 	
•	preventing us from paying dividends;	
Any of the above-listed factors could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to meet our payment obligations.
Our ability to meet our payment and other obligations under our debt instruments depends on our ability to generate significant cash flow in the future. This, to some extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors as well as other factors that are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our business will generate cash flow from operations, or that future borrowings will be available to us under our credit facility or otherwise, in an amount sufficient to enable us to meet our payment obligations and to fund other liquidity needs. If we are not able to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations, we may need to refinance or restructure our debt, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments, or seek to raise additional capital, and some of these activities may be on terms that are unfavorable or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. If we are unable to implement one or more of these alternatives, we may not be able to meet our payment obligations.
Conversions of our senior convertible notes that we issued in January 2011, which we refer to as our new senior convertible notes, may be settled in cash. Currently, we intend to settle the principal amounts of our new senior convertible notes upon any conversion thereof in cash. As of December 31, 2012, there was outstanding $202.3 million aggregate principal amount of our new senior convertible notes. Notwithstanding our present intention to settle conversions of our new senior convertible notes in cash, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so due to provisions in our credit facility, which restrict the repurchase or prepayment of certain unsecured indebtedness, including our senior notes due 2017 and all of senior convertible notes due 2014, unless we have at least $50 million of remaining liquidity (as defined in the credit facility) after any such repurchase or prepayment. If we were required to settle conversions of our new senior convertible notes in accordance with our stated intent to settle principal amounts due in cash, and we were unable to do so with existing cash balances or through our credit facility, we could be required to obtain additional funding or settle such conversions in shares of our common stock, which would be dilutive to our existing shareholders. We cannot be certain that such funding would be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all.
There may be future sales or other dilution of our equity, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In connection with certain completed acquisitions and financing transactions, we have issued shares of our common stock or securities that are convertible into shares of our common stock, and in addition, we have the option to issue shares of our common stock instead of cash as consideration for future earn-out obligations. We may agree to issue additional securities in connection with other future acquisition or financing transactions; which, if issued, would dilute your share ownership and could lead to volatility in our common stock price.
We grow our business organically as well as through acquisitions. One method of acquiring companies or otherwise funding our corporate activities is through the issuance of additional equity securities. In connection with certain completed acquisitions, we have the option to issue shares of our common stock instead of paying cash for certain earn-out obligations. Such issuances could have the effect of diluting our earnings per share as well as our existing shareholders’ individual ownership percentages and could lead to volatility in our common stock price. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provide that we may issue up to a total 145,000,000 shares of common stock, of which 76,448,266 shares were outstanding as of December 31, 2012.
We are not restricted from issuing additional common stock. The issuance of additional shares of our common stock upon conversion of any of our $215 million aggregate principal amount of convertible notes, in connection with future acquisitions or other issuances of our common stock or convertible securities, including outstanding options and warrants, or otherwise, will dilute the ownership interest of our common shareholders. Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock or other equity-related securities in the public market could depress the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity or equity-linked securities. We cannot predict the affect that future sales of our common stock or other equity-related securities would have on the market price of our common stock.
A small number of our existing shareholders have the ability to influence major corporate decisions.
Jorge Mas, our Chairman, Jose Mas, our Chief Executive Officer, and other members of the Mas family employed by MasTec beneficially owned approximately 21.8% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2012. Accordingly, they are in a position to influence:
 	 	
•	the vote of most matters submitted to our shareholders, including any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets;	
 	 	
•	the nomination of individuals to our Board of Directors; and	
 	 	
•	a change in our control.	
These factors may discourage, delay or prevent a takeover attempt that shareholders might consider in their best interests or that might result in shareholders receiving a premium for their common stock.
The market price of our common stock has been, and may continue to be, highly volatile.
During the three years ended December 31, 2012, the market price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange fluctuated from a low of $9.26 per share to a high of $24.98 per share and we may continue to experience significant volatility in the market price of our common stock. Numerous factors could have a significant affect on the price of our common stock, including:

24

Table of Contents
 	 	
•	announcements of fluctuations in our operating results or the operating results of one of our competitors;	
 	 	
•	future sales of our common stock or other securities, including any shares issued in connection with earn-out obligations for any past or future acquisition;	
 	 	
•	announcements by us or one of our competitors of new or terminated customers or new, amended or terminated contracts;	
 	 	
•	market conditions for providers of services to communications, power generation and utilities customers;	
 	 	
•	conversions or anticipated conversions of our senior convertible notes, or any sales in the public market of any of our common stock issuable upon such conversion;	
 	 	
•	changes in recommendations or earnings estimates by securities analysts; and	
 	 	
•	announcements of acquisitions by us or one of our competitors.	
In addition, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations in recent years, which have sometimes been unrelated or disproportionate to operating performance. The market price for our common stock has been volatile, and such volatility could cause the market price of our common stock to decrease and could cause shareholders to lose some or all of their investment in our common stock.
Our articles of incorporation and certain provisions of Florida law contain anti-takeover provisions that may make it more difficult to effect a change in our control.
Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation, by-laws and the Florida Business Corporation Act could delay or prevent an acquisition or change in control and the replacement of our incumbent directors and management, even if doing so might be beneficial to our shareholders by providing them with the opportunity to sell their shares possibly at a premium over the then market price of our common stock. For example, our Board of Directors is divided into three classes. At any annual meeting of our shareholders, our shareholders only have the right to appoint approximately one-third of the directors on our Board of Directors. Consequently, it will take at least two annual shareholder meetings to effect a change in control of our Board of Directors, which may discourage hostile takeover bids. In addition, our articles of incorporation authorize our Board of Directors, without further shareholder approval, to issue preferred stock. The issuance of preferred stock could also dilute the voting power of holders of our common stock, including the granting of voting control to others, which could delay or prevent an acquisition or change in control.
 	 	
ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	
Not applicable.
 	 	
ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES	
Our corporate headquarters is a 36,000 square foot leased facility located in Coral Gables, Florida.
As of December 31, 2012, our operations were conducted from more than 400 locations primarily within the United States and Canada, and, to a lesser extent, Latin America, including Puerto Rico, Panama and Mexico. None of these facilities is material to our operations because most of our services are performed on customers’ premises or on public rights of way and suitable alternative locations are available in substantially all areas where we currently conduct business.
We also own property and equipment that had a net book value of approximately $350.4 million as of December 31, 2012. This property and equipment includes land, buildings, vans, trucks, tractors, trailers, bucket trucks, backhoes, bulldozers, excavators, trenchers, directional boring machines, digger derricks, cranes, computers, computer software, office and building equipment, including furniture and fixtures, and other equipment. Our equipment is acquired from various third-party vendors, none of whom we depend upon, and we did not experience any difficulties in obtaining desired equipment in 2012.
 	 	
ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	
Legacy Litigation
The material set forth in Note 17 – Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference.
 	 	
ITEM 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	
Not applicable.
PART II
ITEM 5.     MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER

25

Table of Contents

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information
Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MTZ.” The following table sets forth, for the quarters indicated, the high and low sale prices of our common stock, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange.

 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	
 	High	 	Low	 	High	 	Low	
First Quarter	$	20.80	
 	 	$	15.53	
 	 	$	21.16	
 	 	$	14.02	
 	
Second Quarter	$	18.53	
 	 	$	13.61	
 	 	$	23.17	
 	 	$	17.15	
 	
Third Quarter	$	20.80	
 	 	$	12.86	
 	 	$	22.49	
 	 	$	15.99	
 	
Fourth Quarter	$	24.98	
 	 	$	19.66	
 	 	$	22.72	
 	 	$	13.79	

Holders. As of February 25, 2013, there were 4,679 shareholders of record of our common stock.
Dividends.We have never paid any cash dividends and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain any future earnings for reinvestment. Our Board of Directors will make any future determination as to the payment of dividends at its discretion, and this determination will depend upon our operating results, financial condition and capital requirements, general business conditions and such other factors that the Board of Directors considers relevant. In addition, our credit agreements prohibit us from paying cash dividends or making other distributions of our common stock without prior consent of the lender. The indenture governing our senior notes also contains covenants that restrict our ability to make certain payments including the payment of dividends. See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. During the fourth quarter of 2011, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $150 million of MasTec common stock under a stock repurchase program, under which we repurchased 4.6 million shares of common stock for $75.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2011 and an additional 4.9 million shares for $75.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, which completed the plan.
The following table provides information about repurchases of our common stock during the three month period ended December 31, 2012:

Period	

Total Number
of Shares Purchased	 	
Average Price Paid per Share	 	Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Program	 	Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet be Purchased under the Program	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
October 1 through October 31	 	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	
November 1 through November 30	 	738	
 	(1)	$	21.70	
 	 	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	
December 1 through December 31	 	42,487	
 	(1)	$	24.31	
 	 	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	
Total	 	43,225	
 	 	 	 	—	

(1)	Reflects shares of common stock withheld for income tax purposes in connection with shares issued to certain employees and directors under compensation and benefit programs.	
Performance Graph
The performance graph below compares the cumulative total returns for our common stock with the cumulative total return (including reinvestment of dividends) of the Standard and Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Index (S&P 500), and with that of our peer group, composed of Dycom Industries, Inc., MYR Group, Inc., Quanta Services, Inc., Pike Electric, Inc. and Willbros Group. We added Willbros Group to our peer group comparison beginning in 2012. Due to our recent growth and increased diversification, we determined that Willbros Group should be added to our peer group index in order to enhance comparability. The graph assumes an investment of $100 in our common stock and in each of the respective indices for the period from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2012. The comparisons in the graph are based upon historical data and are not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible future performance of our common stock.

26

Table of Contents

The performance graph shall not be deemed incorporated by reference by any general statement incorporating by reference this annual report into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent we specifically incorporate this information by reference, and shall not otherwise be deemed filed under such acts.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among MasTec, Inc., the S&P 500 Index, Old Peer Group, and New Peer Group

*$100 invested on 12/31/07 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending December 31.

Copyright© 2013 S&P, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved.

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
As of December 31,	2007	 	2008	 	2009	 	2010	 	2011	 	2012	
MasTec, Inc.	$	100.00	
 	 	$	113.86	
 	 	$	122.91	
 	 	$	143.46	
 	 	$	170.80	
 	 	$	245.13	
 	
S&P 500	$	100.00	
 	 	$	63.00	
 	 	$	79.67	
 	 	$	91.67	
 	 	$	93.61	
 	 	$	108.59	
 	
New Peer Group	$	100.00	
 	 	$	60.33	
 	 	$	67.51	
 	 	$	65.55	
 	 	$	67.55	
 	 	$	83.55	
 	
Old Peer Group	$	100.00	
 	 	$	67.30	
 	 	$	70.87	
 	 	$	72.26	
 	 	$	78.58	
 	 	$	96.64	

ITEM 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	
The following table states our selected consolidated financial data, which has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The table reflects our consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated. Our consolidated results of operations are not necessarily comparable from period to period due to the impact of acquisitions. In addition, during 2012, we sold our DirectStar Business and committed to a plan of sale for the Globetec business. Accordingly, the DirectStar Business and Globetec are each presented as a discontinued operation in the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. Our 2012 results include a $9.6 million legal settlement reserve, and our 2011 results include a $29.0 million gain from the remeasurement of our equity investment in EC Source Services LLC ("EC Source") and a $6.4 million charge from our withdrawal from a multi-employer plan in which we participated.
See Note 3 – Acquisitions and Other Investments, Note 4 – Discontinued Operations and Note 17 - Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional details.
The following selected financial data should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto as well as Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

27

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

 	Years Ended December 31,	

 	2012	
 	2011	

 	2010	
 	2009	
 	2008	

 	(in millions, except per share amounts)	
Statement of Operations Data	

 	

 	

 	

 	
 	
Revenue	$	3,726.8	
 	
 	$	2,831.3	
 	
 	$	2,143.0	
 	
 	$	1,482.1	
 	
 	$	1,250.8	
 	
Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization	$	3,239.2	
 	
 	$	2,459.7	
 	
 	$	1,829.5	
 	
 	$	1,276.0	
 	
 	$	1,085.1	
 	
Income from continuing operations before non-controlling interests	$	116.6	
 	
 	$	97.5	
 	
 	$	66.1	
 	
 	$	44.8	
 	
 	$	42.1	
 	
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax	$	(9.2	)	
 	$	8.5	
 	
 	$	24.3	
 	
 	$	25.9	
 	
 	$	23.7	
 	
Net income	$	107.4	
 	
 	$	106.0	
 	
 	$	90.4	
 	
 	$	70.7	
 	
 	$	65.8	
 	
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests	$	—	
 	
 	$	—	
 	
 	$	(0.1	)	
 	$	—	
 	
 	$	—	
 	
Net income attributable to MasTec, Inc.	$	107.4	
 	
 	$	106.0	
 	
 	$	90.5	
 	
 	$	70.7	
 	
 	$	65.8	
 	
Basic earnings (loss) per share:	

 	

 	

 	

 	

Continuing operations	$	1.49	
 	
 	$	1.19	
 	
 	$	0.87	
 	
 	$	0.59	
 	
 	$	0.62	
 	
Discontinued operations	$	(0.12	)	
 	$	0.10	
 	
 	$	0.32	
 	
 	$	0.34	
 	
 	$	0.35	
 	
Total basic earnings per share	$	1.37	
 	
 	$	1.29	
 	
 	$	1.19	
 	
 	$	0.93	
 	
 	$	0.97	
 	
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:	

 	

 	

 	

 	
 	
Continuing operations	$	1.42	
 	
 	$	1.13	
 	
 	$	0.78	
 	
 	$	0.58	
 	
 	$	0.61	
 	
Discontinued operations	$	(0.11	)	
 	$	0.10	
 	
 	$	0.27	
 	
 	$	0.32	
 	
 	$	0.35	
 	
Total diluted earnings per share	$	1.31	
 	
 	$	1.23	
 	
 	$	1.05	
 	
 	$	0.90	
 	
 	$	0.96	

 	

 	

 	

 	

 	

 	Years Ended December 31,	

 	2012	
 	2011	

 	2010	
 	2009	
 	2008	

 	(in millions)	
Balance Sheet Data	

 	

 	

 	

 	
Working capital	$	341.4	
 	
 	$	236.4	
 	
 	$	235.1	
 	 	$	202.5	
 	 	$	105.3	
 	
Property and equipment, net	$	350.4	
 	
 	$	263.0	
 	
 	$	176.5	
 	 	$	196.1	
 	 	$	155.0	
 	
Total assets	$	2,407.9	
 	
 	$	2,094.7	
 	
 	$	1,655.8	
 	 	$	1,382.2	
 	 	$	1,090.9	
 	
Total debt	$	598.9	
 	
 	$	494.8	
 	
 	$	412.2	
 	 	$	437.7	
 	 	$	303.5	
 	
Total shareholders’ equity	$	861.9	
 	
 	$	811.2	
 	
 	$	653.2	
 	 	$	528.2	
 	 	$	443.1	

ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” The discussion below contains forward-looking statements that are based upon our current expectations and are subject to uncertainty and changes in circumstances. Actual results may differ materially from these expectations due to inaccurate assumptions and known or unknown risks and uncertainties, including those identified in “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”
We begin with an overview of our business, recent developments and financial results, followed by a discussion of economic, industry and market factors and a summary of our revenue producing activities and related costs, along with a discussion of key metrics our management team uses when evaluating our performance. This overview is followed by a summary of critical accounting policies and estimates that we believe are important to understanding the assumptions and judgments incorporated in our reported financial results as well as our 2013 outlook. We then provide a more detailed analysis of our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and capital resources.
Business Overview
We are a leading infrastructure construction company operating mainly throughout North America across a range of industries. Our primary activities include, but are not limited to, the engineering, building, installation, maintenance and upgrade of energy, utility and communications infrastructure, including: electrical utility transmission and distribution, power generation, natural gas and petroleum pipeline infrastructure, wireless, wireline and satellite communications, wind farms, solar farms and other renewable energy infrastructure and industrial infrastructure. Our customers are primarily in these industries.

28

Table of Contents

Including our predecessor companies, we have been in business for more than 80 years. We offer our services primarily under the MasTec service mark, and as of December 31, 2012, we had approximately 12,300 employees and more than 400 locations. We have consistently been ranked among the top specialty contractors by Engineering News-Record over the past five years.
We serve a diversified customer base, which includes some of the leading pipeline, communications, power generation and utility companies in North America. For the year ended December 31, 2012, our top ten customers for our continuing operations were AT&T, DIRECTV®, Mid-American Energy, Energy Transfer Company, Duke Energy, DCP Midstream, Dominion Virginia Power, Enbridge, Inc., Chesapeake Midstream Partners LP and enXco. We have longstanding relationships with many customers and often provide services under multi-year master service and other service agreements. Because our business is concentrated among relatively few major customers, our business could be negatively affected if the amount of business we obtain from these customers is reduced, or if we complete the required work on projects and cannot replace them with similar projects.
Revenue concentration information, as a percent of total consolidated revenue from continuing operations, was as follows:

 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Revenue from top ten customers	64%	 	71%	 	72%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue from specific customers:	 	 	 	 	 	
AT&T	18%	 	24%	 	22%	
DIRECTV®	17%	 	20%	 	20%	
        
Our relationship with AT&T is based upon master service agreements, other service agreements and construction/installation contracts for both AT&T’s wireless and wireline infrastructure businesses. Revenue from AT&T is included in our communications reportable segment.

Our relationship with DIRECTV® is based upon an agreement to provide installation and maintenance services for DIRECTV ® . Revenue from  DIRECTV ®  is included in our communications reportable segment.

See discussion of reportable segments within our "Comparisons of Fiscal Results" section below.
Acquisitions
We have actively pursued a diversification and expansion strategy in recent years. This strategy has deepened our presence and expanded our service offerings in key markets, including wireless, natural gas, natural gas liquids and petroleum pipeline, electrical transmission, power generation and industrial, including renewable energy and heavy industrial infrastructure, among others. In addition to integration and growth opportunities associated with our diversification and expansion strategy, we also seek opportunities to expand our geographic presence and to expand our traditional business areas, such as telecommunications and install-to-the-home services.    
2012 Acquisitions. In December 2012, we acquired Bottom Line Services, LLC (“BLS”) and Go Green Services, LLC (“Go Green”), two natural gas and petroleum pipeline infrastructure construction companies, in separate transactions. These acquisitions further extend our service offerings further into the shale gas and petroleum pipeline construction markets. BLS and Go Green are located in Texas. Additionally, in December 2012, we acquired Dynamic Tower Services, Inc. ("Dynamic"), a self-perform wireless construction contractor, which further increases our capability to vertically integrate our wireless infrastructure construction services. Dynamic is based in Louisiana and primarily performs services in Louisiana, Mississippi and Puerto Rico.
2011 Acquisitions. In April 2011, we acquired Fabcor TargetCo Ltd., (“Fabcor”), a Canadian natural gas and petroleum pipeline infrastructure construction company. Fabcor expands our energy infrastructure services within the Canadian market and allows us to participate in the significant opportunities anticipated in that market in the future. Additionally, in April 2011 we exercised our EC Source Services, LLC ("EC Source") merger option and, effective May 2, 2011, acquired the remaining 67% membership interest in EC Source, a nationally recognized full-service engineering, procurement and construction service entity, focusing on deploying extra high voltage electrical transmission systems throughout North America. During the second quarter of 2011, we also acquired: Cam Communications, Inc., a company specializing in equipment construction and network services for telecommunications carriers; Halsted Communications, Ltd., an install-to-the-home contractor operating primarily in portions of New York, Pennsylvania, and New England, whose primary customer is DIRECTV ® ; and Optima Network Services, Inc., a wireless infrastructure services company headquartered in California.
See Note 3 – Acquisitions and Other Investments in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for details of our 2012 and 2011 acquisitions.         
Dispositions
In May 2012, Red Ventures exercised its option to purchase the DirectStar Business, and we consummated the sale of the DirectStar Business to Red Ventures in June 2012 for a net sale price of $98.9 million in cash. DirectStar provides marketing and sales services on behalf of DIRECTV ® . Additionally, in September 2012, MasTec's board of directors approved a plan of sale for its wholly owned subsidiary, Globetec, which is expected to be completed on or before September 30, 2013. Globetec, a small water and sewer subsidiary, has not performed well in recent years due to a lack of financial resources available to municipalities and state governments. In connection with our decision to sell Globetec, we recognized estimated losses on disposal of $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, including $6.4 million of goodwill impairment charges.

29

Table of Contents

DirectStar and Globetec are each presented as a discontinued operation in the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. See Note 4 – Discontinued Operations in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional details.
Overview of Financial Results
Revenue in 2012 grew to $3.7 billion, an increase of $895 million, or 31.6%, from the prior year. Strong demand for power generation and industrial, oil and gas pipeline and facility and electrical transmission construction services contributed to this growth. Organic revenue growth contributed $718 million, or 80%, of the increase in revenue, while acquisitions contributed $178 million, or 20%. As a percentage of revenue, costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization were flat at 86.9%. In dollar terms, depreciation and amortization expense and general and administrative costs increased, due in part to recent acquisitions, as well as from increased levels of investment in our business. As a percentage of revenue, depreciation and amortization and general and administrative costs declined versus the prior year, due largely to improved leverage of these costs as a result of higher revenues. Our 2012 results were also affected by a $9.6 million legal settlement reserve, which was recorded within other expense, net. See Note 17 – Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.
Income from continuing operations was $116.6 million, or $1.42 per diluted share in 2012, which includes the after-tax effect of $5.8 million, or $0.07 cents per diluted share, of the legal settlement charge discussed above. Excluding this charge, 2012 adjusted income from continuing operations and diluted earnings per share were $122.5 million and $1.50 cents per diluted share, respectively. Our 2011 income from continuing operations includes a gain of $17.8 million, net of tax, or $0.20 cents per diluted share, from the remeasurement of our equity investment in EC Source, and a charge of $3.9 million, net of tax, or $0.05 cents per diluted share, from our withdrawal from a multi-employer pension plan in which we participate. Excluding the EC Source gain and multi-employer pension plan charge, adjusted 2011 income from continuing operations and diluted earnings per share were $83.6 million and $0.97 cents per share, respectively. Excluding the legal settlement charge, adjusted 2012 income from continuing operations and diluted earnings per share increased by approximately $38.9 million and $0.53 cents per share, or approximately 46.5% and 54.6%, respectively, as compared with our 2011 adjusted income from continuing operations and diluted earnings per share, which exclude the EC Source gain and multi-employer pension plan charge. See "Adjusted Income From Continuing Operations and Adjusted Income From Continuing Operations Per Diluted Share," included in our non-U.S. GAAP financial measures discussion following our "Comparison of Fiscal Year Results" section below.
Diluted earnings per share in 2012 was also favorably affected by the purchase of treasury shares. We repurchased 9.5 million shares of our common stock, or 6.5 million shares on a weighted average basis as of December 31, 2012, under a share repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors in the fourth quarter of 2011. See Note 2 – Earnings Per Share in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Economic, Industry and Market Factors
We continue to operate in a challenging business environment, as do our customers. We closely monitor the effect that changes in economic and market conditions may have on our customers. General economic conditions since 2008 have negatively affected demand for our customers products and services which has led to rationalization of our customers' capital and maintenance budgets in certain end-markets. This influence as well as the highly competitive nature of our industry, particularly when work is deferred, have, in recent years, resulted in lower bids and lower profit on the services we provide. In the face of increased pricing pressure, we strive to maintain our profit margins through productivity improvements and cost reduction programs. Other market and industry factors, such as access to capital for customers in the industries we serve, changes to our customers' capital spending plans, changes in technology, tax and other incentives, renewable energy portfolio standards and new or changing regulatory requirements affecting the industries we serve, can affect demand for our services. Fluctuations in market prices for, or availability of, oil, gas and other fuel sources can also affect demand for our pipeline and renewable energy construction services. While we actively monitor economic, industry and market factors affecting our business, we cannot predict the impact such factors may have on our future results of operations, liquidity and cash flows.
Impact of Seasonality and Cyclical Nature of Business
Our revenues and results of operations can be subject to seasonal and other variations. These variations are influenced by weather, customer spending patterns, bidding seasons, project schedules and timing, particularly for large non-recurring projects, and holidays. Typically, our revenues are lowest in the first quarter of the year because cold, snowy or wet conditions cause delays. Revenues in the second quarter are typically higher than in the first quarter, as some projects begin, but continued cold and wet weather can often impact second quarter productivity. The third and fourth quarters are typically the most productive quarters of the year, as a greater number of projects are underway and weather is normally more accommodating to work on projects. In the fourth quarter, many projects tend to be completed by customers seeking to spend their capital budget before the end of the year, which generally has a positive impact on our revenues. However, the holiday season and inclement weather can cause delays, which could reduce revenues and increase costs on affected projects. Any quarter may be positively or negatively affected by out of the ordinary weather patterns, such as excessive rainfall or warm winter weather, making it difficult to predict quarterly revenue and margin variations.
 
Additionally, our industry can be highly cyclical. Fluctuations in end-user demand within the industries we serve, or in the supply of services within those industries, can impact demand for our services. As a result, our business may be adversely affected by industry declines or by delays in new projects. Variations in project schedules or unanticipated changes in project schedules, in particular in connection with large construction and installation projects, can create fluctuations in revenues, which may adversely affect us in a given period, even if not in total. The financial condition of our customers and their access to capital; variations in project margins; regional, national and global economic and market conditions; regulatory or environmental influences; and acquisitions, dispositions or strategic investments can also materially affect quarterly results. Accordingly, our operating results in any particular period may not be indicative of the results that can be expected for any other period.

30

Table of Contents

Revenue
We provide engineering, building, installation, maintenance and upgrade services to our customers. The primary industries served by our customers are communications and utilities. Customer revenues by segment for the periods indicated were as follows (in millions):

 	Year Ended December 31,	
Reportable Segment:	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Communications	$	1,772.7	
 	 	48	%	 	$	1,635.1	
 	  	58	%	 	$	1,190.6	
 	  	56	%	
Oil & Gas	959.0	
 	 	26	%	 	774.3	
 	  	27	%	 	562.6	
 	  	26	%	
Electrical Transmission	312.2	
 	 	8	%	 	198.3	
 	  	7	%	 	67.0	
 	  	3	%	
Power Generation and Industrial	668.1	
 	 	18	%	 	219.6	
 	 	8	%	 	325.6	
 	 	15	%	
Other	16.7	
 	 	—	%	 	4.8	
 	 	—	%	 	0.2	
 	 	—	%	
Eliminations	(1.9	)	 	—	%	 	(0.8	)	 	—	%	 	(3.0	)	 	—	%	
Consolidated revenues	$	3,726.8	
 	 	100	%	 	$	2,831.3	
 	  	100	%	 	$	2,143.0	
 	  	100	%	

See discussion of reportable segments within our "Comparisons of Fiscal Year Results" section below.
Over 40% of our revenue is derived from projects performed under master service and other service agreements, which are generally multi-year agreements. Certain of our master service agreements are exclusive up to a specified dollar amount per work order for each defined geographic area, but do not obligate our customers to undertake any large infrastructure projects or other work with us. Work performed under master service and other service agreements is typically generated through work orders, each of which is performed for a fixed fee. Services provided under these agreements range from engineering, project management and installation work to maintenance and upgrade services. Master service and other service agreements are frequently awarded on a competitive bidding basis, although customers are sometimes willing to negotiate contract extensions beyond their original terms without re-bidding. Our master service and other service agreements have various terms, depending upon the nature of the services provided, and typically provide for termination on short or no advance notice.
The remainder of our work is generated pursuant to contracts for specific projects or jobs that may require the construction and installation of an entire infrastructure system or specified units within an infrastructure system. Revenues from fixed price contracts are recognized using the percentage-of-completion method, measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date to total estimated costs for each contract. Customers are billed with varying frequency, generally monthly or upon attaining specific milestones. Such contracts generally include retainage provisions under which 2% to 15% of the contract price is withheld from us until the work has been completed and accepted by the customer.
Revenues from continuing operations by type of contract for the periods indicated were as follows (in millions):

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Master service and other service agreements	$	1,611.2	
 	 	43	%	 	$	1,629.3	
 	 	58	%	 	$	1,122.3	
 	 	52	%	
Installation/construction project agreements	2,115.6	
 	 	57	%	 	1,202.0	
 	 	42	%	 	1,020.7	
 	 	48	%	
Total revenues	$	3,726.8	
 	 	100	%	 	$	2,831.3	
 	 	100	%	 	$	2,143.0	
 	 	100	%	
        
As shown in the table above, 57% of our 2012 revenues from continuing operations were from non-recurring, project specific work, which may experience greater variability than master service agreement work due to the need to replace the revenue as projects are completed. Additionally, if we are not able to replace work from completed projects with new project work, we may not be able to maintain our current revenue levels, or our current level of capacity and resource utilization. We actively review our backlog of project work and take appropriate action to minimize such exposure.
Costs of Revenue, Excluding Depreciation and Amortization
Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization, consists principally of salaries, employee wages and benefits, including multi-employer pension plan withdrawal charges, subcontracted services, equipment rentals and repairs, fuel and other equipment expenses, material costs, parts and supplies, insurance and facilities expenses. Project margins are calculated by subtracting a project's costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization, from project revenue. Project profitability and corresponding project margins will be reduced if actual costs to complete a project exceed original estimates on fixed price and installation/construction service agreements. Estimated losses on contracts are recognized immediately when estimated costs to complete a project exceed the remaining revenue to be received over the remainder of the contract. Factors impacting our costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization, and costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization as a percent of sales, include:

Revenue Mix. The mix of revenues derived from the projects we perform impacts overall project margins, as certain projects provide higher margin opportunities. Installation work is often obtained on a fixed price basis, while maintenance work is often performed under pre-established or time and materials pricing arrangements. Project margins for installation work may vary from project to project, and can be higher than maintenance and upgrade work due to the fact that fixed price contracts often have a higher level of risk than other types of project work. Changes in project mix between installation work and maintenance or upgrade services can impact our project margins in a given period. Additionally, the mix of project revenues by industry served can also have an impact on overall project margins, as project margins can vary by industry and over time.

31

Table of Contents

Seasonality, Weather and Geographic Mix. As discussed above, seasonal patterns can have a significant impact on project margins. Generally, business is slower at the beginning of the year. Adverse or favorable weather conditions can impact project margins in a given period. For example, extended periods of rain or snowfall can negatively impact revenues and project margins as a result of reduced productivity from projects being delayed or temporarily placed on hold. Conversely, in periods when weather remains dry and temperatures are accommodating, more work can be done, sometimes with less cost, which can favorably impact project margins. In addition, the mix of business conducted in different parts of the country can affect project margins due to geographic characteristics associated with the physical location where the work is being performed, such as mountainous or rocky terrain versus open terrain. Site conditions, including unforeseen underground conditions, can also impact project margins.
 
Performance Risk. Overall project margins may fluctuate due to the volume of work performed, project pricing, job productivity and crew productivity. Job productivity can be impacted by quality of the work crew, quality of equipment, availability of skilled labor, environmental or regulatory factors, customer decisions and crew productivity. Crew productivity can be influenced by factors including weather conditions and job terrain, such as whether project work is in a right of way that is open or one that is obstructed (either by physical obstructions or legal encumbrances).

Subcontracted Resources. Our use of subcontracted resources in a given period varies, based upon activity levels and the amount and location of existing in-house resources and capacity. Work that is subcontracted may yield lower project margins than self-perform work. As a result, changes in the mix of subcontracted versus self-perform work can impact our overall project margins.

Material versus Labor Costs. In many cases, our customers are responsible for supplying their own materials on projects; however, under certain contracts, we may agree to provide all or part of the required materials. Project margins are typically lower on projects where we furnish a significant amount of materials due to the fact that mark-ups on materials are generally lower than on labor costs. Therefore, increases in the percentage of work with significant materials requirements could decrease our overall project margins.
Insurance Costs.  Project margins can also be impacted by insurance costs as additional claims arise and as circumstances and conditions of existing claims change. We maintain insurance policies subject to per claim deductibles of $1 million for our worker’s compensation policy and $2 million for each of our general liability and automobile liability policies. We also have employee healthcare benefit plans for our employees not subject to collective bargaining agreements, which are subject to annual per employee maximum losses of $0.4 million per year.
General and Administrative Expense
General and administrative expenses consist principally of compensation and benefit expenses, travel expenses and related costs for our finance, benefits and risk, legal, facilities, information services and executive personnel. General and administrative expenses also include outside professional and accounting fees, transaction expenses, expenses associated with information technology used in administration of the business and various forms of insurance.
Interest Expense, Net
Interest expense, net, consists of contractual interest expense on outstanding debt obligations, amortization of deferred financing costs, accretion associated with our New Convertible Notes, and other interest expense, such as line of credit and letter of credit fees, offset by interest earned on cash, cash equivalents and fixed income investments.
Other Expense (Income), Net
Other expense (income), net, consists primarily of gains or losses from sales of assets and investments, income or losses from equity method investments, gains or losses from foreign currency transactions, gains or losses from changes to estimated earn-outs accrued as a component of purchase price for recent acquisitions, and other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in connection with our available for sale securities. Other expense (income), net, also includes the 2012 legal settlement charge pertaining to the Sintel legal matter and the 2011 non-cash gain on remeasurement of our equity investment in EC Source.
Financial Performance Metrics
Members of our senior management team regularly review key financial performance metrics and the status of operating activities within our business. These key financial performance indicators include:
 	 	
•	revenue and profitability on an overall, reportable segment and, as required, on an individual project basis;	
 	 	
•	monthly, quarterly and annual changes in revenue and profitability on an overall, reportable segment and, as required, on an individual project basis;	
 	 	
•	revenues by customer, by industry and by contract type;	
 	 	
•	costs of revenue excluding depreciation and amortization, general and administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization, tax and interest expense as a percentage of revenue;	
 	 	
•	income from continuing operations before non-controlling interests before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) and Adjusted EBITDA, which is EBITDA excluding (i) for 2012, the $9.6 million third quarter 2012 legal settlement charge recorded in connection with the Sintel matter, and (ii) for 2011, the non-cash gain of $29.0 million on remeasurement of our equity investment in EC Source and the $6.4 million charge relating to our withdrawal from a multi-employer pension plan;	

32

Table of Contents
 	 	
•	days sales and days payable outstanding;	
 	 	
•	interest and debt service coverage ratios; and	
 	 	
•	liquidity and cash flows.	
Managements' analysis of this information includes detailed discussions of proposed investments in new business opportunities or property and equipment, acquisition integration efforts and cost reduction efforts. Measuring these key performance indicators is an important tool used by management to make informed and timely operational decisions, which we believe can help us improve our performance.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, including estimates of costs to complete and provisions for contract losses; allowances for doubtful accounts,; accrued self-insured claims; estimated fair values of goodwill and intangible assets, acquisition-related contingent consideration, investments in equity method investees, securities available for sale and certain convertible debt obligations; asset lives used in computing depreciation and amortization, including amortization of intangible assets; estimates of reserves and accruals; impairment of assets; income taxes; and litigation and contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. As management estimates, by their nature, involve judgment regarding future uncertainties, actual results may differ from these estimates if conditions change or if certain key assumptions used in making these estimates ultimately prove to be materially incorrect.
We believe the following accounting policies are the most critical in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements as they are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and they require significant or complex judgment and estimates on the part of management. Refer to Note 1 - Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for further description of our significant accounting policies.
Our critical accounting policies are reviewed frequently with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.
Revenue Recognition
We frequently provide maintenance, installation and repair work under unit price or fixed price master service or other service agreements that are renewed on a periodic basis. Revenue and related costs for master and other service agreements billed on a time and materials basis are recognized as the services are rendered. Services are also performed under master and other service agreements billed on a fixed fee basis. Under fixed fee master service and similar type service agreements, MasTec furnishes various specified units of service for a separate fixed price per unit of service. For service agreements on a fixed fee basis, profitability will be reduced if the actual costs to complete each unit exceed original estimates.
Revenues from fixed price contracts are recognized using the percentage-of-completion method, measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date to total estimated costs for each contract. These contracts provide for a fixed amount of revenues for the entire project. Such contracts provide that the customer accept completion of progress to date and compensate us for services rendered, which may be measured in terms of units installed, hours expended or some other measure of progress. Contract costs include all direct materials, labor and subcontracted costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools, repairs and the operational costs of capital equipment (excluding depreciation). Much of the materials associated with our work are customer-furnished and are therefore not included in contract revenues and costs. The cost estimation process is based on the professional knowledge and experience of our engineers, project managers and financial professionals. Changes in job performance, job conditions and final contract settlements are factors that influence management’s assessment of total contract value and the total estimated costs to complete those contracts and therefore, our profit recognition. Changes in these factors may result in revisions to costs and income, and their effects are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. Provisions for losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined to be probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. We complete a substantial majority of our fixed price projects within one year.
We may incur costs subject to change orders, whether approved or unapproved by the customer, and/or claims related to certain contracts. We determine the probability that such costs will be recovered based upon evidence such as engineering studies and legal opinions, past practices with the customer, specific discussions, correspondence or preliminary negotiations with the customer. We treat project costs as a cost of contract performance in the period incurred if it is not probable that the costs will be recovered, or we defer costs and/or recognize revenue up to the amount of the related cost if it is probable that the contract price will be adjusted and can be reliably estimated.
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts are classified as current liabilities. Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, or work in process, is classified within current assets for the majority of our projects. Work in process on contracts is based on work performed but not yet billed to customers as per individual contract terms.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We maintain allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. We analyze the collectibility of accounts receivable and the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts on a regular basis, based on the aging of account balances, historical bad debt experience, customer concentrations, customer credit-worthiness, customer financial condition and credit reports,

33

Table of Contents

availability of mechanics’ and other liens, existence of payment bonds and other sources of payment and current economic trends. For reporting units where losses have occurred historically and are considered to be ordinary course, reserves are established for anticipated losses based on an analysis of the accounts receivable portfolio. For reporting units where historical losses have been immaterial, an increase in the allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded when it is probable a receivable is not collectible and the loss can be reasonably estimated. Amounts are written off against the allowance when deemed uncollectible. If our estimates of the collectibility of accounts receivable change, or should customers experience unanticipated financial difficulties, or if anticipated recoveries in existing bankruptcies or other work-out situations fail to materialize, adjustments to the allowance for doubtful accounts may be required, which could reduce our profitability and cash flows.
Our estimates for the allowance for doubtful accounts are subject to significant change during times of economic weakness or uncertainty in either the overall U.S. economy or within the industries we serve. To proactively manage accounts receivable aging and collections and evaluate the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts, we continue to monitor the economic environment and its impact on our customers.
Discontinued Operations
In determining whether a group of assets to be disposed of should be presented as a discontinued operation, we make a determination as to whether such assets comprise a component of the entity, which includes an assessment as to whether it has historic operations and cash flows that can be clearly distinguished. We also determine whether the cash flows associated with the group of assets will be significantly eliminated from our ongoing operations as a result of the disposal transaction and whether we will have no significant continuing involvement in the operations of the disposed assets after the disposal transaction. If we believe these conditions exist, then the assets and liabilities and results of operations of the assets to be disposed, as well as any estimated gain or loss on the disposal transaction, are aggregated for presentation separately from the financial position and operating results of our continuing operations.
For those businesses for which management has committed to a plan of sale, the business is valued at the lower of its carrying amount or estimated fair value less costs to sell. If the carrying amount of the business exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment loss is recognized. Estimated fair value is determined using management estimates and entity-specific assumptions. Management considers historical experience and all available information at the time such estimates are made; however, the fair value that is ultimately recognized upon sale of the related business may differ from the estimated fair value as reflected in the consolidated financial statements. Depreciation and amortization expense is not recorded on assets of a business to be sold once that business has been classified as held for sale.
In May 2012, Red Ventures exercised its purchase option to acquire the DirectStar Business. The transaction was consummated in June 2012. In September 2012, MasTec's board of directors approved a plan of sale for the Globetec business to be completed on or before September 30, 2013. In connection with our decision to sell Globetec, we recognized estimated losses on disposal of $12.7 million during the third quarter of 2012.
The DirectStar Business and Globetec are presented as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
Goodwill and certain intangible assets acquired in a business combination and determined to have indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually. We perform our annual impairment review of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives during the fourth quarter each year at the reporting unit level. Each of our reporting units comprises one component of one of our five reportable segments. We identify our reporting units by assessing whether components have discrete financial information available and whether a segment manager regularly reviews the operating results of that component. Net assets of acquired businesses and related goodwill are allocated to the corresponding reporting unit upon acquisition, based upon our expected organizational structure. If two or more components are deemed economically similar, those components are aggregated into one reporting unit for purposes of our annual goodwill impairment review. None of our components are aggregated for annual impairment testing.
Under Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-08, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment  ("ASU 2011-08"), which the Company adopted for the year ended December 31, 2011, and ASU 2012-02 Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment  (“ASU 2012-02”), which the Company adopted for the year ended December 31, 2012, a full quantitative analysis is not required if the Company's qualitative analysis concludes that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Company's reporting units or indefinite-lived intangible assets are greater than their carrying amounts. If testing for impairment using the full quantitative approach, as performed in 2010, management estimates the fair value of each of its reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets and compares these estimated fair values to their carrying amounts. If the carrying amounts exceed the estimated fair values, the value of the reporting units' goodwill or other indefinite lived intangible assets may be impaired and could require a write-down.
During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we assessed qualitative factors to determine whether it was more likely than not that the fair values of our reporting units were less than their carrying amounts as a basis for determining whether it was necessary to perform the traditional two-step goodwill impairment test.
During the year ended December 31, 2010, we estimated the fair value of our reporting units to determine if their carrying values exceeded their estimated fair values using a discounted cash flow methodology, which incorporated management estimates, including estimates of future cash flows and growth rates, as well as the selection of a discount rate. This analysis included five-year projections of revenues, operating costs and cash flows considering historical and anticipated future results, general economic and market conditions, as well as the impact of planned business and operational strategies. We applied a discounted cash flow technique utilizing a terminal value equal to 5.5 times year five EBITDA. The discount rate was estimated to be 8.5% per annum, representing our estimated cost of capital at the time of the analysis. A 100 basis point change in the discount rate would not have had a material impact on the results of the impairment analysis. Based upon the results of these analyses, management determined that the estimated fair values of its reporting units for its continuing operations businesses substantially exceeded their carrying values. In September 2012,

34

Table of Contents

MasTec's board of directors approved a plan of sale for the Globetec business. In connection with the decision to sell Globetec, we recognized impairment losses of $12.7 million, including $6.4 million of goodwill impairment charges, during the third quarter of 2012.
During the year ended December 31, 2012, we assessed qualitative factors to determine if it was more likely than not that the fair values of our indefinite-lived intangible assets were less than their carrying amounts. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we estimated the fair values of our indefinite-lived intangible assets based on estimates of growth rates for the related businesses and estimated future economic conditions. Based upon the results of these analyses, no impairment charges related to our indefinite-lived intangible assets for our continuing operations businesses were recorded during the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012.
See Note 4 - Discontinued Operations in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for details of the Globetec discontinued operation and Note 5 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.
Significant changes in the assumptions or estimates used in our analysis could result in an impairment charge related to goodwill and/or intangible assets. In addition, we could record impairment losses in the future if profitability and cash flows of our reporting entities decline to the point where their carrying values exceeded their market values.
Business Combinations – Valuation of Acquired Assets and Liabilities Assumed
We allocate the purchase price for each business combination, or acquired business, based upon (i) the fair value of the consideration paid and (ii) the fair value of net assets acquired. The determination of the fair value of net assets acquired requires estimates and judgments of future cash flow expectations for the acquired business and the allocation of those cash flows to identifiable tangible and intangible assets. Fair values are calculated by incorporating expected cash flows into industry standard valuation techniques. For current assets and current liabilities, the book value is generally assumed to equal the fair value. Goodwill is the amount by which the purchase price consideration exceeds the fair value of tangible and intangible assets, less assumed liabilities. To the extent possible, goodwill should be allocated to separate identifiable intangible assets, such as customer relationships and trade names, which are amortized to expense over their estimated useful lives. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are tested for impairment annually and, if impaired, their value is reduced to fair value. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred.
Consideration paid generally consists of cash, common stock, and additional cash or common stock payments which are contingent on the acquired business achieving certain levels of earnings (referred to as “contingent consideration” or “earnouts”). The fair value of cash and MasTec common stock is generally based upon the amount tendered or the market price on the closing date, respectively.
A liability for contingent consideration based on earnings is measured at its estimated fair value as of the date of acquisition, with subsequent changes in fair value recorded in earnings as a gain or loss. Fair value is estimated as of the acquisition closing date utilizing calculated earnout payments that would be made as if managements' best estimate of possible cash flows of the acquired business was accurate. Thus, if actual earnout payments are expected to exceed estimated earnout payments (as a result of higher than expected acquired business cash flows), then a loss would be recognized in the period in which that expectation is considered probable. Conversely, if actual earnout payments are expected to fall below estimated earnout payments, a gain would be recognized in the period that expectation is considered probable.
Due to the time required to gather and analyze the necessary data for each acquisition, U.S. GAAP provides a “measurement period” of up to one year in which to finalize such calculations. Most calculations are considered preliminary until the end of the measurement period. All subsequent adjustments to initial valuations and estimates during the measurement period that reflect newly discovered information that existed as of the acquisition date are recorded with an offsetting entry to goodwill; otherwise, those adjustments are reflected as income or expense, as appropriate. The consolidated balance sheet for the period of acquisition is modified for subsequent measurement period adjustments when that period is presented in future consolidated financial statements.
Self-Insurance
We presently maintain insurance policies subject to per claim deductibles of $1 million for our workers’ compensation policy, $2 million for our general liability policy and $2 million for our automobile liability policy. We have excess umbrella coverage up to $100 million per claim and in the aggregate. Liabilities under these insurance programs are accrued based upon our estimate of the ultimate liability for claims reported and an estimate of claims incurred but not reported, with assistance from third-party actuaries. We also maintain an insurance policy with respect to employee group health claims, which is subject to annual per employee maximum losses of $0.4 million. Our liability for employee group claims is based on statistical analysis of historical claims experience and specific knowledge of actual outstanding claims and losses that have occurred.
The present value of our self-insurance liabilities are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as current and other non-current liabilities. The determination of such claims and expenses and the appropriateness of the related liability is reviewed and updated quarterly, however, insurance liabilities are difficult to assess and estimate due to unknown factors, including the severity of an injury, the determination of our liability in proportion to other parties and the number of incidents not reported. We continue to work with our insurance carriers to resolve claims quickly in an effort to reduce our exposure. We are also attempting to accelerate the claims process where possible so that amounts incurred are known rather than estimated. Accruals are based upon known facts and historical trends and we believe such accruals to be adequate. However, a change in experience or actuarial assumptions could materially affect results of operations in a particular period.
Securities Available for Sale
Our securities available for sale consist of auction-rate securities, which represent interests in pools of student loans guaranteed by the U.S. government under the Federal Family Education Loan Program and a structured finance security. The structured finance security has an attached credit default swap under which the principal value of the structured finance security would be partially or fully forfeited at net default rates on the underlying

35

Table of Contents

corporate debt obligations ranging from 8% to 9%. The net default rate as of December 31, 2012 was estimated to be 6.22%. Both the structured finance security and the credit default swap are collateralized by investment grade credit-linked notes made up of floating rate international bank notes.
Liquidity for auction rate securities was originally provided by an auction process that would provide for liquidation or reset the applicable interest rate at pre-determined intervals, usually every 7, 28 or 35 days. Due to disruptions in the credit markets beginning in 2008, these auctions have not had sufficient bidders to allow investors to complete a sale, indicating that liquidity at its par value is unavailable. Due to the failed auction process, there was insufficient observable market data to determine the fair value of our auction rate securities as of either December 31, 2012 or 2011. Therefore, their respective fair values were estimated by an independent valuation firm, Houlihan Capital Advisors, LLC, ("Houlihan") using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model.
The Houlihan model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in their estimates of fair value, such as reset interest rates, final stated maturities, collateral values, credit quality and insurance, and applies the probabilities of either (a) a successful auction; (b) a failed auction; or (c) a default; at each auction. The valuation of these securities is sensitive to market conditions and managements' judgment and can change significantly based on the assumptions used. Factors that may impact the valuation include: changes to credit ratings of the securities and, for the structured finance security, changes to the credit ratings of the underlying assets supporting the security as well as rates of default of the underlying assets, underlying collateral values, discount rates, counterparty risk and ongoing strength and quality of market credit and liquidity.
As a result, these securities have been recorded as long-term assets at their estimated fair value in the consolidated financial statements. Fair values are reevaluated quarterly. Temporary unrealized holding gains and losses are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable income taxes. Unrealized losses are charged against earnings when a decline in fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary. An impairment is considered to be other-than-temporary if an entity: (i) intends to sell a security, (ii) more likely than not will be required to sell a security before recovering its cost, or (iii) does not expect to recover a security’s entire amortized cost basis, even if there is no intent to sell the security.
We consider several factors in assessing whether a loss is other-than-temporary. These factors include, but are not limited to: intent to hold a security; that it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell a security before recovery of its cost basis; the length of time a security is in an unrealized loss position; the extent to which fair value is less than cost; the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer; changes to the credit ratings of securities, as well as their underlying assets; and, for our structured finance security, rates of default on the loan portfolio underlying the credit default swaps.
In assessing the expectation of recovering a security’s amortized cost basis, we perform an assessment of the present value of cash flows expected to be collected. If this assessment yields an amount less than the amortized cost basis of the security, even if the Company has the intent, and more likely than not, the ability to hold the securities, a credit loss is deemed to exist. The amount of an other-than-temporary impairment attributed to the credit losses is recognized in earnings, while the amount of an other-than-temporary impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable deferred income taxes. We estimate credit losses associated with our auction rate securities using Level 3 inputs. Credit loss estimates are derived by comparing the estimated fair value of the securities, which are based on a number of factors, including estimated probabilities of default, with the value that would have been derived if the probability of default for the same securities were zero percent. The difference between the recorded fair value and the estimated fair value assuming a zero probability of default is considered the portion of total decline in fair value attributable to credit losses.
Structured Finance Auction Rate Securities.  Following the sale of two of our three structured finance auction rate securities, we determined that we no longer met the criteria for intent to hold with respect to our remaining structured finance security. Declines in this security’s cost basis are recognized in earnings. Increases are recorded in other comprehensive income, net of applicable income taxes.
Student Loan Auction Rate Securities.  We expect to recover the remaining cost basis of our student loan auction rate securities, and do not intend to sell, or believe that we will more likely than not be required to sell our student loan auction rate securities before recovery of their cost basis, which may be at maturity. Temporary unrealized holding gains and losses associated with our student loan auction rate securities are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of applicable income taxes.
See Note 7 – Securities Available for Sale in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Income Taxes
We record income taxes using the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequence of temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of our assets and liabilities. Income taxes are estimated in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating the tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as deferred revenue, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the consolidated balance sheets. The recording of a net deferred tax asset assumes the realization of such asset in the future. Otherwise, a valuation allowance must be recorded to reduce this asset to its net realizable value.
We consider future pretax income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the net realizable value of tax assets and the need for such a valuation allowance. If we determine that we may not be able to realize all or part of a deferred tax asset in the future, a valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset is charged against income in the period such determination is made. As of December 31, 2010, we had substantially utilized our net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes. In prior years, we released the valuation allowance that was previously established against domestic net operating losses. Based on our recent history of profitability and our forecasts for future periods, we determined that it is more likely than not that the state net operating loss carryforwards and other temporary differences would be realized. As of December 31, 2012 

36

Table of Contents

and 2011, we have valuation allowances aggregating $2.0 million and $2.8 million, respectively. These valuation allowances relate to foreign net operating losses and credit carryforwards that we believe may not be realized in future periods.
In determining the provision for income taxes, we use an effective tax rate based on annual pre-tax income, permanent tax differences, statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities in the various jurisdictions in which the Company operates. Significant factors that impact the annual effective tax rate include our assessment of certain tax matters, the location and amount of taxable earnings, changes in certain non-deductible expenses and expected credits. As of December 31, 2012, we have not made a provision for U.S. income taxes on unremitted foreign earnings because such earnings are intended to be indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S. Generally, such amounts become subject to U.S. taxation upon the remittance of dividends and certain other circumstances.
Our subsidiaries file income tax returns in numerous tax jurisdictions, including U.S. federal, most U.S. states and certain foreign jurisdictions. The statute of limitations varies by the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Our U.S. federal income tax returns for years ending on or after December 31, 2009 remain open for examination. Although we believe our calculations for tax returns are correct and the positions taken thereon are reasonable, the final outcome of tax audits could be materially different from the resolution we currently anticipate, and those differences could result in significant costs or benefits to us. If applicable, any interest or penalties pertaining to our income tax returns, if assessed, would be recorded within interest expense or general and administrative expense, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations.
Multi-Employer Pension Plans
We make contributions to certain union-administered multi-employer pension plans, which are recorded as a component of employee wages and salaries within costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization. Contributions are generally based on fixed amounts per hour per employee for employees covered under these plans.  To the extent that those plans are underfunded, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Multi-Employer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980, may subject us to substantial liabilities if we withdraw from such multi-employer plans or if they are terminated. In November 2011, we voluntarily withdrew from one of the multi-employer pension plans in which we participated and recorded a charge of $6.4 million within costs of revenue. Withdrawal liabilities under multi-employer pension plans are based on estimates of our proportionate share of the plan’s unfunded vested liability, as calculated by the plan’s actuaries, and represent our best estimate of such liabilities as of the time they are recorded. Any changes in estimated withdrawal liabilities could materially affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period such changes occur. See Note 13 – Other Retirement Plans and Note 17 – Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional details.
Litigation and Contingencies
Litigation and contingencies are reflected in our consolidated financial statements based on our assessments, along with legal counsel, of the expected outcome of litigation proceedings or the expected resolution of the contingency. We accrue a liability for an estimated loss if the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability and the determination as to whether the amount of an exposure is reasonably estimable. Due to uncertainties related to these matters, accruals are based only on the information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, we reassess the potential liability related to our pending claims and litigation and may revise our estimates. Such revisions in estimates of potential liabilities could have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial position.
During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded a $9.6 million legal settlement charge in connection with the Sintel legal matter. See Note 17 - Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for details and further discussion of current litigation matters.
2013 Outlook
We believe we have significant market opportunities in 2013 in six areas:
Wireless and Fiber Communications Network Upgrades - we believe wireless and fiber optic communication network upgrades will continue to grow in 2013 and that the major regional and rural telecommunications and other communications companies will continue to expand and enhance their capabilities in these areas, which could increase demand for our services. We continue to expand our capabilities in wireless infrastructure construction. Additionally, we expect continued technological development of broadband facilities throughout the U.S and expansion of broadband access into areas that are currently not served by high-speed data networks.
Petroleum, Natural Gas and Natural Gas Liquids Pipelines - we believe that demand for clean-burning, domestic natural gas will grow in order to reduce U.S. dependence on foreign energy sources. Recent improved access to shale formation as a result of technological advances and improved economics has resulted in significant increases in the petroleum industry estimates of available North American natural gas reserves. Technological advances in horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing have made access to natural gas easier and cheaper and have led to a natural gas shale drilling boom in recent years and created an abundance of gas supply, which has reduced the price of dry gas, or gas without imbedded liquids, that can be extracted for higher value. With these developments, we expect new North American producing fields to be developed and old fields' productivity to be expanded significantly. We anticipate the resulting incremental production will provide increasing opportunities for our oil and gas gathering, gas compression, liquids pumping, oil and gas treatment, long-haul and mid-stream oil and gas and other liquids pipeline construction operations. We have made acquisitions in the last few years to expand our capabilities in these areas.
Work for Electrical Grid Upgrades - we believe that the nation's electrical grid, which routinely encounters capacity and reliability issues, will be expanded, modernized and upgraded in the coming years. During the recent recession, demand for electric power has declined and has hidden many of the grid reliability issues which caused blackouts, brownouts and other grid failures in 2007 and early 2008. Also, renewable energy, which is

37

Table of Contents

often generated in remote areas, will require significant investment in new transmission and substation infrastructure in order to deliver this power to the population and to industrial centers with high electrical power demand. We expect continued efforts to modernize and expand the national electrical grid in order to develop a smart grid. With even a modest pickup in the economy, we believe that old grid reliability issues will reappear and that utilities across the country will respond by increasing their capital expenditures in this area. Additionally, we believe that cost and labor conditions are making it increasingly attractive for utilities to outsource their construction and maintenance activities.
Power Plants and other Heavy Industrial - we believe there will be increased demand for heavy industrial construction across a range of industries. The current low price and environmental advantage of clean burning natural gas should result in the conversion of coal fired power plants and the construction of new gas fired power plants. Additionally, a wide variety of industries may seek to expand, convert or construct new plants to take advantage of this economical, lower carbon fuel source. We continue to expand our capabilities in heavy industrial construction in anticipation of this trend.
Alternative and Renewable Energy Projects - this market grew significantly in 2012 as developers sought to qualify for the expiring Federal investment tax credits and production tax credits for wind projects. The delay in the extension of the production tax credits for wind projects is expected to cause a slow start to wind activity in 2013, although we expect wind project activity to recover in the second half of 2013. On December 31, 2012, production tax credits were reinstated for construction starting before January 1, 2014. Additionally, we expect that solar development will accelerate with current low solar panel prices and the extension of Federal tax benefits for solar projects through 2016. Our primary focus is the construction of renewable energy infrastructure, including wind farms and solar farms. Regulatory mandates for electricity generation from alternative and renewable sources and the ARRA, which calls for expansion of domestic renewable energy sources through tax incentives, cash grants and loan guarantees, has provided our renewable energy operations with recent growth potential. However, the expiration of the Section 1603 cash grants may negatively impact future project development by current and potential customers.
Install to the Home - we believe the increased number of DIRECTV® subscribers and expansion of high definition video programming, special or proprietary programming, new technology set-top boxes and other in-home technology advances provide us with the continuing opportunity to provide installation, upgrade and maintenance services for new and existing customers. Our expertise in home installation and existing network of technicians also provide opportunities to offer installation services for new customers.
Our 2013 results could be adversely affected by the matters discussed in the “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and Item 3. “Legal Proceedings” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Comparisons of Fiscal Year Results
The following table reflects our consolidated results of operations in dollar and percentage of revenue terms for the periods indicated (dollar amounts in millions). Our consolidated results of operations are not necessarily comparable from period to period due to the impact of recent acquisitions and dispositions. See Note 3 - Acquisition and Other Investments and Note 4 – Discontinued Operations in the notes to consolidated financial statements. The table below may contain slight summation differences due to rounding.

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Revenue	$	3,726.8	
 	 	100.0	 %	 	$	2,831.3	
 	 	100.0	 %	 	$	2,143.0	
 	 	100.0	 %	
Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization	3,239.2	
 	 	86.9	 %	 	2,459.7	
 	 	86.9	 %	 	1,829.5	
 	 	85.4	 %	
Depreciation and amortization	92.0	
 	 	2.5	 %	 	74.2	
 	 	2.6	 %	 	56.9	
 	 	2.7	 %	
General and administrative expenses	157.5	
 	 	4.2	 %	 	132.6	
 	 	4.7	 %	 	112.2	
 	 	5.2	 %	
Interest expense, net	37.4	
 	 	1.0	 %	 	34.5	
 	 	1.2	 %	 	29.2	
 	 	1.4	 %	
Other expense (income), net	8.0	
 	 	0.2	 %	 	(29.0	)	 	(1.0	)%	 	1.2	
 	 	0.1	 %	
Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes	$	192.7	
 	 	5.2	 %	 	$	159.3	
 	 	5.6	 %	 	$	114.1	
 	 	5.3	 %	
Provision for income taxes	(76.1	)	 	(2.0	)%	 	(61.8	)	 	(2.2	)%	 	(47.9	)	 	(2.2	)%	
Income from continuing operations before non-controlling interests	$	116.6	
 	 	3.1	 %	 	$	97.5	
 	 	3.4	 %	 	$	66.1	
 	 	3.1	 %	
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax	(9.2	)	 	(0.2	)%	 	8.5	
 	 	0.3	 %	 	24.3	
 	 	1.1	 %	
Net income	$	107.4	
 	 	2.9	 %	 	$	106.0	
 	 	3.7	 %	 	$	90.4	
 	 	4.2	 %	
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests	—	
 	 	—	 %	 	—	
 	 	—	 %	 	(0.1	)	 	—	 %	
Net income attributable to MasTec, Inc	$	107.4	
 	 	2.9	 %	 	$	106.0	
 	 	3.7	 %	 	$	90.5	
 	 	4.2	 %	

The following discussion and analysis of our results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

38

Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 
Revenue. Our revenue was $3.7 billion in 2012, as compared with $2.8 billion in 2011, representing an increase of $895 million or 31.6%. Of this increase, $178 million, or approximately 20%, was attributable to acquired businesses. Organic revenues increased by $718 million, or 25%, representing 80% of the increase in revenue. Revenues in 2012 were favorably affected by demand for our power generation and industrial, oil and gas pipeline and facility and electrical transmission services. Key customers driving this growth included Mid-American Energy, Duke Energy, Enbridge, Inc. and Chesapeake Midstream Partners LP. Revenue from power generation and industrial projects increased by $449 million to $668 million in 2012 as compared with 2011. The growth in power generation and industrial project work has been driven largely by customers seeking to complete wind installation projects under the current federal production tax credit program, which, until reinstatement of these production tax credits in January 2013, required that qualified facilities be placed in service by December 31, 2012. In addition to wind projects, solar project activity increased by $92 million versus the prior year. Oil and gas pipeline and facility project work benefited from approximately $185 million of incremental revenue from natural gas and petroleum pipeline infrastructure project activities in 2012 as compared with 2011. Acquisitions contributed approximately $56 million of oil and gas pipeline and facility revenues in 2012. Electrical transmission project activity increased by approximately $114 million, including approximately $56 million of revenue from acquired businesses. Communications revenues increased by $138 million, including $65 million of acquisition revenues, driven primarily by our expansion of install-to-the-home services as a result of our 2011 acquisition of Halsted, which yielded approximately $52 million of incremental revenues.
Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization.  Our costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization, were $3.2 billion for the year ended 2012, compared to $2.5 billion in 2011, or 86.9% of revenue in both periods, a $779 million, or 31.7%, increase. The dollar increase is largely a result of higher costs associated with increased revenues, as described above. In addition, we incurred approximately $36 million of losses on two pipeline projects largely through the third quarter of 2012, which suppressed average project margins throughout the year. As a percentage of revenue, costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization, remained flat.
Depreciation and amortization.  Depreciation and amortization was $92 million in 2012, or 2.5% of revenue, as compared with $74 million in 2011, or approximately 2.6% of revenue, representing an increase of approximately $18 million, or 24.0%. The increase was driven by $17 million of higher organic business depreciation expense, as well as $5 million of acquisition-related depreciation and amortization, offset in part by a decrease of approximately $5 million in amortization expense from historical acquisitions. The increase in organic business depreciation expense resulted from capital spending on equipment to perform oil and gas and communications projects. See Note 16 - Segments and Operations by Geographic Areas for details of depreciation expense and capital spending by reportable segment.
General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses were $158 million, or 4.2% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared with $133 million, or 4.7% of revenue, in 2011, representing an increase of $25 million, or 18.8%. The dollar increase resulted from incremental costs of approximately $8 million in support of acquired businesses, as well as from $16 million of higher labor, information technology and other administrative costs associated with growth in our business. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative costs decreased by approximately 50 basis points as a result of revenue growth outpacing the growth in general and administrative costs.
Interest expense, net.  Interest expense, net of interest income, was $37 million, or 1.0% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared with $34 million, or 1.2% of revenue, in 2011, an increase of $3 million. The increase was largely attributable to an increase in interest expense of approximately $1.4 million related to higher average outstanding balances under our credit facility, as well as approximately $1 million of incremental discount accretion associated with our new senior convertible notes (the “New Convertible Notes”). During the first quarter of 2011, we exchanged 94% of our original senior convertible notes issued in 2009 (the “Original Convertible Notes”) for the New Convertible Notes that have an optional physical (share), cash or combination settlement feature (see “Senior Convertible Notes” below).
Other expense (income), net.  Other expense, net, was $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared with $29 million of other income, net, for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in other income, net, is attributable, in large part, to the $29 million gain on remeasurement of our equity investment in EC Source, which was recognized in the second quarter of 2011. In addition, in the third quarter of 2012, we recorded a legal settlement reserve of approximately $10 million in connection with the Sintel legal matter. See Note 3 – Acquisitions and Other Investments and Note 17 – Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Income taxes. Income tax expense was $76 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared with $62 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, representing an increase of approximately $14 million. The increase is primarily attributable to higher income and a higher effective tax rate. Our effective tax rate on income from continuing operations was 39.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared with an effective tax rate of 38.8% in the prior year. The higher current year effective tax rate is principally attributable to a higher average state tax rate and a slight increase in our non-deductible expenses.
(Loss) income from discontinued operations.  Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, was $9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared with $9 million of income from discontinued operations in the prior year period, a variance of $18 million, driven primarily by estimated losses on disposal of approximately $13 million recognized in the third quarter of 2012 in connection with our decision to sell Globetec. Additionally, we had lower 2012 revenues and income associated with the DirectStar Business as a result of its sale in June 2012. See Note 4 – Discontinued Operations in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional details.
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 
Revenue. Our revenue was $2.8 billion for year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $2.1 billion in 2010, representing an increase of $688 million, or 32.1%. Of this increase, $265 million, or approximately 38.5%, was attributable to businesses acquired during 2011. Revenues were favorably affected by demand for our wireless, install-to-the-home, oil and gas and electrical transmission services. Key customers driving growth during 2011 included AT&T, DIRECTV ®  and Energy Transfer Company. Growth in our communications business contributed $445 million 

39

Table of Contents

of the increase in revenues. Continuing investments in new infrastructure for wireless technology, in addition to expansion of the geographic areas in which we do project work, yielded approximately $230 million of higher revenues from wireless projects in 2011 as compared with 2010. Install-to-the-home project activity was also strong in 2011, increasing by approximately $130 million. Approximately $87 million of our communications revenue growth was derived from acquired businesses. Oil and gas revenues increased approximately $212 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, driven by acquisition revenues of $83 million, as well as a net increase of approximately $90 million from natural gas and petroleum pipeline projects, including those in the various natural gas shale basins. Oil and gas revenues were also favorably affected by approximately $37 million of higher year-over-year revenues from a large pipeline project with El Paso Corporation. Electrical transmission project activity increased by approximately $131 million, including approximately $96 million of acquisition revenues. Otherwise strong revenue growth was partially offset by approximately $106 million in lower levels of activity on power generation and industrial projects versus 2010 as a result of tightened access of our customers to project financing and delays resulting from changes to our customers’ capital spending projects.
Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization. Our costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization, were $2.5 billion, or 86.9% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $1.8 billion, or 85.4% of revenue, for the corresponding period in 2010, a $630 million, or 34.4%, increase. The dollar increase is partially attributable to higher costs associated with increased revenues, as described above. As a percentage of revenue, costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization increased 150 basis points. The basis point increase was driven by several factors.
Labor and subcontractor costs increased as a percent of revenue by approximately 60 basis points, as a result of higher costs on certain of our oil and gas, wireless, and power generation and industrial projects. For example, pipeline projects were negatively impacted by flooding conditions we experienced on our Marcellus Shale basin pipeline projects in the second half of 2011. Severe flooding in the northeastern United States, caused by above average rainfall, coupled with the effects of Hurricane Irene in August and Tropical Storm Lee in September, hurt our pipeline projects in the Marcellus shale basin, resulting in approximately $24 million of project losses in 2011. In addition, we experienced higher labor costs on wireless projects as a result of certain growth-related project inefficiencies. Our power generation and industrial projects were negatively affected by lower levels of utilization as a result of decreased revenues as well as from competitive pressure on pricing. Our 2011 wage and employee costs also include the impact of a $6 million charge related to our multi-employer pension plans. In November 2011, we voluntarily withdrew from one of the multi-employer pension plans in which we participate. See Note 13 – Other Retirement Plans and Note 17 – Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional details. Fuel costs also increased by approximately 30 basis points as a percentage of revenue, driven by higher fuel prices and increased levels of fuel consumption to support growth in project work.
Depreciation and amortization.  Depreciation and amortization was $74 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared with $57 million for the same period in 2010, representing an increase of $17.3 million, or 30.4%. The increase was driven by $9 million of acquisition-related depreciation and amortization, as well as $13 million of higher organic business depreciation expense, offset in part by a decrease of approximately $5 million in amortization expense from historical acquisitions. The increase in organic business depreciation expense resulted from current year capital spending, primarily on equipment acquired in order to perform oil and gas and wireless projects, which increased depreciation expense by approximately $6 million, as well as an increase of approximately $7 million in depreciation expense on certain equipment held under capital leases, which had previously been held under operating leases. The increase in depreciation expense from the lease reclassification was offset, in part, by a decrease in rent expense, which is recorded within costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization. See Note 11 - Lease Obligations in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional details.
General and administrative expenses.  General and administrative expenses were $133 million, or 4.7% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared with $112 million, or 5.2% of revenue, for the same period in 2010, representing an increase of $20 million, or 18.2%. The dollar increase resulted largely from approximately $12 million of costs associated with recently acquired businesses and approximately $8 million from organic business growth. Included within the organic business growth are acquisition-related transaction costs of approximately $2 million. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses decreased approximately 50 basis points. This decrease was attributable to improved leveraging of overall administrative labor and other costs, which increased at a lower rate than the increase in revenue for the corresponding period.
Interest expense, net.  Interest expense, net of interest income, was $34 million, or 1.2% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared with $29 million, or 1.4% of revenue, for the same period in 2010, representing an increase of $5 million. This increase was largely attributable to $4 million of discount accretion associated with our New Convertible Notes and an increase in interest expense of approximately $1 million related to our credit facility. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in interest expense on equipment notes. In the fourth quarter of 2010, we refinanced $13 million of 7.05% equipment notes with a new equipment note bearing interest at approximately 3.53% per annum.
Other (income) expense, net.  Other income, net, was $29 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared with other expense, net, of $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in other income, net, is largely attributable to a $29 million gain on remeasurement of our equity investment in EC Source, which was acquired in May 2011.
Income taxes.  Income taxes were $62 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared with $48 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, representing an increase of $14 million. This increase is primarily due to higher taxable income, partially offset by the impact of a lower tax rate. Our effective tax rate on income from continuing operations was 38.8% for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared with an effective tax rate of 42.0% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The lower 2011 tax rate is principally attributable to a higher deduction from the Internal Revenue Code Section 199 production activity deduction in 2011. Prior to 2011, these deductions were only available to us on a limited basis as we were benefiting from the use of net operating loss carryforwards.
Income from discontinued operations.  Income from discontinued operations, net of tax, was $9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared with $24 million in the prior year, a decrease of approximately $16 million. This decrease was due, in large part, to an after-tax increase of approximately $17 million for certain commissions paid by DirectStar in 2011 as compared with 2010. See Note 4 – Discontinued

40

Table of Contents

Operations in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Segments

Reorganization and Reportable Segments

In December 2012, MasTec completed a management reorganization resulting in four internal groups consisting of Communications, Oil and Gas, Electrical Transmission and Power Generation and Industrial. Each is led by a single Group President and each is a reportable segment as defined in ASC 280, Segment Reporting. The reorganization focused on concentrating business development efforts and resources based upon broad end-user markets for our construction services. The reorganization began informally in late 2011, after the completion of five acquisitions, and continued during 2012 by hiring group management and modifying reporting lines accordingly. Our 2012 organizational changes were significant. The combination of the entities into each of the four groups is intended to enable each group to achieve better growth, better management and better profitability by leveraging customer relationships to increase cross-selling, offering greater geographic coverage to our customers and achieving higher utilization and efficiency from both employees and equipment.
  
For instance, the Communications Group includes the Company's install-to-the-home, wireless and wireline businesses. We believe that integrating all of our communications businesses enhances our ability to take full advantage of all of the opportunities in what has become one commingled and converging communications market. Our Communications Group infrastructure construction services support a continually converging set of end user service offerings. For example, telephone companies, cable television and satellite television operators now offer bundled telephony, video, data and internet services. We believe this revised organizational structure will help us to better cross-sell and grow revenues in what is now a single communications market. In addition, communications network construction and maintenance utilizes substantially the same employee skill sets and equipment to perform similar work. We expect that a single Group President should be able to improve costs and productivity more effectively by sharing people and equipment throughout all communications projects. Accordingly, in order to realize these objectives and to maximize opportunities in a converging communications market, we have organized these businesses into a single segment under a single leader.

Comparison of Fiscal Year Results by Segment

Management reviews our operating results by reportable segment. Our reportable segments are: (1) Communications; (2) Oil and Gas; (3) Electrical Transmission; (4) Power Generation and Industrial, and (5) Other. Management's review of the reportable segments includes analyses  of  trends in revenue and EBITDA. The following table presents, for our continuing operations businesses, revenue and EBITDA by segment for the periods indicated (dollar amounts in millions):

 	 	Revenue - Continuing Operations	 	EBITDA and EBITDA Margin - Continuing Operations	
 	 	Years Ended December 31,	 	Years Ended December 31,	
Reportable Segment	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Communications	$	1,772.7	
 	 	$	1,635.1	
 	 	$	1,190.6	
 	 	$	192.0	
 	 	10.8	%	 	$	154.3	
 	 	9.4	%	 	$	107.9	
 	 	9.1	 %	
Oil and Gas	959.0	
 	
 	774.3	
 	
 	562.6	
 	
 	99.4	
 	
 	10.4	%	
 	80.1	
 	
 	10.4	%	
 	111.3	
 	
 	19.8	 %	
Electrical Transmission	312.2	
 	 	198.3	
 	 	67.0	
 	 	38.7	
 	 	12.4	%	 	28.7	
 	 	14.5	%	 	(3.7	)	 	(5.5	)%	
Power Generation and Industrial	668.1	
 	 	219.6	
 	 	325.6	
 	 	32.0	
 	 	4.8	%	 	(3.2	)	 	(1.4	)%	 	16.9	
 	 	5.2	 %	
Other	16.7	
 	 	4.8	
 	 	0.2	
 	 	2.0	
 	 	11.7	%	 	0.4	
 	 	5.5	%	 	(1.0	)	 	(533.9	)%	
Eliminations	(1.9	)	 	(0.8	)	 	(3.0	)	 	—	
 	 	—	%	 	—	
 	 	—	%	 	—	
 	 	—	 %	
Corporate	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(42.0	)	 	      N/A	 	 	7.6	
 	 	      N/A	 	 	(31.3	)	 	        N/A	
 	
Consolidated Results-Continuing Operations	$	3,726.8	
 	 	$	2,831.3	
 	 	$	2,143.0	
 	 	$	322.1	
 	 	8.6	%	 	$	267.9	
 	 	9.5	%	 	$	200.1	
 	 	9.3	 %	

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 - Segments

Communications

Revenue. Communications revenue was $1.8 billion in 2012, compared to $1.6 billion in 2011, an increase of $138 million, or 8.4%. Of this increase, $65 million was attributable to acquired businesses. Revenues were favorably affected by demand for our install-to-the-home, wireline and utility services. Key customers driving this growth included DIRECTV®, CenturyLink and Atmos Energy Corporation. Install-to-the-home project activity increased by approximately $59 million, including approximately $52 million of revenue from acquired businesses. Our wireline and utility revenues increased by approximately $77 million, driven primarily by broadband stimulus projects and growth in natural gas transmission and distribution activities.

EBITDA. EBITDA for our Communications segment was $192 million, or 10.8% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $154 million, or 9.4% of revenue in 2011, a $38 million, or 24.4% increase. The dollar increase is attributable, in part, to increased revenues, which contributed approximately $12 million of incremental EBITDA. As a percentage of revenue, EBITDA increased approximately

41

Table of Contents

140 basis points or approximately $25 million, driven primarily by a 130 basis point decrease in costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization. Wage and salary expense, including subcontractor costs, as a percentage of revenue decreased by 50 basis points in 2012. In addition, material costs as a percentage of revenue decreased by 70 basis points in 2012 as compared with 2011.

Oil and Gas

Revenue. Oil and Gas revenue was $959 million for year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $774 million in 2011, representing an increase of $185 million, or 23.9%. Of this increase, $56 million, or approximately 30%, was attributable to acquired businesses. Organic revenues from natural gas and petroleum pipeline projects, including those in the various natural gas shale basins, for customers such as Enbridge, Inc., Chesapeake Midstream Partners LP, DCP Midstream and Energy Transfer Company increased by approximately $129 million.

EBITDA. EBITDA for our Oil and Gas segment was $99 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $80 million in 2011, or 10.4% of revenue in both years, an increase of $19 million, or 24.1%. The dollar increase is primarily attributable to higher revenues. As a percentage of revenue, EBITDA was flat. Project losses on two pipeline projects in the Marcellus shale basin of approximately $36 million in 2012 and $19 million in 2011 have suppressed average margins in both years. Year over year EBITDA results were also affected by a charge of approximately $6 million that we recorded in 2011 related to our multi-employer pension plans. In November 2011, we voluntarily withdrew from one of the multi-employer pension plans in which we participate. See Note 13 - Other Retirement Plans and Note 17 - Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Electrical Transmission

Revenue. Electrical Transmission revenues were $312 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared with $198 million in 2011, representing an increase of $114 million, or 57.4%, driven largely by $87 million of increased revenues from a large transmission project in Utah. In addition, business development efforts led by new members of the electrical transmission management team contributed approximately $27 million of incremental revenue in 2012. Of the total revenue growth of $114 million, EC Source acquisition growth contributed approximately $56 million.
  
EBITDA. EBITDA for our Electrical Transmission segment was $39 million, or 12.4% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to EBITDA of $29 million, or 14.5% of revenue in 2011, an increase of $10 million. The dollar increase is attributable to $17 million of increased revenues, partially offset by $7 million resulting from a 210 basis point decrease in EBITDA margins. The decrease in EBITDA margins was driven primarily by higher than expected costs on several projects in our legacy non-union transmission business. These projects experienced cost overruns as a result of unanticipated project delays, poor weather conditions, difficult terrain and changes in customer requirements.

Power Generation and Industrial

Revenue. Power Generation and Industrial revenues were $668 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $220 million in 2011, an increase of $449 million, or over 200%. The increase in revenue was driven largely by customers seeking to complete wind installation projects under the current federal production tax credit program, which required that qualified facilities be placed in service by December 31, 2012. In addition to wind projects, solar project activity increased by $92 million versus the prior year. The recently renewed wind tax credits have been structured around start dates, rather than completion dates, in order to qualify for the tax credit, which should have the impact of reducing volatility in construction demand.

EBITDA. EBITDA for our Power Generation and Industrial segment was $32 million, or 4.8% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to negative EBITDA of $3 million, or 1.4% of revenue in 2011, a $35 million increase. This increase is primarily attributable to the significant increase in revenue, as discussed above, which drove the Power Generation and Industrial segment from a position of underutilization of overhead capacity in 2011 to full utilization of labor, equipment and overhead in 2012. Despite low levels of project activity in 2011, the Power Generation and Industrial segment maintained its capacity levels in anticipation of 2012 revenue growth, resulting in low levels of overhead cost utilization. In addition, the Power Generation and Industrial segment experienced intense pricing pressures in 2011, which led to lower margins on bid work and negatively affected project margins.

Other

Revenue. Revenue from Other businesses was $17 million for year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $5 million in 2011, an increase of $12 million, or almost 250%  This increase resulted from a new project in our international division to secure a fiber optic circuit and build a central office facility.

EBITDA. EBITDA from Other businesses was $2 million, or 11.7% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $0.4 million of EBITDA in 2011, or 5.5% of revenue in 2011, a $1.6 million increase. The increase is primarily attributable to increased revenues, as described above.

Eliminations

Revenue. Elimination balances represent the offset to intersegment revenues that have been reflected within each reportable segment's gross revenues. In 2012, we had $1.9 million of intercompany revenue between our reportable segments compared to $0.8 million in 2011.

42

Table of Contents

Corporate

EBITDA. Certain of our corporate costs are not allocated to our reportable segments, including certain administrative costs, professional fees and acquisition costs. Corporate information technology costs are allocated to our reportable segments based on estimated usage. EBITDA for our Corporate segment was negative $42 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to positive EBITDA of $8 million in December 31, 2011, a $50 million decrease. The decrease was due, in large part, to a $29 million non-cash gain on remeasurement of our equity investment in EC Source, which we acquired in 2011. Additionally, in the third quarter of 2012, we recorded a legal settlement reserve of approximately $10 million in connection with the Sintel legal matter and our insurance costs increased approximately $5 million in 2012 as compared with 2011.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 - Segments

Communications

Revenue. Communications revenue was $1.6 billion for year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $1.2 billion in 2010, an increase of $445 million, or 37.3%. Of this increase, $86.7 million was attributable to businesses acquired during 2011. Revenues were favorably affected by demand for our wireless, install-to-the-home, wireline and utility services. Key customers driving this growth included AT&T and DIRECTV®. Continuing investments in new infrastructure for wireless technology, in addition to expansion of the geographic areas in which we do project work, yielded over $230 million of higher revenues from wireless projects in 2011 as compared with 2010. Of this increase, approximately $27 million was derived from acquired businesses. Install-to-the-home project activity increased by approximately $130 million, including approximately $60 million of revenue from acquired businesses. Our wireline and utility projects also grew in 2011, with an increase of approximately $80 million in revenue driven primarily by broadband stimulus projects and growth in electrical utility and natural gas transmission and distribution activities.

EBITDA. EBITDA for our Communications segment was $154 million, or 9.4% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $108 million, or 9.1% of revenue in 2010, a $46 million, or 43.0% increase. The dollar increase is largely attributable to increased revenues, as described above, which contributed approximately $40 million of incremental EBITDA. As a percentage of revenue, EBITDA increased approximately 40 basis points, or approximately $6.4 million driven primarily by a 50 basis point decrease in general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue. Administrative labor and other costs increased at a lower rate than the increase in revenue for the corresponding period, which resulted in improved cost leveraging. The decrease in general and administrative costs as a percentage of revenue was partially offset by an increase in costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of revenue. Labor and subcontractor costs increased by approximately 50 basis points as a percentage of revenue due to growth-related project inefficiencies. Fuel costs increased by approximately 40 basis points as a percentage of revenue due to higher fuel prices and increased levels of fuel consumption to support growth in project work. These increases were partially offset by decreases in equipment rental costs and material costs as a percentage of revenue. Equipment rental costs decreased by approximately 60 basis points as a percentage of revenue. In January 2011, we modified the terms of certain equipment leases, which led to a change in their classification from operating to capital leases. As a result, equipment rental expense decreased for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared with the prior year. The reduction in equipment rental expense was offset by an increase in depreciation expense.

Oil and Gas

Revenue. Oil and Gas revenue was $774 million for year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $563 million in 2010, representing an increase of $212 million, or 37.6%. Of this increase, $83 million, or approximately 39%, was attributable to businesses acquired during 2011. Oil and Gas revenues increased approximately $90 million, net, from natural gas and petroleum pipeline projects, including those in the various natural gas shale basins for customers such as Energy Transfer Company, EQT Corporation, Talisman Energy, DCP Midstream and Dominion Virginia Power. In addition, we generated approximately $37 million of higher year-over-year revenues from a large pipeline project with El Paso Corporation.
  
EBITDA. EBITDA for our Oil and Gas segment was $80 million, or 10.4% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $111 million, or 19.8% of revenue in 2010, a decrease of $31 million, or 28.0%. EBITDA margin decreased by 9.4 percentage points, driven by an increase in costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization. The increase in costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization, is largely attributable to project losses of approximately $24 million on certain pipeline projects in the Marcellus shale basin. Severe flooding in the northeastern United States caused by above average rainfall, coupled with the effects of Hurricane Irene in August and Tropical Storm Lee in September, resulted in increased costs on these projects. Our 2011 Oil and Gas wage and employee costs also include the impact of a $6 million charge related to our multi-employer pension plans. In November 2011, we voluntarily withdrew from one of the multi-employer pension plans in which we participate. See Note 13 - Other Retirement Plans and Note 17 - Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Electrical Transmission

Revenue. Electrical Transmission revenues were $198 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared with $67 million in 2010, representing an increase of $131 million, or 196%. Of this increase, approximately $96 million was attributable to businesses acquired during 2011 and included project revenues from Mid-American Energy for a large transmission project in Utah. Organic revenue increased by $36 million, or 53%, for the year ended December 31, 2011. This organic growth was the result of business development efforts that were led by new members of the electrical transmission management team.

43

Table of Contents

EBITDA. EBITDA for our Electrical Transmission segment was $29 million, or 14.5% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to negative EBITDA of $4 million, or 5.5% of revenue in 2010, an increase of $32 million. The improvement in EBITDA was driven by several factors, including the addition of several large transmission projects in connection with the EC Source acquisition with higher than historical-average project margins, which contributed approximately $20 million of incremental EBITDA. In addition, a shift in project mix in our legacy Electrical Transmission businesses to larger project, higher risk, higher voltage, higher margin work, as well as improved overhead leveraging and cost utilization associated with the increase in revenue and cost improvement initiatives, resulted in approximately $12 million of additional EBITDA from our legacy Electrical Transmission businesses.

Power Generation and Industrial

Revenue. Power Generation and Industrial revenues were $220 million for year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $326 million in 2010, a decrease of $106.0 million, or 32.6%. The decrease in revenue was driven by tightened customer access to project financing as well as from delays in timing of customers' capital spending on wind projects.

EBITDA. EBITDA for our Power Generation and Industrial segment was negative $3 million, or (1.4)% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to EBITDA of $17 million, or 5.2% of revenue in 2010, a $20 million decrease. Approximately $6 million of the $20 million decrease is attributable to lower revenues, as described above. EBITDA margin decreased by 6.6 percentage points for an aggregate impact of $14 million. This decline in EBITDA and EBITDA margin was driven by higher materials costs, lower overhead utilization and intensified pricing pressures. In 2011, our mix of project work comprised projects that had 4.1% higher material costs as a percent of revenue than our projects in 2010. The remaining decrease in Power Generation and Industrial EBITDA of approximately 250 basis points as a percentage of revenue resulted from intensified competitive pricing pressures in 2011, which led to lower margins on bid work, as well as lower levels of overhead cost utilization as a result of maintaining capacity levels in anticipation of future revenue growth.

Other

Revenue. Revenue from Other businesses was $5 million for year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $0.2 million in 2010, an increase of $4.7 million. This increase resulted from higher levels of wireless infrastructure activity in Mexico.

EBITDA. EBITDA from Other businesses was $0.4 million, or 5.5% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to negative $1.0 million of EBITDA in 2010, a $1.4 million increase. The increase is attributable to increased revenues, as described above.

Eliminations

Revenue. Elimination balances represent the offset to intersegment revenues that have been reflected within the reportable segments' gross revenues. In 2011, we had $0.8 million of intercompany revenue between our reportable segments compared to $3.0 million in 2010.

Corporate

EBITDA. Certain of our corporate costs are not allocated to our reportable segments, including certain administrative costs, professional fees and acquisition costs. Corporate information technology costs are allocated to our reportable segments based on estimated usage. EBITDA for our Corporate segment was $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to negative EBITDA of $31 million in 2010, a $39 million increase. The increase was, in large part, attributable to a $29 million non-cash gain on remeasurement of our equity investment in EC Source, which we acquired in May 2011. In addition, in 2011, we had a reduction in insurance expense due to better than expected experience, which reduced our Corporate costs by approximately $7 million. Acquisition-related transaction costs of approximately $2 million also contributed to higher general and administrative expenses.

Foreign Operations

We have operations in Canada as well as in parts of Latin America and the Caribbean. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, revenues from continuing operations of $157 million, $92 million and $0.2 million, respectively, were derived from foreign operations, and revenues of $3.6 billion, $2.7 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively, were derived in the United States. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, revenues within the results of operations from discontinued operations of $6 million, $12 million and $3 million respectively, were derived from foreign operations, with revenues of $73 million, $165 million and $162 million, respectively, derived in the United States. Long-lived assets held in foreign countries includes property and equipment, net, of $13 million and $13 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, of which $2 million and $2 million, respectively, were classified within long-term assets of discontinued operations. Intangible assets and goodwill, net, of $31 million and $30 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively were held in foreign countries, none of which was classified within long-term assets of discontinued operations.
Diluted Weighted Average Shares Outstanding

 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (in thousands)	82,087	 	86,716	 	90,885	

44

Table of Contents

We had 82.1 million diluted shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared with 86.7 million shares outstanding in 2011. The reduction in our diluted share count in 2012 resulted from the repurchase of 9.5 million shares of our common stock, or 6.5 million shares on a weighted average basis, under a share repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors in the fourth quarter of 2011. The reduction in our diluted share count from the repurchased shares was partially offset by the full year impact of 5.1 million shares we issued in connection with the acquisition of EC Source in the second quarter of 2011, which resulted in 1.7 million additional weighted average shares in 2012.

Our diluted share count decreased to 86.7 million shares in 2011 from 90.9 million shares in 2010. The exchange of 94% of our Original Convertible Notes for New Convertible Notes in the first quarter of 2011 resulted in 10.4 million fewer shares in our diluted share count in 2011 as compared with 2010. In addition, we repurchased 4.6 million shares under our share repurchase program during 2011, which reduced our 2011 diluted average share count by 0.6 million shares. These decreases were partially offset by the issuance of 5.1 million shares in connection with the EC Source business combination in May of 2011 and the issuance of 1.9 million shares in December 2010 in connection with a purchase agreement amendment for one of our historical acquisitions.
See Note 3 – Acquisitions and Other Investments as well as Note 2 – Earnings Per Share in the notes to the consolidated financial statements contained for additional details.
Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures
As appropriate, we supplement the reporting of our financial information determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP with certain non-U.S. GAAP financial measures, including income from continuing operations before non-controlling interests before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”). In addition, we have presented “Adjusted EBITDA,” as well as adjusted income from continuing operations before non-controlling interests (“Adjusted Income From Continuing Operations”) and adjusted diluted earnings per share, continuing operations (“Adjusted Diluted Earnings From Continuing Operations Per Share”). All of these non-U.S GAAP measures exclude the $9.6 million legal settlement reserve we recorded in the third quarter of 2012 and, for 2011, the $29.0 million non-cash gain on remeasurement of our equity investment in EC Source and the $6.4 million multi-employer pension plan charge. See Note 17 - Commitments and Contingencies and Note 3 – Acquisitions and Other Investments in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional details.
We believe these non-U.S. GAAP measures provide meaningful information that helps investors understand our financial results and assess our prospects for future performance. Because non-U.S. GAAP financial measures are not standardized, it may not be possible to compare these financial measures with other companies' non-U.S. GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names. These financial measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for reported income from continuing operations before non-controlling interests, diluted earnings per share, continuing operations, and net cash provided by operating activities. These non-U.S. GAAP financial measures reflect an additional way of viewing aspects of our operations that, when viewed with our U.S. GAAP results and the provided reconciliations to the corresponding U.S. GAAP financial measures, provide a more complete understanding of our business. We strongly encourage investors and shareholders to review our consolidated financial statements and publicly filed reports in their entirety and not rely on any single financial measure.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
EBITDA is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure that reflects income from continuing operations before non-controlling interests excluding the impact of interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure, is calculated for the year ended December 31, 2012 as EBITDA excluding the $9.6 million legal settlement reserve we recorded in the third quarter of 2012. Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2011 is calculated as EBITDA excluding the $29.0 million non-cash gain on remeasurement of our equity investment in EC Source, which was recorded in the second quarter of 2011, and also excluding the $6.4 million multi-employer pension plan charge we recorded in the fourth quarter of 2011. We use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate our performance, both internally and versus our peers, because it excludes certain items that may not be indicative of our core operating results, as well as items that can vary widely across different industries or among companies within the same industry. Management also considers EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as indicators of our ability to generate cash to service debt, fund capital expenditures and expand our business.
Interest expense can be dependent upon a company’s capital structure, debt levels and credit ratings. Accordingly, the impact of interest expense on earnings can vary significantly among companies. During 2012, our interest expense increased as a result of higher average balances outstanding under our Credit Facility. During 2011, our interest expense increased as a result of accretion expense associated with the New Convertible Notes, which were issued during the first quarter of 2011. The debt discount associated with these notes will be accreted to interest expense over the remaining terms of the New Convertible Notes, which will increase interest expense above the New Convertible Notes’ 4.0% and 4.25% cash coupon interest rates. 
Tax positions of companies can vary because of differing abilities to take advantage of tax benefits and because of the tax policies of the jurisdictions in which they operate. As a result, effective tax rates and provisions for income taxes can vary considerably among companies and over time. For example, our effective tax rate on income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased to 39.5% from 38.8% for the year ended December 31, 2011.
The table below summarizes our effective tax rates from continuing operations for the periods indicated:

 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Effective tax rate	39.5%	 	38.8%	 	42.0%	

45

Table of Contents

Depreciation and amortization can also affect comparability because companies utilize productive assets of different ages and use different methods of both acquiring and depreciating productive assets. These differences can result in considerable variability in the relative costs of productive assets and depreciation and amortization expense among companies.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation from, and are not intended to represent an alternative measure of, income from continuing operations before non-controlling interests or net cash provided by operating activities as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA above are not the same as in our credit facility or in the indentures governing our notes; therefore, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as presented in this discussion should not be used for purposes of determining our compliance with related covenants.

The following table reflects a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to income from continuing operations before non-controlling interests, in dollar and percentage of revenue terms, for the periods indicated (dollar amounts in millions). The table below may contain slight summation differences due to rounding.

 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
EBITDA Reconciliation:	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Income from continuing operations before non-controlling interests	$	116.6	
 	 	3.1	%	 	$	97.5	
 	 	3.4	 %	 	$	66.1	
 	 	3.1	%	
Interest expense, net	37.4	
 	 	1.0	%	 	34.5	
 	 	1.2	 %	 	29.2	
 	 	1.4	%	
Provision for income taxes	76.1	
 	 	2.0	%	 	61.8	
 	 	2.2	 %	 	47.9	
 	 	2.2	%	
Depreciation and amortization	92.0	
 	 	2.5	%	 	74.2	
 	 	2.6	 %	 	56.9	
 	 	2.7	%	
EBITDA – Continuing Operations	$	322.1	
 	 	8.6	%	 	$	267.9	
 	 	9.5	 %	 	$	200.1	
 	 	9.3	%	
Legal settlement reserve	9.6	
 	 	0.3	%	 	—	
 	 	—	 %	 	—	
 	 	—	%	
Gain from remeasurement of equity interest in acquiree	—	
 	 	—	%	 	(29.0	)	 	(1.0	)%	 	—	
 	 	—	%	
Multi-employer pension plan withdrawal charge	—	
 	 	—	%	 	6.4	
 	 	0.2	 %	 	—	
 	 	—	%	
Adjusted EBITDA – Continuing Operations	$	331.7	
 	 	8.9	%	 	$	245.3	
 	 	8.7	 %	 	$	200.1	
 	 	9.3	%	

While EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are measures of the Company's ability to generate cash, these measures exclude the cash impact of changes in the Company's assets and liabilities as well as interest and taxes. Net cash provided by operating activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows takes these changes in the Company's assets and liabilities into account. The following table, which may contain slight summation differences due to rounding, presents a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities for total MasTec:

46

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA, Continuing operations	$	322.1	
 	 	$	267.9	
 	 	$	200.1	
 	
EBITDA, Discontinued operations	(13.0	)	 	15.8	
 	 	40.9	
 	
EBITDA, Total MasTec	$	309.0	
 	 	$	283.7	
 	 	$	241.1	

Reconciliation to Adjusted EBITDA and to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activites, Total MasTec:	 	
Legal settlement reserve	9.6	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Gain from remeasurement of equity interest in acquiree	—	
 	 	(29.0	)	 	—	
 	
Multi-employer pension plan withdrawal charge	—	
 	 	6.4	
 	 	—	
 	
Adjusted EBITDA, Continuing operations	$	331.7	
 	 	$	245.3	
 	 	$	200.1	
 	
Adjusted EBITDA, Discontinued operations	(13.0	)	 	15.8	
 	 	40.9	
 	
Adjusted EBITDA, Total MasTec	$	318.7	
 	 	$	261.1	
 	 	$	241.0	
 	
Interest expense	(37.5	)	 	(34.5	)	 	(29.1	)	
Provision for income taxes	(71.6	)	 	(68.0	)	 	(63.6	)	
Legal settlement reserve	(9.6	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Multi-employer pension plan withdrawal charge	—	
 	 	(6.4	)	 	—	
 	
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities, excluding depreciation, amortization and gain from remeasurement of equity interest in acquiree	23.6	
 	 	19.5	
 	 	11.0	
 	
Change in assets and liabilities, net of assets acquired and liabilities assumed	(51.5	)	 	(165.8	)	 	58.7	
 	
Net cash provided by operating activities, Total MasTec	$	172.1	
 	 	$	5.8	
 	 	$	218.0	

Adjusted Income From Continuing Operations and Adjusted Diluted Earnings From Continuing Operations Per Share

We present Adjusted Income From Continuing Operations and Adjusted Diluted Earnings From Continuing Operations Per Share. Management believes that Adjusted Income From Continuing Operations and Adjusted Diluted Earnings From Continuing Operations Per Share are important indicators of our operations because they exclude items that may not be indicative of, or are unrelated to, our core operating results, and provide a baseline for analyzing trends in our underlying business.  The following table presents Adjusted Income From Continuing Operations and Adjusted Diluted Earnings From Continuing Operations Per Share for the periods indicated:

 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	
Adjusted Income From Continuing Operations (in millions)   	$	122.5	
 	 	$	83.6	
 	
Adjusted Diluted Earnings From Continuing Operations Per Share   	$	1.50	
 	 	$	0.97	

The tables below reconcile Adjusted Income From Continuing Operations and Adjusted Diluted Earnings From Continuing Operations Per Share with reported income from continuing operations before non-controlling interests and reported diluted earnings per share, continuing operations, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures. The tables below may contain slight summation differences due to rounding.

47

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	
 	Income From Continuing Operations
Before Non-controlling Interests (in millions)	 	Diluted Earnings Per
Share, Continuing Operations	 	Income From Continuing Operations Before Non-controlling Interests
 (in millions)	 	Diluted Earnings Per
Share, Continuing Operations	
Reported U.S GAAP measure	$	116.6	
 	 	$	1.42	
 	 	$	97.5	
 	 	$	1.13	
 	
Legal settlement reserve (a)	5.8	
 	 	0.07	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Gain on remeasurement of equity interest in acquiree (b)	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(17.8	)	 	(0.20	)	
Multi-employer pension plan withdrawal charge (c)	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	3.9	
 	 	0.05	
 	
Adjusted non-U.S. GAAP measure	$	122.5	
 	 	$	1.50	
 	 	$	83.6	
 	 	$	0.97	

 	 	
(a)	Represents the after tax expense and corresponding diluted per share impact related to a legal settlement reserve we recorded in the third quarter of 2012. The tax effect was calculated using the effective tax rate from continuing operations for the respective period. See Note 17 - Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for details.	
 	 	
(b)	Represents the after tax gain and corresponding diluted per share impact from the non-cash gain of $29 million on remeasurement of our equity investment in EC Source, which we acquired in the second quarter of 2011. The tax effect was calculated using the effective tax rate from continuing operations for the respective period. See Note 3 - Acquisitions and Other Investments in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for details.	
 	 	
(c)	Represents the after tax charge and corresponding diluted per share impact related to our withdrawal from a multi-employer pension plan. We recorded a charge of $6.4 million within costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization, in the fourth quarter of 2011 related to this withdrawal. The tax effect was calculated using the consolidated effective tax rate for the respective period. See Note 13 – Other Retirement Plans and Note 17 – Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for details.	
Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from continuing operations, availability under our credit facility and our cash balances. Our primary liquidity needs are for working capital, income taxes, capital expenditures, insurance collateral in the form of cash and letters of credit, earn-out obligations and debt service. We also evaluate opportunities for strategic acquisitions and/or investments from time to time that may require cash, and may consider opportunities to either repurchase, refinance or retire outstanding debt or repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock in the future. See Item 5 for details of our November 2011 share repurchase program, which was completed in the third quarter of 2012.
Capital Expenditures. We estimate that we will spend approximately $100 million in 2013 on capital expenditures. In 2012, we spent approximately $80 million on capital expenditures. Actual capital expenditures can increase or decrease from estimates depending upon business activity levels. We will continue to evaluate lease versus buy decisions to meet our equipment needs and, based on this evaluation, our capital expenditures may increase or decrease in the future. In addition, we expect to continue to sell older equipment as we upgrade to new equipment.
Earn-out Payments.  In most of our recent acquisitions, we have agreed to pay earn-out payments to the sellers, generally based on the future earnings performance of the acquired businesses. Certain earn-out payments may be paid in either cash or, under specific circumstances, MasTec common stock, or a combination thereof, at our option. The estimated total value of earn-out obligations recorded as liabilities as of December 31, 2012 is approximately $154.9 million. Of this amount, $19.2 million represents the liability for earn-out obligations that have already been earned and are payable in the first half of 2013. The remainder, $135.7 million, is management's estimate of potential future earn-out obligations, which are contingent upon future performance. Potential future earn-out obligations for acquisitions beginning after December 15, 2008 are measured at their estimated fair value as of the date of acquisition, with subsequent changes in fair value recorded in earnings as a component of other income or expense, in accordance with U.S. GAAP for such acquisitions. Earnouts for acquisitions completed prior to January 1, 2009 are recorded as additional goodwill.
During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we made cash payments of $33.7 million, $44.7 million and $80.6 million, respectively, related to earn-out obligations. Of the $80.6 million paid in 2010, $40 million related to a one time payment in connection with the Nsoro acquisition. In December 2010, we amended the Nsoro purchase agreement and paid the seller of Nsoro a one time payment of $40 million and issued 1.875 million shares of MasTec common stock, which were valued at $27 million. The amendment effectively reduced potential future earn-out payments in exchange for upfront consideration. See Note 3 – Acquisitions and Other Investments in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional details.
Income Taxes. Our cash tax payments increased to $59.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $27.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our cash tax payments increased in 2012 due, in large part, to the fact that we had significantly higher taxable income in 2012 and also due to the fact that we utilized a significant portion of our available state net operating loss carryforwards in 2011. Taxable income increased in 2012 as compared with 2011 due to higher earnings and lower tax depreciation. We also benefited from higher bonus tax depreciation expense in 2011, which reduced our cash tax payments. In 2010, our cash tax payments were $5.7 million. Our cash tax payments increased in 2011 as compared with 2010 as a result of having utilized substantially all of our available federal net operating loss carryforwards in 2010.

48

Table of Contents

Working Capital.  We need working capital to support seasonal variations in our business, primarily due to the impact of weather conditions on external construction and maintenance work and the spending patterns of our customers, both of which influence the timing of associated spending to support related customer demand. Our business is typically slower in the first quarter of each calendar year and, we generally experience seasonal working capital needs from approximately April through October to support growth in accounts receivable, and to a lesser extent, inventory. Working capital needs tend to increase when we commence large amounts of work due to the fact that payroll and certain other costs, including inventory, are required to be paid before the receivables resulting from work performed are billed or collected. Timing of project close-outs can contribute to changes in unbilled revenue. Accounts receivable balances have increased from approximately $659 million in 2011 to approximately $877 million in 2012, driven primarily by revenue growth. Inventory balances were approximately $85 million as of December 31, 2012, as compared with approximately $90 million as of December 31, 2011.
Our billing terms are generally net 30 days, and some of our contracts allow our customers to retain a portion (from 2% to 15%) of the contract amount until the job is completed. For certain customers, we maintain inventory to meet the material requirements of the contracts. Occasionally, certain of our customers pay us in advance for a portion of the materials we purchase for their projects, or allow us to pre-bill them for materials purchases up to specified amounts. Vendor terms are generally 30 days. Our agreements with subcontractors often contain a “pay-when-paid” provision, whereby our payments to subcontractors are made only after we are paid by our customers.
New Convertible Notes - Settlements. As of December 31, 2012, our common stock trading price was higher than the conversion prices of our outstanding 4.0% and 4.25% senior convertible notes. Currently, we intend to settle the principal amounts of our New Convertible Notes upon any conversion thereof in cash. As of December 31, 2012, we had outstanding $202.3 million aggregate principal amount of our New Convertible Notes. Notwithstanding our present intention to settle conversions of our New Convertible Notes in cash, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so due to restrictions under our credit facility. As of December 31, 2012, these restrictions would not have limited our ability to settle the New Convertible Notes in cash. See below for discussion pertaining to our credit facility.
Summary of Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources
There have not been changes in general U.S. and global economic conditions since December 31, 2011 that have had a significant impact on our overall financial position, results of operations or cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012; however, severe weather conditions that began in the third quarter of 2011 continued to negatively impact our productivity and profitability on certain pipeline projects in 2012. See “Comparison of Fiscal Year Results,” above, for related discussion. Given the generally good credit quality of our customer base, we do not expect collection issues that would materially impact our liquidity in the next twelve months. In addition, as a result of our current capital structure, including our credit facility, we do not anticipate that current overall capital market conditions will materially impact our liquidity. We anticipate that funds generated from operations, borrowings under our credit facility and our cash balances will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements, required income tax payments, anticipated capital expenditures, insurance collateral requirements, earn-out obligations, letters of credit and debt service obligations for at least the next twelve months.
Sources and Uses of Cash
As of December 31, 2012, we had $341.4 million in working capital, defined as current assets less current liabilities, compared to $236.4 million as of December 31, 2011, an increase of $105.0 million. Total cash and cash equivalents of $26.8 million as of December 31, 2012 increased by $6.5 million from total cash and cash equivalents of $20.3 million as of December 31, 2011. Cash and cash equivalents of $26.4 million as of December 31, 2012 from our continuing operations businesses increased from $7.4 million as of the prior year.
Sources and uses of cash are summarized below (in millions):

 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	172.1	
 	 	$	5.8	
 	 	$	218.0	
 	
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(128.0	)	 	$	(146.6	)	 	$	(104.3	)	
Net cash used in financing activities	$	(37.7	)	 	$	(16.8	)	 	$	(24.7	)	
        
Operating Activities.  Cash flow from operations is primarily influenced by demand for our services, operating margins and the type of services we provide, but can also be influenced by working capital needs such as the timing of billings and collections of receivables and the settlement of payables and other obligations. A portion of working capital assets is typically converted to cash in the first quarter. Conversely, working capital needs generally increase from April through October due to the seasonality of our business. Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased to $172.1 million from $5.8 million in 2011, an increase of $166.3 million. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was principally driven by net changes in assets and liabilities, primarily related to working capital, in addition to the impact of changes in noncash adjustments, including the $29 million non-cash gain on remeasurement of our equity interests in EC Source in 2011. In addition, net income for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by $1.4 million as compared with the same period in the prior year.
Billings in excess of costs and earnings increased, representing a source of cash of $15.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This source of cash increased from a use of cash of $34.7 million for year ended December 31, 2011, an improvement of $50.4 million. Accounts receivable increased by $177.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared with an increase in accounts receivable of $180.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an improvement of $3.5 million. The change in inventory of $15.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2012 represented a source of cash, as compared with an increase in inventories of $30.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an improvement of $46.0 million.

49

Table of Contents

Days sales outstanding for our continuing operations businesses as of December 31, 2012 was 83, as adjusted for businesses acquired in December 2012, remaining flat as compared with days sales outstanding of 83 as of December 31, 2011. Days sales outstanding for our continuing operations businesses as of December 31, 2010 was 57. Factors contributing to the increase in days sales outstanding include timing of project close-outs and related billings, contractual billing terms and pace of collections. Changes in project and customer mix also contributed to the increase in days sales outstanding. During 2011, we completed a large project that had favorable billing terms, resulting in a lower days sales outstanding as of December 31, 2010. In addition, in the last half of 2011, payment terms with a large customer were modified, which added one week to the customer's standard payment cycle and slightly increased total company days sales outstanding. We do not currently anticipate collection issues related to our outstanding accounts receivable balances, and we continue to actively bill and collect outstanding amounts in a timely manner.
Investing Activities.  Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $18.6 million to $128.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $146.6 million of cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily driven by $97.7 million of net proceeds from the sale of the DirectStar Business, partially offset by an increase of $67.7 million in cash payments for acquisitions, including earn-out obligations, and an increase in capital expenditures. We paid $119.4 million, net of cash acquired, for business acquisitions during 2012 as compared with $40.7 million, net of cash acquired, for business acquisitions during 2011. In addition, we paid $33.7 million of earn-out obligations for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared with $44.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. See Note 3 - Acquisitions and Other Investments in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information. Capital expenditures also increased in 2012 to support higher activity levels. We spent $79.7 million in 2012 on capital expenditures, an increase of $8.0 million as compared with the prior year.
Financing Activities.  Cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $37.7 million, as compared with $16.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $21.0 million. The increase in cash used in financing activities was driven principally by an increase in repayments of capital lease obligations and other borrowings of $12.1 million and a decrease in net proceeds from book overdrafts of $14.8 million. These changes were offset, in part, by $74.0 million of net proceeds from our credit facility, as compared with net proceeds of $60.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, a difference of $14.0 million.
Credit Facility
In August 2011, we entered into an amendment to our previous credit facility, which amended and restated our previous credit facility in its entirety, expanded maximum available borrowing capacity from $260 million to $600 million and extended the maturity date from May 2013 until August 2016. The amended credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) provides for a $600 million senior secured revolving credit facility maturing on August 22, 2016. Up to $350 million of the Credit Facility is available for the issuance of letters of credit. Subject to certain terms in the Credit Facility, we have the option to increase our revolving commitments and/or establish term loans of up to $200 million in total. Borrowings under the Credit Facility will be used to refinance existing indebtedness and for working capital, capital expenditures and other corporate purposes, including the repurchase or prepayment of indebtedness; however, the Credit Facility restricts the repurchase or prepayment of certain unsecured indebtedness, including our senior notes due 2017 and senior convertible notes due 2014, unless we have at least $50 million of remaining liquidity (as defined in the Credit Facility) after any such repurchase or prepayment.
The Credit Facility requires that we maintain a consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Facility) at or below 3.50 to 1.00 and a consolidated interest coverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Facility) at or above 3.00 to 1.00. Subject to customary exceptions, the Credit Facility also limits our ability to engage in certain activities, including acquisitions, mergers and consolidations, debt incurrence, investments, capital expenditures, asset sales, debt prepayments, lien incurrence and the making of distributions on or repurchases of capital stock.
Amounts borrowed under the Credit Facility will bear interest, at our option, at a rate equal to either (a) the eurocurrency rate (as defined in the Credit Facility), plus a margin of 1.50% to 2.50%, as determined based on our consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Facility) as of the most recent fiscal quarter, or (b) the base rate, (which is equal to the highest of (i) the federal funds rate (as defined in the Credit Facility) plus 0.5%, (ii) Bank of America’s prime rate and (iii) the eurocurrency rate plus 1.00%, plus a margin of 0.50% to 1.50%, as determined based on our consolidated leverage ratio as of the most recent fiscal quarter. Financial standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit issued under the Credit Facility are subject to a letter of credit fee of 1.50% to 2.50% and performance standby letters of credit are subject to a letter of credit fee of 0.75% to 1.25%, in each case based on our consolidated leverage ratio as of the most recent fiscal quarter. We must also pay a commitment fee to the lenders on any unused availability under the Credit Facility, which is equal to 0.25% to 0.45%, based on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio as of the then most recent fiscal quarter.
As of December 31, 2012, we had outstanding revolving loans of $134.0 million and approximately $120.8 million of letters of credit issued under our Credit Facility. The remaining $345.2 million of Credit Facility borrowing capacity was available for revolving loans or up to $229.2 million of new letters of credit. Outstanding letters of credit mature at various dates and most have automatic renewal provisions, subject to prior notice of cancellation. As of December 31, 2012, interest on outstanding revolving loans accrued at a rate of approximately 3.95% per annum, and interest on outstanding letters of credit accrued at either 1% or 2% per annum, based on the type of letter of credit issued, as described above. The unused facility fee as of December 31, 2012 was 0.35%.
The Credit Facility is guaranteed by certain of our 100%-owned direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries, and it is collateralized by a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets and the assets of our wholly owned subsidiaries and a pledge of the outstanding equity interests in certain of our operating subsidiaries. The Credit Facility also provides for customary events of default and carries cross-default provisions with our other significant debt instruments, including our indemnity agreement with our surety provider, as well as customary remedies upon an event of default (as defined in the Credit Facility), including the acceleration of repayment of outstanding amounts and other remedies with respect to the collateral securing the Credit Facility obligations.
Based upon current availability under our Credit Facility, our liquidity and our anticipated cash flow, we believe we will be in compliance with the Credit Facility’s terms and conditions for the next twelve months. We are dependent upon borrowings and letters of credit under the Credit

50

Table of Contents

Facility to fund our operations. Should we be unable to comply with the terms and conditions of the Credit Facility, we would be required to obtain modifications to the Credit Facility or obtain an alternative source of financing to continue to operate, neither of which may be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
Cash Overdrafts
On a daily basis, available funds are swept from our depository accounts into a concentration account and are used to repay debt under our Credit Facility. Cash overdrafts principally represent the balance of outstanding checks that have not yet cleared through the banking system. Other cash balances maintained by certain operating subsidiaries, which are not swept into our concentration account, as well as deposits made subsequent to the daily cash sweep, are classified as cash. We generally do not fund our disbursement accounts for checks we have written until the checks are presented to the bank for payment. Cash overdrafts are classified within accounts payable. There are no compensating balance requirements associated with our depository accounts and there are no other restrictions on the transfer of cash associated with our depository accounts. As of December 31, 2012, cash overdrafts totaled $15.0 million.
Senior Convertible Notes
New Senior Convertible Notes. During the first quarter of 2011, we exchanged $105.3 million of our 4.0% senior convertible notes due 2014 (the Original 4.0% Notes”) and $97.0 million of our 4.25% senior convertible notes due 2014, (the “Original 4.25% Notes” and, collectively with the Original 4.0% Notes, the “Original Convertible Notes”), both of which were issued in 2009, for identical principal amounts of new 4.0% and 4.25% senior convertible notes (the “New 4.0% Notes” and “New 4.25% Notes,” respectively, and collectively, the “New Convertible Notes”) for an exchange fee of approximately 50 basis points, or approximately $1 million. Transaction costs of approximately $0.7 million were recognized within general and administrative expenses in connection with the exchange. The terms of the New Convertible Notes are substantially identical to those of the Original Convertible Notes, except that the New Convertible Notes have an optional physical (share), cash or combination settlement feature and contain certain conditional conversion features.
The New Convertible Notes are convertible at any time during the three months immediately preceding their respective maturity dates; prior to such time, however, the New Convertible Notes are convertible only if one of the following three conditions is satisfied:
 	 	
i.	if the last reported sale price of our common stock is greater than or equal to 130% of the applicable conversion price of the New Convertible Notes during at least 20 of the last 30 consecutive trading days ending on and including the last trading day of a calendar quarter, then the applicable New Convertible Notes may be converted during the immediately following calendar quarter (and only during such calendar quarter);	
 	 	
ii.	if after any five consecutive trading-day period in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of New Convertible Notes for each trading day during such period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of our common stock and the applicable conversion rate, then the applicable New Convertible Notes may be converted during the immediately following five business day period; or	
 	 	
iii.	if we effect certain distributions to our shareholders or we are a party to a consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, or a sale, transfer, lease or other conveyance of all or substantially all of our assets, pursuant to which our common stock would be converted into or exchanged for, or would constitute solely the right to receive, cash, securities or other assets, or in the case of certain other fundamental changes, then the New Convertible Notes may be converted during the period that is 45 trading days prior to the ex-dividend date or the initial anticipated effective date of the transaction, as applicable.	
Because the New Convertible Notes have an optional cash settlement feature, and we intend to settle the principal amount of any conversions thereof in cash, the conversion shares underlying the principal amount of the New Convertible Notes totaling approximately 13.0 million shares are not included in our diluted share count. If, however, the average stock price per share exceeds the $15.76 conversion price for the New 4.0% Notes or the $15.48 conversion price for the New 4.25% Notes, then the resulting amount, in shares, of any premium will be included in our diluted share count (“premium shares”). Our average stock price exceeded the conversion prices of the New Convertible Notes for the year ended December 31, 2012. This resulted in the inclusion of 2.1 million and 2.2 million weighted average premium shares in our diluted share count for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2010, 13.8 million shares were included in our diluted share count for the corresponding principal amounts of Original Notes. The total value of the premium over the principal amount for the New Convertible Notes as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $39.6 million and $42.1 million, respectively. See Note 2 – Earnings Per Share and Note 10 – Debt in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional details. The number of premium shares included in our diluted share count will vary with fluctuations in our share price. Higher actual share prices result in a greater number of premium shares. Because the number of shares required to be included in our diluted share count will vary with changes in our actual share price, we cannot predict the dilutive impact of any such premium shares in future periods.
Notwithstanding our present intention to settle conversions of our New Convertible Notes in cash, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so due to restrictions under our Credit Facility, which restricts the repurchase or prepayment of certain unsecured indebtedness, including the Company’s senior notes due 2017 and senior convertible notes due 2014, unless the Company has at least $50 million of remaining liquidity (as defined in the Credit Facility) after any such repurchase or prepayment. If we were required to settle conversions of our New Convertible Notes in accordance with our stated intent to settle principal amounts due in cash, and we were unable to do so with existing cash balances or through our Credit Facility, we could be required to obtain additional funding or settle such conversions in shares of our common stock, which would be dilutive to our existing shareholders. We cannot be certain that such funding would be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all.
The New Convertible Notes are guaranteed by the Company’s subsidiaries that guarantee the Original Convertible Notes.

51

Table of Contents

Original Senior Convertible Notes.
In November 2009, we issued $100 million of Original 4.25% Notes due December 15, 2014 in a private placement. Of this amount, $97.0 million was canceled and exchanged in the first quarter of 2011 for a like principal amount of New 4.25% Notes in connection with our debt exchange as discussed above. The Original 4.25% Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.25% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears, on June 15 and December 15 of each year. On or prior to December 12, 2014, holders may convert their Original 4.25% Notes into shares of our common stock at an initial conversion rate of 64.6162 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Original 4.25% Notes, which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $15.48 per share, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustment terms for these types of notes. Approximately $3.7 million in financing costs were incurred in connection with the issuance of the Original 4.25% Notes. These deferred financing costs are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet and are being amortized over the term of the Original 4.25% Notes.
In June 2009, we issued $115 million of Original 4.0% Notes due June 15, 2014 in a registered offering. Of this amount, $105.3 million was canceled and exchanged in the first quarter of 2011 for a like principal amount of New 4.0% Notes in connection with our debt exchange as discussed above. The Original 4.0% Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.0% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears, on June 15 and December 15 of each year. On or prior to June 13, 2014, holders may convert their Original 4.0% Notes into shares of our common stock at an initial conversion rate of 63.4417 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Original 4.0% Notes, which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $15.76 per share, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustment terms for these types of notes. Approximately $5.4 million in financing costs were incurred in connection with the issuance of the Original 4.0% Notes, which are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet and are being amortized over the term of the Original 4.0% Notes.
As of December 31, 2012, an aggregate principal amount of $12.7 million of Original Convertible Notes was outstanding.
The 4.25% and 4.0% senior convertible notes are guaranteed by certain of our 100%-owned direct and indirect domestic operating subsidiaries. There are no financial covenants on these notes; however, there are certain nonfinancial provisions and covenants associated with these notes.
Senior Notes
We have $150 million of outstanding 7.625% senior notes (the "Senior Notes") due February 2017, with interest due semi-annually. The Senior Notes contain default (including cross-default) provisions and covenants restricting many of the same transactions as under our Credit Facility. The indenture that governs our Senior Notes allows us to incur additional indebtedness to the extent that our fixed charge coverage ratio, as therein defined, is at least 2:1. The fixed charge coverage ratio is calculated as consolidated EBITDA for the most recent four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, divided by fixed charges for such four quarter period, as such terms are defined in the indenture. If the fixed charge coverage ratio is less than 2:1, we are still permitted to incur the following additional indebtedness, among others: credit facilities under a defined threshold, renewals to existing debt permitted under the indenture, capital lease obligations up to 5% of our consolidated net assets, plus an additional $50 million of indebtedness at any time the Senior Notes remain outstanding. The Senior Notes are guaranteed by certain of our operating subsidiaries.
Acquisition Debt
In connection with certain acquisitions, we have entered into or assumed certain debt and/or capital lease obligations. As of December 31, 2012, $20.6 million of this acquisition-related debt remained outstanding. Except for one note with an immaterial principal balance as of December 31, 2012, there are no financial covenants associated with this acquisition-related debt.
Debt Guarantees and Covenants
The Senior Notes, New Convertible Notes and Original Convertible Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured, unsubordinated, joint and several basis by certain existing and future 100%-owned direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries that are guarantors of our Credit Facility or other outstanding indebtedness.  See supplemental financial information in Note 21 - Supplemental Guarantor Financial Information in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
We were in compliance with all provisions and covenants pertaining to our outstanding debt instruments as of December 31, 2012.

See Note 10 - Debt in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Auction Rate Securities
Our securities available for sale consist of auction-rate securities, which represent interests in pools of student loans guaranteed by the U.S. government under the Federal Family Education Loan Program and a structured finance security. As of December 31, 2012, we held $17.9 million in par value of auction rate securities, with an estimated fair value and carrying value of $14.4 million. Cumulative adjustments to the cost basis of securities held totaled $3.3 million as of December 31, 2012. See Note 7 – Securities Available for Sale in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.
Contractual Payment Obligations
The following table sets forth our contractual payment obligations as of December 31, 2012 during the periods indicated below (in millions):

52

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Contractual Obligations	 	Total	 	Less than
1 Year	 	1 - 3
Years	 	3 - 5
Years	 	More than 
5 Years and  
Thereafter	
Credit facility (1)	 	$	134.0	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	134.0	
 	 	$	—	
 	
Senior notes	 	150.0	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	150.0	
 	 	—	
 	
Senior convertible notes (2)	 	215.0	
 	 	—	
 	 	215.0	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Notes payable for equipment	 	30.2	
 	 	21.6	
 	 	8.5	
 	 	0.1	
 	 	—	
 	
Earn-out obligations (3)	 	19.2	
 	 	19.2	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Capital leases	 	79.0	
 	 	31.0	
 	 	38.1	
 	 	9.5	
 	 	0.4	
 	
Operating leases	 	87.0	
 	 	37.2	
 	 	38.0	
 	 	11.0	
 	 	0.8	
 	
Obligations under multi-employer pension plan (4)	 	6.4	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	6.4	
 	
Interest (5)	 	82.8	
 	 	28.2	
 	 	41.9	
 	 	12.7	
 	 	—	
 	
Total	 	$	803.6	
 	 	$	137.2	
 	 	$	341.5	
 	 	$	317.3	
 	 	$	7.6	

(1)	Represents balance outstanding on our Credit Facility as of December 31, 2012, which matures in August 2016.	
 	 	
(2)	Amount is comprised of $105.3 million of New 4.0% Notes, $9.7 million of Original 4.0% Notes, $97.0 million of New 4.25% Notes and $3.0 million of Original 4.25% Notes due in 2014. See Note 10  –  Debt in the notes to the consolidated financial statements and “Senior Convertible Notes” above. The $202.3 million principal amount pertaining to our New Convertible Notes is composed of $193.0 million in carrying value and $9.3 million of unamortized debt discount and investor fees as of December 31, 2012.	
 	 	
(3)	Under certain acquisition agreements, we have agreed to pay the sellers earn-outs based on the performance of the businesses acquired. Certain of these earn-out payments may be made in either cash or, under certain circumstances, MasTec common stock, or a combination thereof, at our option. Due to the contingent nature of these earn-out payments, we have only included earn-out obligations that we assume will be paid in cash, are quantifiable and have been earned as of December 31, 2012.	
 	 	
(4)	Represents voluntary withdrawal liability recorded as of December 31, 2012 and excludes normal contributions required under our collective bargaining agreements. See Note 13 – Other Retirement Plans and Note 17 – Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.	
 	 	
(5)	Interest represents interest payments due on all debt and capital lease obligations. All of our debt instruments, with the exception of our Credit Facility, which had $134.0 million outstanding as of December 31, 2012, are fixed rate interest obligations.	
Off-balance sheet arrangements
As is common in our industry, we have entered into certain off-balance sheet arrangements in the ordinary course of business. Our significant off-balance sheet transactions include liabilities associated with non-cancelable operating leases, letter of credit obligations, surety and performance and payment bonds entered into in the normal course of business, self-insurance liabilities, liabilities associated with multi-employer pension plans and liabilities associated with certain indemnification and guarantee arrangements. We do not have any material off-balance sheet financing arrangements with variable interest entities.
Leases.  In the ordinary course of business, we enter into non-cancelable operating leases for certain of our facility, vehicle and equipment needs, including related party leases. These leases allow us to conserve cash and provide flexibility in that we pay a monthly rental fee for use of the related facilities, vehicles and equipment rather than purchasing them. The terms of these agreements vary from lease to lease, including some with renewal options and escalation clauses. We may decide to cancel or terminate a lease before the end of its term, in which case we are typically liable for the remaining lease payments under the term of the lease. Rent expense related to operating leases, including short-term rentals, reflected within continuing operations, was approximately $222.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Letters of Credit.In the ordinary course of business, we are required to post letters of credit for our insurance carriers, surety bond providers and in support of performance under certain contracts. Such letters of credit are generally issued by our bank. The letter of credit commits the issuer to pay specified amounts to the holder of the letter of credit under certain conditions. If this were to occur, we would be required to reimburse the issuer of the letter of credit, which depending upon the circumstances, could result in a charge to earnings. As of December 31, 2012, we had $120.8 million of letters of credit issued under our Credit Facility, of which $53.2 million pertained to certain of our insurance carriers. We are not aware of any material claims relating to outstanding letters of credit as of December 31, 2012 and do not believe it is likely that any material claims will be made under any of our outstanding letters of credit in the foreseeable future. We may be required to post additional letters of credit or other collateral in favor of our insurance carriers, surety bond providers or customers in the future. Posting letters of credit reduces our borrowing availability under our Credit Facility.
Performance and Payment Bonds.In the ordinary course of business, we are required by certain customers to provide performance and payment bonds for some of our contractual commitments related to projects in process. These bonds provide a guarantee to the customer that we will perform under the terms of a contract and that we will pay subcontractors and vendors. If we fail to perform under a contract or to pay subcontractors and vendors, the customer may demand that the surety make payments or provide services under the bond. We must reimburse the surety for any expenses or outlays it incurs. As of December 31, 2012, the estimated cost to complete projects secured by our $1.1 billion in performance and payment bonds was $284.5 million. We believe it is unlikely that we will have to fund significant claims under performance and payment bonds in the foreseeable future. If our business continues to grow, our bonding requirements may increase in the future. If we are unable to successfully renew or obtain sufficient

53

Table of Contents

bonding capacity in the future, it could limit our ability to bid on certain contracts or perform work for certain customers.
Self-Insurance.  We maintain insurance policies subject to per claim deductibles of $1 million for our workers’ compensation policy, $2 million for our general liability policy and $2 million for our automobile liability policy. We have excess umbrella coverage up to $100 million per claim and in the aggregate. Liabilities under these insurance programs are accrued based upon our estimate of the ultimate liability for claims reported and an estimate of claims incurred but not reported, with assistance from third-party actuaries. These insurance liabilities are difficult to assess and estimate due to unknown factors, including the severity of an injury, the determination of our liability in proportion to other parties and the number of incidents not reported. Accruals are based upon known facts and historical trends and we believe such accruals to be adequate. As of December 31, 2012, our liability for unpaid claims and associated expenses, including incurred but not reported losses related to our workers compensation, general liability and automobile liability insurance policies, was $48.1 million, of which $28.5 million was reflected within non-current other liabilities in the consolidated financial statements.
We also maintain an insurance policy with respect to employee group health claims, which is subject to annual per employee maximum losses of $0.4 million. Our liability for employee group claims as of December 31, 2012, which is based on statistical analysis of historical claims experience and specific knowledge of actual losses that have occurred, was $1.1 million.
We are required to post letters of credit and provide cash collateral to certain of our insurance carriers and to provide surety bonds in certain states in which we are self-insured. As of December 31, 2012, these letters of credit amounted to $53.2 million. In addition, cash collateral deposited with insurance carriers, which is included in other long term assets in the consolidated balance sheets, amounted to $2.0 million as of December 31, 2012. Outstanding surety bonds related to workers' compensation self-insurance programs amounted to $9.0 million as of December 31, 2012.
Employment Agreements.We have employment agreements with certain executives and other employees, which provide for compensation and certain other benefits and for severance payments under certain circumstances. Certain employment agreements also contain clauses that become effective upon a change of control of the Company. Upon the occurrence of any of the defined events in the various employment agreements, we would be obligated to pay certain amounts to the relevant employees, which vary with the level of the employees’ respective responsibility.
Collective Bargaining Agreements and Multi-Employer Pension Plans.Certain of MasTec’s subsidiaries are party to various collective bargaining agreements with unions representing certain of their employees. The agreements require the subsidiaries party to the agreements to pay specified wages, provide certain benefits to their union employees and contribute certain amounts to multi-employer pension plans and employee benefit trusts. The multi-employer pension plan contribution rates are determined annually and assessed on a “pay-as-you-go” basis based on union employee payrolls. The required amount of future contributions cannot be determined for future periods because the number of union employees employed at any given time, and the plans in which they participate, vary depending upon the location and number of ongoing projects and the need for union resources in connection with those projects. The collective bargaining agreements expire at various times and have typically been renegotiated and renewed on terms similar to the ones contained in the expiring agreements.
The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Multi-Employer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 (“ERISA”), subjects employers to substantial liabilities in the event of the employer’s complete or partial withdrawal from, or upon termination of, such plans. Under current law regarding employers who are contributors to multi-employer defined benefit plans, a plan’s termination, an employer’s voluntary withdrawal from, or the mass withdrawal of all contributing employers from, an underfunded multi-employer defined benefit plan requires participating employers to make payments to the plan for their proportionate share of the multi-employer plan’s unfunded vested liabilities. Furthermore, the Pension Protection Act of 2006 added new funding rules generally applicable to plan years beginning after 2007 for multi-employer plans that are classified as “endangered,” “seriously endangered,” or “critical” status. If plans in which our subsidiaries participate are in critical status, benefit reductions may apply and/or we could be required to make additional contributions if the plans are determined to be underfunded.
Based upon the information available to us from plan administrators as of December 31, 2012, several of the multi-employer pension plans in which our subsidiaries participate are underfunded. The Pension Protection Act requires that underfunded pension plans improve their funding ratios within prescribed intervals based on the level of their underfunding. In addition, if a multi-employer defined benefit plan fails to satisfy certain minimum funding requirements, the Internal Revenue Service may impose on the employers contributing to such plan a nondeductible excise tax of 5% on the amount of the accumulated funding deficiency. We have been notified that certain plans to which our subsidiaries contribute are in “critical” status and require additional contributions in the form of a surcharge on future benefit contributions required for future work performed by union employees covered by these plans. As a result, we expect our required contributions to these plans to increase in the future. The amount of additional funds we may be obligated to contribute in the future cannot be estimated, as such amounts will be based on future levels of work that require the specific use of union employees covered by these plans.
On November 15, 2011, we, along with other members of the Pipe Line Contractors Association (“PLCA”), voluntarily withdrew from the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund (“Central States”), a defined benefit multi-employer pension plan. In connection with this withdrawal, we recorded a $6.4 million withdrawal liability based on an estimate provided by the plan administrator of such liability as of the date of withdrawal. We withdrew from the Central States Plan in order to mitigate our liability in connection with the plan, which is in critical status, however, the plan has asserted that the PLCA members did not effectively withdraw on November 15, 2011. Although we believe that we legally and effectively withdrew from the plan on November 15, 2011, if the plan were to prevail in its assertion that we in fact withdrew after that date, then the amount of our withdrawal liability would increase. In addition, if this plan were to undergo a mass withdrawal, as defined by ERISA and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, within the three year period commencing with the beginning of the calendar year during which we withdrew from the plan, we could have additional liability. We currently do not have plans to withdraw from any other multi-employer pension plan.
Withdrawal liabilities, requirements to pay increased contributions and/or excise taxes in connection with any of the multi-employer pension plans in which our subsidiaries participate could negatively impact our liquidity and results of operations. See Note 13 – Other Retirement Plans in the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional details.

54

Table of Contents

Indemnities. We generally indemnify our customers for the services we provide under our contracts, as well as other specified liabilities, which may subject us to indemnity claims, liabilities and related litigation. As of December 31, 2012, we were not aware of any material asserted or unasserted claims in connection with these indemnity obligations.
Other Guarantees.In the ordinary course of business, from time to time, we guarantee the obligations of our subsidiaries, including obligations under certain contracts with customers, certain lease obligations and in some states, obligations in connection with obtaining contractors’ licenses. We also generally warrant the work we perform for a one to two year period following substantial completion of a project. We have not historically accrued any reserves for potential warranty claims as they have been immaterial.
Impact of Inflation
The primary inflationary factors affecting our operations are labor and fuel costs, and to a lesser extent, material costs. The price of fuel is subject to unexpected fluctuations due to events outside of our control, including geopolitical events and fluctuations in global supply and demand. Significant fuel price increases could adversely impact our operating results in the future. We closely monitor inflationary factors and any impact they may have on our operating results or financial condition.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 1 - Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 	 	
ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	
Interest Rate Risk
Interest on outstanding revolving loans under our Credit Facility accrues at variable rates based, at our option, on a eurocurrency rate, as defined in the Credit Facility, plus a margin of 2%, or a base rate, as defined in the Credit Facility, plus a margin of 1%. As of December 31, 2012, interest on outstanding revolving loans accrued at a rate of 3.95% per annum. Interest on letters of credit issued under our Credit Facility currently accrues at either 1% or 2% per annum, based on the type of letter of credit issued. A 100 basis point increase in the interest rate applicable to revolving loans under our Credit Facility would not have had a material impact on our 2012 results of operations.
As of December 31, 2012, our fixed interest rate debt primarily included $150 million aggregate principal amount of 7.625% senior notes, $115 million aggregate principal amount of 4.0% senior convertible notes, $100 million aggregate principal amount of 4.25% senior convertible notes and $30.2 million of notes payable for equipment, which notes had a weighted average interest rate of approximately 4.0%, none of which debt subjects us to interest rate risk.
Foreign Currency Risk
We have foreign operations in Canada, as well as in parts of Latin America and the Caribbean. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we had foreign currency translation gains of $1.9 million, relating primarily to our Canadian operations, which were recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. If we continue to expand our operations outside of the United States, our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could increase in the future.
Auction Rate Securities
Our securities available for sale consist of auction rate securities. Our auction rate securities represent interests in pools of student loans guaranteed by the U.S. government under the Federal Family Education Loan Program and a structured finance security. The structured finance security has an attached credit default swap under which the principal value would be partially or fully forfeited at net default rates on the underlying corporate debt obligations ranging from 8% to 9%. The net default rate as of December 31, 2012 was estimated to be 6.22%. Both the structured finance security and the credit default swap are collateralized by investment grade credit-linked notes composed of floating rate international bank notes. For the year ended December 31, 2012, no other-than-temporary impairment losses were recognized in earnings on our structured finance security. As of December 31, 2012, we held $17.9 million in par value of auction rate securities, which had an estimated fair value and carrying value of $14.4 million. Cumulative unrealized losses related to our student loan auction rate securities totaled $1.2 million as of December 31, 2012, which are recorded in other comprehensive income, net of applicable income taxes.
See Note 7 - Securities Available for Sale in the notes to consolidated financial statements.

55

Table of Contents
 	 	
ITEM  8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 	 	
 	 Page	
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	57	
 	 	
Consolidated Statements of Operations	58	
 	 	
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income   	59	
 	 	
Consolidated Balance Sheets	60	
 	 	
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity	61	
 	 	
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	62	
 	 	
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	63	

56

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of MasTec, Inc.
Coral Gables, Florida

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MasTec, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we have also audited the schedule listed in Item 15(a)2. These financial statements and the schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and schedule. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MasTec, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Also, in our opinion, the financial statements schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the Standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), MasTec, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated February 28, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.  

 	 	
/s/ BDO USA, LLP	 	
Certified Public Accountants	 	
 	 	
Miami, Florida	 	
 	 	
February 28, 2013	 	

57

Table of Contents

MASTEC, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Revenue	$	3,726,789	
 	 	$	2,831,292	
 	 	$	2,143,024	
 	
Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization	3,239,195	
 	 	2,459,746	
 	 	1,829,498	
 	
Depreciation and amortization	91,958	
 	 	74,151	
 	 	56,877	
 	
General and administrative expenses	157,524	
 	 	132,594	
 	 	112,180	
 	
Interest expense, net	37,376	
 	 	34,466	
 	 	29,178	
 	
Gain on remeasurement of equity interest in acquiree	—	
 	 	(29,041	)	 	—	
 	
Other expense, net	8,017	
 	 	96	
 	 	1,219	
 	
Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes	$	192,719	
 	 	$	159,280	
 	 	$	114,072	
 	
Provision for income taxes	(76,080	)	 	(61,824	)	 	(47,942	)	
Income from continuing operations before non-controlling interests	$	116,639	
 	 	$	97,456	
 	 	$	66,130	
 	
Discontinued operations (See Note 4 – Discontinued Operations):	 	 	 	 	 	
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax, including estimated losses on disposal and impairment charges of $8.7 million, net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2012	$	(9,223	)	 	$	8,516	
 	 	$	24,257	
 	
Net income	$	107,416	
 	 	$	105,972	
 	 	$	90,387	
 	
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests	(10	)	 	(29	)	 	(141	)	
Net income attributable to MasTec, Inc.	$	107,426	
 	 	$	106,001	
 	 	$	90,528	
 	
Earnings per share (1) (See Note 2 - Earnings Per Share):	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings (loss) per share:	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	$	1.49	
 	 	$	1.19	
 	 	$	0.87	
 	
Discontinued operations	(0.12	)	 	0.10	
 	 	0.32	
 	
Total basic earnings per share	$	1.37	
 	 	$	1.29	
 	 	$	1.19	
 	
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding	78,275	
 	 	82,182	
 	 	76,132	
 	
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	$	1.42	
 	 	$	1.13	
 	 	$	0.78	
 	
Discontinued operations	(0.11	)	 	0.10	
 	 	0.27	
 	
Total diluted earnings per share	$	1.31	
 	 	$	1.23	
 	 	$	1.05	
 	
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding	82,087	
 	 	86,716	
 	 	90,885	

 	 	
(1) 	Earnings per share tables may contain slight summation differences due to rounding.	

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

58

Table of Contents

MASTEC, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Net income	$	107,416	
 	 	$	105,972	
 	 	$	90,387	
 	
Foreign currency translation gains (losses)	1,924	
 	 	(1,630	)	 	75	
 	
Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities:	 	 	 	 	 	
Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities, before tax	843	
 	 	(716	)	 	(520	)	
Plus:	 	 	 	 	 	
Reversal of unrealized losses on redeemed securities sold at par	—	
 	 	458	
 	 	—	
 	
Reclassification adjustment for unrealized losses on sold securities, recognized in earnings	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	936	
 	
Reclassification adjustment for impairment losses recognized in earnings, held for sale securities	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	344	
 	
Less:	 	 	 	 	 	
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes	(322	)	 	98	
 	 	(867	)	
Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities, net of tax	$	521	
 	 	$	(160	)	 	$	(107	)	
Comprehensive income	$	109,861	
 	 	$	104,182	
 	 	$	90,355	
 	
Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interests	(10	)	 	(29	)	 	(141	)	
Comprehensive income attributable to MasTec, Inc.	$	109,871	
 	 	$	104,211	
 	 	$	90,496	

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

59

Table of Contents

MASTEC, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 (in thousands, except shares and per share amounts)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	As of December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	
Assets	 	 	 	
Current assets:	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	$	26,382	
 	 	$	7,406	
 	
Accounts receivable, net of allowance	877,131	
 	 	658,528	
 	
Inventories	83,939	
 	 	88,914	
 	
Deferred tax assets, net	3,276	
 	 	10,596	
 	
Prepaid expenses and deposits	30,550	
 	 	21,001	
 	
Other current assets	7,199	
 	 	11,751	
 	
Current assets of discontinued operations	18,591	
 	 	30,608	
 	
Total current assets	$	1,047,068	
 	 	$	828,804	
 	
Property and equipment, net	350,355	
 	 	263,007	
 	
Goodwill	820,341	
 	 	714,760	
 	
Other intangible assets, net	137,100	
 	 	110,707	
 	
Available for sale auction rate securities	14,408	
 	 	13,565	
 	
Other assets	31,014	
 	 	42,167	
 	
Long-term assets of discontinued operations	7,648	
 	 	121,695	
 	
Total assets	$	2,407,934	
 	 	$	2,094,705	
 	
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	
Current maturities of long-term debt	$	52,596	
 	 	$	34,050	
 	
Accounts payable	394,060	
 	 	303,687	
 	
Accrued salaries and wages	31,358	
 	 	37,561	
 	
Accrued taxes payable	17,465	
 	 	5,383	
 	
Accrued insurance	21,754	
 	 	19,304	
 	
Other accrued expenses	11,550	
 	 	10,629	
 	
Acquisition-related contingent consideration, current	19,216	
 	 	17,051	
 	
Billings in excess of costs and earnings	123,435	
 	 	108,433	
 	
Other current liabilities	29,699	
 	 	27,073	
 	
Current liabilities of discontinued operations	4,569	
 	 	29,274	
 	
Total current liabilities	$	705,702	
 	 	$	592,445	
 	
Acquisition-related contingent consideration	135,712	
 	 	75,925	
 	
Long-term debt	546,323	
 	 	460,690	
 	
Deferred tax liabilities, net	119,388	
 	 	122,614	
 	
Other liabilities	38,874	
 	 	31,824	
 	
Total liabilities	$	1,545,999	
 	 	$	1,283,498	
 	
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 17)	

 	
 	
Shareholders’ equity:	 	 	 	
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; authorized shares - 5,000,000; issued and outstanding shares – none	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	
Common stock, $0.10 par value; authorized shares - 145,000,000; issued shares - 85,915,552 and 85,162,527 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively	8,592	
 	 	8,516	
 	
Capital surplus	803,166	
 	 	792,096	
 	
Retained earnings	200,915	
 	 	93,489	
 	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(5,501	)	 	(7,946	)	
Treasury stock, at cost; shares as of December 31, 2012 – 9,467,286; shares as of December 31, 2011 - 4,593,663	(150,000	)	 	(75,000	)	
Total MasTec, Inc. shareholders’ equity	$	857,172	
 	 	$	811,155	
 	
Non-controlling interests	$	4,763	
 	 	$	52	
 	
Total shareholders’ equity	$	861,935	
 	 	$	811,207	
 	
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	2,407,934	
 	 	$	2,094,705	

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

60

Table of Contents

MASTEC, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands, except shares)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Common Stock and Additional
Paid-In Capital	 	Treasury Stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Shares	 	Amount	 	Capital Surplus	 	(Accumulated Deficit) Retained Earnings	 	Shares	 	Amount	 	Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss	 	Total MasTec, Inc. Shareholders’ Equity	 	Non-
Controlling Interests	 	Total
Shareholders’ Equity	
Balance as of December 31, 2009	75,954,004	
 	 	$	7,596	
 	 	$	629,730	
 	 	$	(103,040	)	 	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(6,124	)	 	$	528,162	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	528,162	
 	
Net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	90,528	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	90,528	
 	 	$	(141	)	 	$	90,387	
 	
Foreign currency translation adjustment	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	75	
 	 	75	
 	 	 	 	75	
 	
Unrealized losses, net of tax	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(1,399	)	 	(1,399	)	 	 	 	(1,399	)	
Reclassification adjustment for impairment loss included in earnings, net of tax	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	714	
 	 	714	
 	 	 	 	714	
 	
Reclassification adjustment for unrealized loss on sale of securities, net of tax	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	578	
 	 	578	
 	 	 	 	578	
 	
Acquisition of non-controlling interest	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	222	
 	 	222	
 	
Issuance of common stock in connection with acquisition related earn-out	1,875,000	
 	 	188	
 	 	26,857	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	27,045	
 	 	 	 	27,045	
 	
Non cash stock compensation	 	 	 	 	3,872	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3,872	
 	 	 	 	3,872	
 	
Stock options exercised	231,599	
 	 	23	
 	 	2,601	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	2,624	
 	 	 	 	2,624	
 	
Other stock issuances	154,586	
 	 	15	
 	 	867	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	882	
 	 	 	 	882	
 	
Balance as of December 31, 2010	78,215,189	
 	 	$	7,822	
 	 	$	663,927	
 	 	$	(12,512	)	 	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(6,156	)	 	$	653,081	
 	 	$	81	
 	 	$	653,162	
 	
Net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	106,001	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	106,001	
 	 	$	(29	)	 	$	105,972	
 	
Foreign currency translation adjustment	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(1,630	)	 	(1,630	)	 	 	 	(1,630	)	
Unrealized losses, net of tax	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(445	)	 	(445	)	 	 	 	(445	)	
Reclassification adjustment for unrealized loss on redemption of securities, net of tax	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	285	
 	 	285	
 	 	 	 	285	
 	
Issuance of common stock in connection with acquisition	5,129,642	
 	 	513	
 	 	93,700	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	94,213	
 	 	 	 	94,213	
 	
Fair value, senior convertible notes conversion feature, net of tax	 	 	 	 	10,739	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	10,739	
 	 	 	 	10,739	
 	
Non cash stock compensation	 	 	 	 	3,573	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3,573	
 	 	 	 	3,573	
 	
Excess tax benefits from stock based compensation	 	 	 	 	7,766	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	7,766	
 	 	 	 	7,766	
 	
Stock options exercised	1,132,396	
 	 	113	
 	 	11,609	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	11,722	
 	 	 	 	11,722	
 	
Other stock issuances	685,300	
 	 	68	
 	 	782	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	850	
 	 	 	 	850	
 	
Treasury stock acquired, at cost	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(4,593,663	)	 	(75,000	)	 	 	 	(75,000	)	 	 	 	(75,000	)	
Balance as of December 31, 2011	85,162,527	
 	 	$	8,516	
 	 	$	792,096	
 	 	$	93,489	
 	 	(4,593,663	)	 	$	(75,000	)	 	$	(7,946	)	 	$	811,155	
 	 	$	52	
 	 	$	811,207	
 	
Net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	107,426	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	107,426	
 	 	$	(10	)	 	$	107,416	
 	
Foreign currency translation adjustment	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	1,924	
 	 	1,924	
 	 	 	 	1,924	
 	
Unrealized gains, net of tax	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	521	
 	 	521	
 	 	 	 	521	
 	
Acquisition of non-controlling interest	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	4,721	
 	 	4,721	
 	
Non cash stock compensation	 	 	 	 	4,433	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4,433	
 	 	 	 	4,433	
 	
Excess tax benefits from stock based compensation	 	 	 	 	759	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	759	
 	 	 	 	759	
 	
Stock options exercised	391,949	
 	 	40	
 	 	3,678	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3,718	
 	 	 	 	3,718	
 	
Other stock issuances	361,076	
 	 	36	
 	 	2,200	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	2,236	
 	 	 	 	2,236	
 	
Treasury stock acquired, at cost	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(4,873,623	)	 	(75,000	)	 	 	 	(75,000	)	 	 	 	(75,000	)	
Balance as of December 31, 2012	85,915,552	
 	 	$	8,592	
 	 	$	803,166	
 	 	$	200,915	
 	 	(9,467,286	)	 	$	(150,000	)	 	$	(5,501	)	 	$	857,172	
 	 	$	4,763	
 	 	$	861,935	

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

61

Table of Contents

MASTEC, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Cash flows from operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	$	107,416	
 	 	$	105,972	
 	 	$	90,387	
 	
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization	92,601	
 	 	75,228	
 	 	57,966	
 	
Stock-based compensation expense	4,433	
 	 	3,573	
 	 	3,872	
 	
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation	(759	)	 	(7,766	)	 	—	
 	
Non-cash interest expense	8,595	
 	 	7,552	
 	 	3,252	
 	
Provision for doubtful accounts	6,970	
 	 	2,016	
 	 	2,895	
 	
Provision for losses on construction projects, net	(9,649	)	 	10,509	
 	 	434	
 	
Provision for inventory obsolescence	2,335	
 	 	3,085	
 	 	300	
 	
Impairment of securities available for sale	—	
 	 	574	
 	 	1,164	
 	
(Gain) loss on sale of assets	(1,208	)	 	(76	)	 	(907	)	
Estimated losses on disposal of businesses, including impairment charges	12,922	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Gain on remeasurement of equity interest in acquiree	—	
 	 	(29,041	)	 	—	
 	
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable	(177,313	)	 	(180,839	)	 	(127,724	)	
Inventories	15,448	
 	 	(30,527	)	 	(25,363	)	
Deferred tax assets and liabilities, net	3,775	
 	 	22,696	
 	 	56,360	
 	
Other assets, current and non-current portion	(6,383	)	 	(23,453	)	 	(5,293	)	
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	76,285	
 	 	73,099	
 	 	67,137	
 	
Billings in excess of costs and earnings	15,651	
 	 	(34,712	)	 	86,201	
 	
Other liabilities, current and non-current portion	21,016	
 	 	7,936	
 	 	7,348	
 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	172,135	
 	 	$	5,826	
 	 	$	218,029	
 	
Cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash paid for acquisitions, net, including contingent consideration	(153,138	)	 	(85,395	)	 	(75,896	)	
Payments to acquire equity method investees	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(10,854	)	
Capital expenditures	(79,686	)	 	(71,710	)	 	(30,383	)	
Proceeds from sale of assets	7,385	
 	 	6,227	
 	 	7,037	
 	
Proceeds from disposal of business, net	97,728	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Payments to acquire other investments	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(750	)	
Proceeds from sale or redemption of investments	—	
 	 	4,600	
 	 	7,044	
 	
Investments in life insurance policies	(284	)	 	(284	)	 	(478	)	
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(127,995	)	 	$	(146,562	)	 	$	(104,280	)	
Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	
Proceeds from credit facility	959,183	
 	 	370,411	
 	 	—	
 	
Repayments of credit facility	(885,183	)	 	(310,411	)	 	—	
 	
Proceeds from other borrowings	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	13,543	
 	
Repayments of other borrowings	(21,455	)	 	(13,956	)	 	(27,170	)	
Proceeds from book overdrafts	116	
 	 	14,906	
 	 	—	
 	
Payments of capital lease obligations	(21,060	)	 	(16,458	)	 	(14,460	)	
Proceeds from stock options exercises and other share-based awards	5,013	
 	 	12,542	
 	 	3,515	
 	
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation	759	
 	 	7,766	
 	 	—	
 	
Purchases of treasury stock	(75,000	)	 	(75,000	)	 	—	
 	
Payments of financing costs	(117	)	 	(6,589	)	 	(169	)	
Net cash used in financing activities	$	(37,744	)	 	$	(16,789	)	 	$	(24,741	)	
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	6,396	
 	 	(157,525	)	 	89,008	
 	
Net effect of currency translation on cash	91	
 	 	201	
 	 	75	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period	20,280	
 	 	177,604	
 	 	88,521	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	26,767	
 	 	$	20,280	
 	 	$	177,604	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents of discontinued operations	$	385	
 	 	$	12,874	
 	 	$	18,911	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents of continuing operations	$	26,382	
 	 	$	7,406	
 	 	$	158,693	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Supplemental cash flow information:	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest paid	$	27,074	
 	 	$	27,607	
 	 	$	27,385	
 	
Income taxes paid, net of refunds	$	58,968	
 	 	$	27,803	
 	 	$	5,694	
 	
Receipt of inventory prepaid in prior year	$	12,005	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash information:	 	 	 	 	 	
Equipment acquired under capital lease	$	60,648	
 	 	$	7,412	
 	 	$	2,243	
 	
Equipment acquired under financing arrangements	$	6,009	
 	 	$	25,788	
 	 	$	—	
 	
Conversion of leases from operating to capital	$	—	
 	 	$	23,366	
 	 	$	—	
 	
Shares issued in connection with business combinations	$	—	
 	 	$	94,213	
 	 	$	27,045	
 	
Exchange of senior convertible notes	$	—	
 	 	$	202,322	
 	 	$	—	

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

62

Table of Contents

MASTEC, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 – Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies
Nature of the Business
MasTec, Inc. (collectively with its subsidiaries, “MasTec” or the “Company”) is a leading infrastructure construction company operating mainly throughout North America across a range of industries. The Company’s primary activities include the engineering, building, installation, maintenance and upgrade of energy, utility and communications infrastructure, such as: electrical utility transmission and distribution; power generation; natural gas and petroleum pipeline infrastructure; wireless, wireline and satellite communications; wind farms, solar farms and other renewable energy infrastructure; and industrial infrastructure. MasTec’s customers are primarily in these industries.
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include MasTec, Inc. and its subsidiaries and include the accounts of all majority-owned subsidiaries over which the Company exercises control and, when applicable, entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. Other parties’ interests in companies for which MasTec exercises control and has a controlling financial interest are reported as non-controlling interests within shareholders’ equity. Net income or loss attributable to non-controlling interests is reported as a separate line item below net income. The Company’s investments in entities in which the Company does not have a controlling interest, but has the ability to exert significant influence, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Equity method investments are recorded as long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Income or loss from these investments is recorded in other income or expense, net, in the consolidated statements of operations. The cost method is used for investments in entities in which the Company does not have the ability to exert significant influence. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Management Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Key estimates include: the recognition of revenue, in particular, on long-term construction contracts, including estimates to complete and provisions for contract losses; allowances for doubtful accounts; accrued self-insured claims; estimated fair values of goodwill and intangible assets, acquisition-related contingent consideration, assets and liabilities classified as held-for-sale, investments in equity method investees, securities available for sale and certain convertible debt obligations; asset lives used in computing depreciation and amortization, including amortization of intangible assets; accounting for income taxes; and the estimated impact of contingencies and ongoing litigation. While management believes that such estimates are fair when considered in conjunction with the consolidated financial position and results of operations taken as a whole, actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.
Significant Accounting Policies
The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Discontinued Operations
In determining whether a group of assets to be disposed of should be presented as a discontinued operation, the Company makes a determination as to whether such assets comprise a component of the entity, which includes an assessment as to whether it has historic operations and cash flows that can be clearly distinguished. The Company also determines whether the cash flows associated with the group of assets will be significantly eliminated from the ongoing operations of the Company as a result of the disposal transaction and whether the Company will have no significant continuing involvement in the operations of the disposed assets after the disposal transaction. If management believes these conditions exist, then the assets and liabilities and results of operations of the assets to be disposed, as well as any estimated gain or loss on the disposal transaction, are aggregated for presentation separately from the financial position and operating results of the Company's continuing operations.
For those businesses for which management has committed to a plan of sale, the business is valued at the lower of its carrying amount or estimated fair value less costs to sell. If the carrying amount of the business exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment loss is recognized. Estimated fair value is determined using management estimates and entity-specific assumptions. Management considers historical experience and all available information at the time such estimates are made; however, the fair value that is ultimately recognized upon sale of the related business may differ from the estimated fair value as reflected in the consolidated financial statements. Depreciation and amortization expense is not recorded on assets of a business to be sold once that business has been classified as held for sale.
In May 2012, Red Ventures LLC (“Red Ventures”) exercised its purchase option to acquire MasTec’s wholly owned subsidiary, DirectStar TV, LLC (“DirectStar”), including its subsidiaries (together, the “DirectStar Business”). The transaction was consummated in June 2012. In September 2012, MasTec's board of directors approved a plan of sale for its wholly-owned subsidiary, Globetec Construction LLC and subsidiaries (“Globetec”), to be completed on or before September 30, 2013. In connection with its decision to sell Globetec, the Company recognized impairment losses of $12.7 million during the third quarter of 2012.
The DirectStar Business and Globetec are presented as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. See Note 4 - Discontinued Operations.

63

Table of Contents

Translation of Foreign Currencies
The assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates, with resulting translation gains or losses accumulated within other comprehensive income. Revenue and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at average rates of exchange prevailing during the period. Gains or losses resulting from transactions executed in a foreign currency are included in other income or expense, net. The Company does not currently have any subsidiaries that operate in highly inflationary environments.
Reclassifications
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income is a measure of net income and all other changes in equity that result from transactions other than those with shareholders. Comprehensive income consists of net income, foreign currency translation adjustments, unrealized gains and losses from securities available for sale, and losses from non-controlling interests. See consolidated statements of comprehensive income for details.
Accumulated other comprehensive losses of $5.5 million and $7.9 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, are primarily attributable to unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net of tax, and foreign currency translation losses and/or gains.
Revenue Recognition
Revenues are derived from projects performed under master and other service agreements, as well as from fixed price contracts for specific projects or jobs requiring the construction and installation of an entire infrastructure system or specified units within an entire infrastructure system.
The Company frequently provides maintenance, installation and repair work under unit price or fixed price master service or other service agreements that are renewed on a periodic basis. Revenue and related costs for master and other service agreements billed on a time and materials basis are recognized as the services are rendered. Services are also performed under master and other service agreements billed on a fixed fee basis. Under fixed fee master service and similar type service agreements, MasTec furnishes various specified units of service for a separate fixed price per unit of service.
Revenues from fixed price contracts are recognized using the percentage-of-completion method, measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date to total estimated costs for each contract. These contracts provide for a fixed amount of revenues for the entire project. Contract costs include all direct materials, labor and subcontracted costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools, repairs and the operational costs of capital equipment (excluding depreciation). Much of the materials associated with the Company’s work are customer-furnished and are therefore not included in contract revenues and costs. The cost estimation process is based on the professional knowledge and experience of the Company’s engineers, project managers and financial professionals. Changes in job performance, job conditions and final contract settlements are factors that influence management’s assessment of total contract value and the total estimated costs to complete those contracts and therefore, the Company’s profit recognition. Changes in these factors may result in revisions to costs and income, and their effects are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. Provisions for losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined to be probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. A substantial majority of the Company's fixed price projects are completed within one year.
The Company may incur costs subject to change orders, whether approved or unapproved by the customer, and/or claims related to certain contracts. Management determines the probability that such costs will be recovered based upon evidence such as engineering studies and legal opinions, past practices with the customer, specific discussions, correspondence or preliminary negotiations with the customer. The Company treats project costs as a cost of contract performance in the period incurred if it is not probable that the costs will be recovered, or defers costs and/or recognizes revenue up to the amount of the related cost if it is probable that the contract price will be adjusted and can be reliably estimated.
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts are classified as current liabilities. Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, or work in process, is classified within current assets for the majority of the Company’s projects. Work in process on contracts is based on work performed but not yet billed to customers as per individual contract terms.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. Management analyzes the collectibility of accounts receivable and the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts on a regular basis, based on the aging of account balances, historical bad debt experience, customer concentrations, customer credit-worthiness, customer financial condition and credit reports, availability of mechanics’ and other liens, existence of payment bonds and other sources of payment and current economic trends. For reporting units where losses have occurred historically and are considered to be ordinary course, reserves are established for anticipated losses based on an analysis of the accounts receivable portfolio. For reporting units where historical losses have been immaterial, an increase in the allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded when it is probable a receivable is not collectible and the loss can be reasonably estimated. Amounts are written off against the allowance when deemed uncollectible.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
All short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents and are stated at cost, which approximates market value.

64

Table of Contents

Cash Overdrafts.On a daily basis, available funds are swept from the Company’s depository accounts into a concentration account and are used to repay debt under the Company’s Credit Facility. Cash overdrafts principally represent the balance of outstanding checks that have not yet cleared through the banking system. Other cash balances maintained by certain operating subsidiaries, which are not swept into the concentration account, as well as deposits made subsequent to the daily cash sweep, are classified as cash. The Company generally does not fund its disbursement accounts for checks it has written until the checks are presented to the bank for payment. Cash overdrafts are classified within accounts payable. There are no compensating balance requirements associated with the Company’s depository accounts and there are no other restrictions on the transfer of cash associated with the Company’s depository accounts. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, cash overdrafts totaled $15.0 million and $14.9 million, respectively.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable, cash collateral deposited with insurance carriers, cash surrender value of life insurance policies, auction rate securities, cost and equity method investments, deferred compensation plan assets and liabilities, accounts payable and other current liabilities, acquisition-related contingent consideration and debt obligations.
    Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The fair value guidance establishes a valuation hierarchy, which requires maximizing the use of observable inputs when measuring fair value. The three levels of inputs that may be used are:
Level 1 - Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 - Observable market based inputs or other observable inputs.
Level 3 - Significant unobservable inputs that cannot be corroborated by observable market data. These values are generally determined using valuation models incorporating management’s estimates of market participant assumptions.
Fair values of financial instruments are estimated through the use of public market prices, quotes from financial institutions and other available information. Due to their short-term maturity, the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable and accounts payable and other current liabilities approximate their fair values. Management believes the carrying values of cash collateral deposited with insurance carriers, deferred compensation plan assets and liabilities and outstanding balances on the Company’s credit facility approximate their fair values. Cost and equity method investments are initially recorded at their cost basis. The fair value of the Company’s cost and equity method investments are not readily available, however, disclosure of their fair value is not required. Management is not aware of events or changes in circumstances that would have a material adverse effect on the carrying value of the Company’s cost or equity method investments.
See Note 6 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments for estimated fair values and carrying amounts of the Company’s other financial instruments.
Securities Available for Sale
The Company’s securities available for sale consist of auction-rate securities, which represent interests in pools of student loans guaranteed by the U.S. government under the Federal Family Education Loan Program and a structured finance security. The structured finance security has an attached credit default swap under which the principal value of the structured finance security would be partially or fully forfeited at net default rates on the underlying corporate debt obligations ranging from 8% to 9% . The net default rate as of December 31, 2012 was estimated to be 6.22%. Both the structured finance security and the credit default swap are collateralized by investment grade credit-linked notes made up of floating rate international bank notes.
Liquidity for auction rate securities was originally provided by an auction process that would provide for liquidation or reset the applicable interest rate at pre-determined intervals, usually every 7, 28 or 35 days. Due to disruptions in the credit markets beginning in 2008, these auctions have not had sufficient bidders to allow investors to complete a sale, indicating that liquidity at its par value is unavailable. Due to the failed auction process, there was insufficient observable market data to determine the fair value of the Company’s auction rate securities as of either December 31, 2012 or 2011. Therefore, their respective fair values were estimated by an independent valuation firm, Houlihan Capital Advisors, LLC ("Houlihan"), using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model.
The model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in their estimates of fair value, such as reset interest rates, final stated maturities, collateral values, credit quality and insurance, and applies the probabilities of either (a) a successful auction; (b) a failed auction; or (c) a default; at each auction. The valuation of these securities is sensitive to market conditions and managements' judgment and can change significantly based on the assumptions used. Factors that may impact the valuation include: changes to credit ratings of the securities and, for the structured finance security, changes to the credit ratings of the underlying assets supporting the security as well as rates of default of the underlying assets, underlying collateral values, discount rates, counterparty risk and ongoing strength and quality of market credit and liquidity.
As a result, these securities have been recorded as long-term assets at their estimated fair values in the consolidated financial statements. Fair values are reevaluated quarterly. Temporary unrealized holding gains and losses are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable income taxes. Unrealized losses are charged against earnings when a decline in fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary. An impairment is considered to be other-than-temporary if an entity: (i) intends to sell a security, (ii) more likely than not will be required to sell a security before recovering its cost, or (iii) does not expect to recover a security’s entire amortized cost basis, even if there is no intent to sell the security.
The Company considers several factors in assessing whether a loss is other-than-temporary. These factors include, but are not limited to: intent

65

Table of Contents

to hold a security; that it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell a security before recovery of its cost basis; the length of time a security is in an unrealized loss position; the extent to which fair value is less than cost; the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer; changes to the credit ratings of securities, as well as their underlying assets; and, for the Company’s structured finance security, rates of default on the loan portfolio underlying the credit default swaps.
In assessing the expectation of recovering a security’s amortized cost basis, management performs an assessment of the present value of cash flows expected to be collected. If this assessment yields an amount less than the amortized cost basis of the security, even if the Company has the intent, and more likely than not, the ability to hold the securities, a credit loss is deemed to exist. The amount of an other-than-temporary impairment attributed to the credit losses is recognized in earnings, while the amount of an other-than-temporary impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable deferred income taxes. The Company estimates credit losses associated with its auction rate securities using Level 3 inputs. Credit loss estimates are derived by comparing the estimated fair value of the securities, which are based on a number of factors, including estimated probabilities of default, with the value that would have been derived if the probability of default for the same securities were zero percent. The difference between the recorded fair value and the estimated fair value assuming a zero probability of default is considered the portion of total decline in fair value attributable to credit losses.  
See Note 7 – Securities Available for Sale.
Inventories
Inventories consist of materials and supplies for construction and install to the home projects. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (using the specific identification method) or market. Construction projects are completed pursuant to customer specifications. For materials or supplies purchased on behalf of specific customers or projects, loss of the customer or cancellation of the project could result in an impairment of the value of materials purchased. Technological or market changes can also render certain materials obsolete. Allowances for inventory obsolescence are determined based upon the specific facts and circumstances and market conditions. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, inventory obsolescence reserves were $2.0 million and $2.2 million, respectively.
Deferred Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs related to the Company’s credit facility, senior notes and senior convertible notes, whose short and long-term portions are included in other current and non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets, are amortized over the related terms of the debt using the effective interest method. Net deferred financing costs were $9.9 million and $13.5 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Software Capitalization
The Company capitalizes certain costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining internal use software. These capitalized software costs are included in property and equipment, net, in the consolidated balance sheets and are amortized over a period not to exceed seven years .
Business Combinations – Valuation of Acquired Assets and Liabilities Assumed
The Company allocates the purchase price for each business combination, or acquired business, based upon (i) the fair value of the consideration paid and (ii) the fair value of net assets acquired. The determination of the fair value of net assets acquired requires estimates and judgments of future cash flow expectations for the acquired business and the allocation of those cash flows to identifiable tangible and intangible assets. Fair values are calculated by incorporating expected cash flows into industry standard valuation techniques. For current assets and current liabilities, the book value is generally assumed to equal the fair value. Goodwill is the amount by which the purchase price consideration exceeds the fair value of tangible and intangible assets, less assumed liabilities. To the extent possible, goodwill should be allocated to separate identifiable intangible assets, such as customer relationships and trade names, which are amortized to expense over their estimated useful lives. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are tested for impairment annually and, if impaired, their value is reduced to fair value. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred.
Consideration paid generally consists of cash, common stock, and additional cash or common stock payments which are contingent on the acquired business achieving certain levels of earnings (referred to as “contingent consideration” or “earnouts”). The fair value of cash and MasTec common stock is generally based upon the amount tendered or the market price on the closing date, respectively.
A liability for contingent consideration based on earnings is measured at its estimated fair value as of the date of acquisition, with subsequent changes in fair value recorded in earnings as a gain or loss. Fair value is estimated as of the acquisition closing date utilizing calculated earnout payments that would be made as if managements' best estimate of possible cash flows of the acquired business was accurate. Thus, if actual earnout payments are expected to exceed estimated earnout payments (as a result of higher than expected acquired business cash flows), then a loss would be recognized in the period in which that expectation is considered probable. Conversely, if actual earnout payments are expected to fall below estimated earnout payments, a gain would be recognized in the period that expectation is considered probable.
Due to the time required to gather and analyze the necessary data for each acquisition, U.S. GAAP provides a “measurement period” of up to one year in which to finalize such calculations. Most calculations are considered preliminary until the end of the measurement period. All subsequent adjustments to initial valuations and estimates during the measurement period that reflect newly discovered information that existed as of the acquisition date are recorded with an offsetting entry to goodwill; otherwise, those adjustments are reflected as income or expense, as appropriate. The consolidated balance sheet for the period of acquisition is modified for subsequent measurement period adjustments when that period is presented in future consolidated financial statements.

66

Table of Contents

Long-Lived Assets
The Company’s long-lived assets consist primarily of property and equipment and finite-lived intangible assets. Property and equipment are recorded at cost, or if acquired in a business combination, at acquisition date fair value. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the term of the lease or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Property and equipment under capital leases are depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures for betterments and major improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful lives of the assets. The carrying amounts of assets sold or retired and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated in the year of disposal and the resulting gains and losses are included in other income or expense. Acquired intangible assets that have finite useful lives are recognized and amortized over their useful lives, which are generally based on contractual or legal rights.
Management reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be realizable. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset are compared to the asset’s carrying amount to determine if there has been an impairment. The amount of an impairment is calculated as the difference between the fair value of the asset and its carrying value. Estimates of future undiscounted cash flows are based on management’s view of growth rates for the related business, anticipated future economic conditions and estimates of residual values. Estimated fair values take into consideration appropriate discount rates relative to risk. Management believes that these estimates are consistent with assumptions that marketplace participants would use in their estimates of fair value. For the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, no material impairment charges were incurred relating to the Company’s long-lived assets.
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
Goodwill and certain intangible assets acquired in a business combination and determined to have indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually. The Company performs its annual impairment review of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives during the fourth quarter each year at the reporting unit level. Each of the Company's reporting units comprises one component of one of its five reportable segments. Management identifies its reporting units by assessing whether components have discrete financial information available and whether a segment manager regularly reviews the operating results of that component. Net assets of acquired businesses and related goodwill are allocated to the corresponding reporting unit upon acquisition, based upon the Company's expected organizational structure. If two or more components are deemed economically similar, those components are aggregated into one reporting unit for purposes of the annual goodwill impairment review. None of the Company's components are aggregated for annual impairment testing.
Under Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-08, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment  ("ASU 2011-08"), which the Company adopted for the year ended December 31, 2011, and ASU 2012-02 Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment  (“ASU 2012-02”), which the Company adopted for the year ended December 31, 2012, a full quantitative analysis is not required if the Company's qualitative analysis concludes that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Company's reporting units or indefinite-lived intangible assets are greater than their carrying amounts.
During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company assessed qualitative factors to determine whether it was more likely than not that the fair values of the Company’s reporting units were less than their carrying amounts as a basis for determining whether it was necessary to perform the traditional two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. During the year ended December 31, 2010, management estimated the fair values of the Company’s reporting units to determine if their carrying values exceeded their estimated fair values using a discounted cash flow methodology, which incorporated management estimates, including estimates of future cash flows and growth rates, as well as the selection of a discount rate. Based upon the results of these analyses, the estimated fair values of the Company's reporting units for its continuing operations businesses were determined to substantially exceed their carrying values. In September 2012, MasTec's board of directors approved a plan of sale for its Globetec business. In connection with its decision to sell Globetec, the Company recognized impairment losses of $12.7 million, including $6.4 million of goodwill impairment charges, during the third quarter of 2012.
During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company also assessed qualitative factors to determine if it was more likely than not that the fair values of its indefinite-lived intangible assets were less than their carrying amounts. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, management estimated the fair values of its indefinite-lived intangible assets based on estimates of growth rates for the related businesses and estimated future economic conditions. Based upon the results of its analysis, no impairment charges related to the Company's indefinite-lived intangible assets for its continuing operations businesses were recorded during the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012.
See Note 4 - Discontinued Operations for details of the Globetec discontinued operation and Note 5 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.
Self-Insurance
MasTec maintains insurance policies subject to per claim deductibles of $1 million for its workers’ compensation policy, $2 million for its general liability policy and $2 million for its automobile liability policy. The Company has excess umbrella coverage up to $100 million per claim and in the aggregate. Liabilities under these insurance programs are accrued based upon management’s estimates of the ultimate liability for claims reported and an estimate of claims incurred but not reported with assistance from third-party actuaries. MasTec also maintains an insurance policy with respect to employee group health claims, which is subject to annual per employee maximum losses of $0.4 million. MasTec’s liability for employee group claims is based on statistical analysis of historical claims experience and specific knowledge of actual losses that have occurred.
The present value of the Company’s self-insurance liabilities are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as current and other non-current liabilities. The determination of such claims and expenses and the appropriateness of the related liability is reviewed and updated quarterly, however, these insurance liabilities are difficult to assess and estimate due to unknown factors, including the severity of an injury, the determination of the Company’s liability in proportion to other parties and the number of incidents not reported. Accruals are based upon known facts and historical trends

67

Table of Contents

and management believes such accruals to be adequate. However, a change in experience or actuarial assumptions could materially affect results of operations in a particular period.
The Company is required to post letters of credit and provide cash collateral to certain of its insurance carriers and to obtain surety bonds in certain states in which the Company is self-insured. In addition, the Company has certain cash collateral deposited with insurance carriers, which is included in other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets.
Income Taxes
The Company records income taxes using the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequence of temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Income taxes are estimated in each of the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. This process involves estimating the tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as deferred revenue, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the consolidated balance sheets. The recording of a deferred tax asset assumes the realization of such asset in the future. Otherwise, a valuation allowance must be recorded to reduce this asset to its estimated net realizable value. Management considers future pretax income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the estimated net realizable value of tax assets and the need for a valuation allowance. If management determines that the Company may not be able to realize all or part of a deferred tax asset in the future, a valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset is charged to income tax expense in the period such determination is made.
In determining the provision for income taxes, management uses an effective tax rate based on annual pre-tax income, statutory tax rates, permanent tax differences, and tax planning opportunities in the various jurisdictions in which the Company operates. Significant factors that impact the annual effective tax rate include management’s assessment of certain tax matters, the location and amount of taxable earnings, changes in certain non-deductible expenses and expected credits.
The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in numerous tax jurisdictions, including U.S. federal, most U.S. states and certain foreign jurisdictions. The Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns for years ending on or after December 31, 2009, and many U.S. state and local income tax returns, remain open for examination. Although management believes its calculations for tax returns are correct and the positions taken thereon are reasonable, the final outcome of tax audits could be materially different from the resolution management currently anticipates, and those differences could result in significant costs or benefits to the Company. If applicable, any interest or penalties pertaining to the Company’s income tax returns, if assessed, would be recorded within interest expense or general and administrative expense, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company has granted to employees and others restricted stock and options to purchase common stock. Non-cash stock compensation expense for administrative employees is included in general and administrative expense. Share-based payments, to the extent they are compensatory, are recognized based on their grant date fair values and the estimated number of shares ultimately expected to vest. The Company records a deferred tax asset, or future tax benefit, based on the amount of share-based compensation recognized in the financial statements over the vesting period of share-based awards. If the exercise date fair value of a stock option, or the vesting date fair value of a restricted share award exceeds its grant date fair value, the tax effect of this difference (“excess tax benefit”) is recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital (“APIC”), creating an “APIC Pool.” If the exercise date fair value of a stock option, or the vesting date fair value of a restricted share award is less than its grant date fair value, the tax effect of this difference would reduce the APIC Pool. If the APIC Pool is reduced to zero, subsequent shortfalls would increase income tax expense.
Grants of restricted stock are valued based on the market price of MasTec’s common stock on the date of grant. Compensation expense arising from restricted stock grants with graded vesting is recognized using the ratable method (an accelerated method of expense recognition) over the vesting period. Those shares issued with cliff vesting are amortized on a straight line basis over the vesting period. Vesting periods for grants of restricted stock range from day of issuance to five years. For certain restricted share awards, the number of shares issued on the vesting date is net of the number of shares having the value required to satisfy the recipient’s minimum statutory tax withholding requirements. The Company then pays the corresponding withholding taxes to the appropriate taxing authorities in cash on behalf of the recipient.  Although the withheld shares are not issued, they are treated as common stock repurchases in the consolidated financial statements, as they reduce the number of shares that would have been issued upon vesting.
Stock option grants vest between one to five years after grant, have a term not to exceed ten years, and are generally forfeited if the holder terminates his or her employment or relationship with the Company or one of its affiliates. All option plans contain anti-dilutive provisions that require adjustment of the number of shares of common stock represented by each option for any stock splits or dividends. No stock options have been granted since 2006. For stock options granted in prior periods, the Black-Scholes valuation model was used to estimate the fair value of options to purchase MasTec’s common stock, which is no less than the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. The Company uses the ratable method to amortize compensation expense over the vesting period of the option grant. All outstanding grants were fully vested as of December 31, 2010.
See Note 12 – Stock-Based Compensation and Other Employee Benefits Plans for further discussion.
Multi-Employer Pension Plans
The Company makes contributions to certain union-administered multi-employer pension plans, which are recorded as a component of employee wages and salaries within costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization. Contributions are generally based on fixed amounts per hour per employee for employees covered under these plans. To the extent that those plans are underfunded, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Multi-Employer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980, may subject the Company to substantial liabilities if the Company

68

Table of Contents

withdraws from such multi-employer plans or if they are terminated. In November 2011, the Company voluntarily withdrew from one of the multi-employer pension plans in which it participated and recorded a charge of $6.4 million within costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization. Withdrawal liabilities under multi-employer pension plans are based on estimates of the Company’s proportionate share of the plan’s unfunded vested liability, as calculated by the plan’s actuaries, and represent the Company’s best estimate of such liabilities as of the time they are recorded.
See Note 13 – Other Retirement Plans and Note 17 – Commitments and Contingencies for additional details.
Litigation and Contingencies
Litigation and contingencies are reflected in the consolidated financial statements based on management's assessments, along with legal counsel, of the expected outcome of litigation proceedings or the expected resolution of the contingency. Liabilities for estimated losses are accrued if the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability and the determination as to whether the amount of an exposure is reasonably estimable. Due to uncertainties related to these matters, accruals are based only on the information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, management reassesses potential liabilities related to pending claims and litigation and may revise its previous estimates.
    Treasury Stock
The Company records treasury shares at cost. See Note 14 – Common Stock Activity.
New accounting pronouncements
Recently Issued Accounting Standards, Not Adopted as of December 31, 2012
In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2013-02”).  The objective of ASU 2013-02 is to improve the reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The amendments require disclosure of information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, disclosure is required, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, of significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. The new requirements will take effect for public companies in interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this ASU on its consolidated financial statements.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2012-02  Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment  (“ASU 2012-02”). ASU 2012-02 permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is "more likely than not" (or a likelihood greater than 50%) that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired before performing quantitative impairment testing. ASU 2012-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2012-02 in connection with its 2012 indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment assessment. See Note 5 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards  (“ASU 2011-04”). The objective of ASU 2011-04 is to converge guidance of the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board on fair value measurement and disclosure. This update changes the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair value and disclosing information about fair value measurements; clarifies the FASB’s intent about the application of existing fair value measurement requirements; and changes particular principles or requirements for measuring fair value or for disclosing information about fair value measurements. ASU 2011-04, which the Company adopted as of January 1, 2012, was effective prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The wording of fair value disclosures in Note 6 - Fair Value of Financial Instruments corresponds to the new requirements.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2011-05”). The objective of ASU 2011-05 is to improve the comparability, consistency and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income. ASU 2011-05 provides the option to present the total of comprehensive income, (equal to the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income) either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of shareholders' equity as shown in the prior years.
In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in ASU 2011-05  (“ASU 2011-12”), which defers the provisions in ASU 2011-05 relating to the presentation of reclassification adjustments. ASU 2011-12 reinstates the requirements for the presentation of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income that were in place before ASU 2011-05. The remaining provisions of ASU 2011-05 are effective retrospectively for annual periods, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. ASU 2011-12, which the Company adopted as of January 1, 2012, is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011. See the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for related disclosures.

69

Table of Contents

Note 2 – Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing earnings available to MasTec’s common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing earnings by the number of fully diluted shares, which includes the effect of dilutive potential issuances of common shares, as determined using earnings from continuing operations. Potentially dilutive common shares include outstanding stock options and unvested restricted share awards, as calculated under the treasury stock method, as well as shares associated with the Company’s outstanding convertible debt securities.  
The following table provides details of the Company’s earnings per share calculations for the periods indicated (in thousands, except per share amounts). Note that earnings per share calculations may contain slight summation differences due to rounding.

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Basic	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to MasTec:	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income from continuing operations	$	116,639	
 	 	$	97,454	
 	 	$	66,166	
 	
Net (loss) income from discontinued operations	(9,213	)	 	8,547	
 	 	24,362	
 	
Basic net income attributable to MasTec	$	107,426	
 	 	$	106,001	
 	 	$	90,528	
 	
Weighted average shares outstanding	78,275	
 	 	82,182	
 	 	76,132	
 	
Basic earnings (loss) per share:	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	$	1.49	
 	 	$	1.19	
 	 	$	0.87	
 	
Discontinued operations	(0.12	)	 	0.10	
 	 	0.32	
 	
Total basic earnings per share	$	1.37	
 	 	$	1.29	
 	 	$	1.19	
 	
Diluted	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to MasTec:	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic net income from continuing operations	$	116,639	
 	 	$	97,454	
 	 	$	66,166	
 	
Interest expense on Original 4.0% Notes, net of tax	234	
 	 	331	
 	 	2,667	
 	
Interest expense on Original 4.25% Notes, net of tax	77	
 	 	154	
 	 	2,464	
 	
Diluted net income from continuing operations	$	116,950	
 	 	$	97,939	
 	 	$	71,297	
 	
Net (loss) income from discontinued operations	(9,213	)	 	8,547	
 	 	24,362	
 	
Diluted net income attributable to MasTec	$	107,737	
 	 	$	106,486	
 	 	$	95,659	
 	
Shares:	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic weighted average shares outstanding	78,275	
 	 	82,182	
 	 	76,132	
 	
Dilutive common stock equivalents	888	
 	 	1,127	
 	 	994	
 	
Dilutive premium shares, New 4.0% Notes	1,044	
 	 	1,067	
 	 	—	
 	
Dilutive premium shares, New 4.25% Notes	1,074	
 	 	1,095	
 	 	—	
 	
Dilutive shares, Original 4.0% Notes	612	
 	 	862	
 	 	7,297	
 	
Dilutive shares, Original 4.25% Notes	194	
 	 	383	
 	 	6,462	
 	
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding	82,087	
 	 	86,716	
 	 	90,885	
 	
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	$	1.42	
 	 	$	1.13	
 	 	$	0.78	
 	
Discontinued operations	(0.11	)	 	0.10	
 	 	0.27	
 	
Total diluted earnings per share	$	1.31	
 	 	$	1.23	
 	 	$	1.05	

For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, a total of 2,032, 9,479 and 1,031,894 weighted average anti-dilutive common stock equivalents were not included in the Company’s diluted earnings per share calculations, respectively.
Senior Convertible Notes – Diluted Share Impact
The Company has $215 million of outstanding convertible notes. During the first quarter of 2011, the Company exchanged $105.3 million of its original 4.0% senior convertible notes (the “Original 4.0% Notes”) and $97.0 million of its original 4.25% senior convertible notes (the “Original 4.25% Notes” and, together with the Original 4.0% Notes, the “Original Notes”) for identical principal amounts of new 4.0% and 4.25% senior convertible notes (the “New 4.0% Notes” and the “New 4.25% Notes,” respectively and, collectively, the “New Notes”). The terms of the New Notes are substantially identical to the Original Notes, except that the New Notes have an optional physical (common share), cash or combination settlement feature and contain certain conditional conversion features. Due to the optional cash settlement feature and management’s intent to settle the principal amount thereof plus

70

Table of Contents

accrued interest in cash, the conversion shares underlying the outstanding principal amount of the New Notes, totaling approximately 13.0 million shares, are not required to be included in the Company’s diluted share count. If, however, the Company’s average stock price per share during the corresponding periods exceeds the $15.76 conversion price for the New 4.0% Notes or the $15.48 conversion price for the New 4.25% Notes, the weighted average of the resulting value in excess of the principal amount, converted to shares at the market price, is included in the Company’s weighted average diluted share count (“premium shares”).
The number of common shares issuable upon conversion of the Company’s Original Notes is reflected in the calculation of weighted average diluted earnings per share for the corresponding periods by application of the “if-converted” method to the extent their effect on the computation of earnings per share from continuing operations is dilutive. Under the “if-converted” method, net income from continuing operations is adjusted to add back the after-tax amount of interest recognized in the period associated with the convertible notes, and correspondingly, the convertible notes are assumed to have been converted with the resulting common shares added to weighted average shares outstanding.
The following table summarizes the principal amounts of the Company’s outstanding convertible notes for the periods indicated, including their respective classification within the computation of earnings per share for each period (in millions):

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Dilutive:	 	 	 	 	 	
New 4.0% Notes (1)	$	105.3	
 	 	$	105.3	
 	 	N/A	
 	
New 4.25% Notes (1)	97.0	
 	 	97.0	
 	 	N/A	
 	
Original 4.0% Notes (2)	9.7	
 	 	9.7	
 	 	115.0	
 	
Original 4.25% Notes (2)	3.0	
 	 	3.0	
 	 	100.0	
 	
Total principal amount, dilutive outstanding convertible notes	$	215.0	
 	 	$	215.0	
 	 	$	215.0	
 	
(1)Dilutive shares associated with the New Notes are attributable to the premium over the respective conversion prices.
(2)Dilutive shares associated with the Original Notes are attributable to the underlying principal amounts.
The Company’s average stock price for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 exceeded the conversion prices of the New Notes. The number of premium shares included in the Company’s diluted share count varies with fluctuations in the Company’s actual share price for the related periods. Higher share prices result in a greater number of equivalent premium shares. Details of the calculation underlying the number of premium shares included in the Company’s diluted share count for the periods indicated are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 	As of and for the Year Ended
December 31, 2012	 	As of and for the Year Ended
December 31, 2011	
 	New 4.0%
Notes	 	New 4.25%
Notes	 	New 4.0%
Notes	 	New 4.25%
Notes	
Principal amount	$	105,322	
 	 	$	97,000	
 	 	$	105,322	
 	 	$	97,000	
 	
Conversion price per share	$	15.76	
 	 	$	15.48	
 	 	$	15.76	
 	 	$	15.48	
 	
Number of conversion shares, principal amount	6,683	
 	 	6,268	
 	 	6,683	
 	 	6,268	
 	
Weighted average actual per share price	$	18.68	
 	 	$	18.68	
 	 	$	18.90	
 	 	$	18.88	
 	
Excess over principal amount	$	19,494	
 	 	$	20,064	
 	 	$	20,968	
 	 	$	21,139	
 	
Weighted average equivalent premium shares	1,044	
 	 	1,074	
 	 	1,067	
 	 	1,095	

See Note 14 - Common Stock Activity.
Note 3 – Acquisitions and Other Investments
Allocations of purchase prices for acquisitions are based on estimates of the fair value of consideration paid and of the net assets acquired and are subject to adjustment upon finalization of these fair value estimates. As of December 31, 2012, the purchase prices, including the estimated fair value of contingent consideration and the related purchase price allocations for businesses acquired by the Company during 2012 were preliminary. The Company will revise its preliminary allocations if new information is obtained about the facts and circumstances existing as of the date of acquisition, which, if originally known, would have resulted in the recognition of, or adjusted fair values of, those assets and liabilities as of that date. Adjustments to the initial allocation of purchase price during the measurement period may require revision of comparative prior period financial information when reissued in subsequent financial statements. The effect of measurement period adjustments to the allocation of purchase price would be as if the adjustments had been taken into account on the date of acquisition. The effects of measurement period adjustments may cause changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income or expense recognized in prior periods. All changes that do not qualify as measurement period adjustments are included in current period earnings.
See discussion below for details of the Company's 2012 acquisitions.

71

Table of Contents

2012 Acquisitions
Bottom Line Services
Effective December 1, 2012, MasTec acquired all of the issued and outstanding interests of Bottom Line Services, LLC ("BLS") for an aggregate purchase price composed of approximately $67.6 million in cash, and a five year earn-out, valued at $11.1 million as of the date of acquisition. The earn-out is equal to 20% of the excess, if any, of BLS's annual EBITDA over $17 million dollars payable annually at MasTec's election in common stock, cash or a combination, thereof.  
BLS is engaged in providing natural gas and petroleum pipeline infrastructure services, primarily in eastern Texas.  Its services include pipeline and facilities construction, painting and maintenance services.  The acquisition of BLS provides MasTec with greater penetration in this key market and additional service offerings within pipeline infrastructure construction.
The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of consideration paid and the allocation of purchase price as of the date of acquisition (in millions). The allocation of purchase price to the fair value of tangible and intangible assets and liabilities, including the estimated value of the earn-out obligation and the estimated useful lives of acquired assets, is provisional and remains preliminary as management continues to assess the valuation of these items and any ultimate purchase price adjustments based on the final assets and net working capital, as prescribed by the purchase agreement.

 	December 1, 2012	
Purchase price consideration:	 	
Cash	$	67.6	
 	
Fair value of contingent consideration (earn-out liability)	11.1	
 	
Total consideration transferred	$	78.7	
 	
Purchase price allocation to identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:	 	
Current assets	$	36.4	
 	
Property and equipment	12.6	
 	
Trade name	2.6	
 	
Non-compete agreements	0.5	
 	
Customer relationships	24.4	
 	
Current liabilities	(10.4	)	
Total identifiable net assets	$	66.1	
 	
Goodwill	$	12.6	
 	
Total consideration allocated	$	78.7	

Intangible assets will be amortized in a manner consistent with the pattern in which the related benefits are expected to be consumed. Customer relationships and the trade name will each be amortized over a ten year life, and the non-compete agreements will be amortized over their ten year terms. Goodwill arising from the acquisition represents the estimated value of BLS's geographic presence in key high growth markets, its assembled workforce, its management team's industry-specific project management expertise and synergies expected to be achieved from the combined operations of BLS and MasTec. Estimated tax deductible goodwill was $1.6 million as of the date of acquisition.
The fair value of the earn-out obligation was estimated using an income approach and incorporates significant inputs not observable in the market. Key assumptions in the estimated valuation include the discount rate and probability-weighted EBITDA projections. The range of potential undiscounted payments that MasTec could be required to make under the earn-out arrangement was estimated to be between $0 and $22 million; however, there is no maximum earn-out payment amount.
BLS's earnings have been consolidated as of the effective date of the acquisition, December 1, 2012. BLS is reported within the Company's Oil & Gas segment.

Other 2012 Acquisitions

Effective December 1, 2012, MasTec acquired all of the issued and outstanding interests of Go Green Services, LLC and all of the issued and outstanding shares of Dynamic Tower Services, Inc. ("DTS").  The earnings of both companies have been consolidated as of the effective date of the acquisitions, December 1, 2012.  Go Green was formerly a subcontractor to MasTec's oil and gas business and provides self-perform clearing and trenching services for natural gas and petroleum pipeline infrastructure construction in the Company's Oil & Gas segment.  DTS was formerly a subcontractor to MasTec's wireless business and will provide self-perform communications tower construction, installation, maintenance and other services in support of telecommunications infrastructure construction in the Company's Communications segment. 
Unaudited Pro Forma Information – 2012 Acquisitions
The following unaudited supplemental pro forma results of operations include the results of operations of each of the companies acquired in 2012 described above as if each had been consolidated as of January 1, 2011, and have been provided for illustrative purposes only and do not purport to be indicative of the actual results that would have been achieved by the combined companies for the periods presented or that may be achieved by

72

Table of Contents

the combined companies in the future. Future results may vary significantly from the results reflected in the following pro forma financial information because of future events and transactions, as well as other factors, many of which are beyond MasTec’s control.
The unaudited pro forma combined results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 have been prepared by adjusting the historical results of MasTec to include the historical results of the acquisitions described above as if they occurred January 1, 2011. These pro forma combined historical results were then adjusted for an increase in amortization expense due to the incremental intangible assets recorded related to the acquisitions and the reduction of interest income as a result of the cash consideration paid. The pro forma results of operations do not include any adjustments to eliminate the impact of acquisition related costs or any cost savings or other synergies that may result from these acquisitions. As noted above, the pro forma results of operations do not purport to be indicative of the actual results that would have been achieved by the combined company for the periods presented or that may be achieved by the combined company in the future. 

 	Year Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	
 	(unaudited, in millions)	
Revenue	$	3,879.1	
 	 	$	2,931.1	
 	
Net income	$	119.4	
 	 	$	112.3	

Revenues of $12.9 million and net income of $0.1 million resulting from the year over year incremental impact of the Company’s 2012 acquisitions are included in MasTec’s consolidated results of operations for year ended December 31, 2012. Acquisition costs of $0.7 million incurred in connection with these acquisitions were included in general and administrative costs for the year ended December 31, 2012.
2011 Acquisitions
During the second quarter of 2011, the Company acquired certain businesses, as discussed below. During the second quarter of 2012, the Company revised its preliminary allocations for certain of these acquisitions based on information about the facts and circumstances existing as of the respective dates of such acquisitions and for purchase price adjustments based on the final net assets and net working capital, as prescribed by the relevant purchase agreements. These adjustments resulted in the recognition of, or adjusted the fair values of, certain acquired assets and liabilities, resulting in the revision of comparative prior period financial information. The effects of measurement period adjustments on the allocations of purchase prices for acquired businesses are presented in the Company's financial statements as if the adjustments had been taken into account as of the respective dates of acquisition. All changes that do not qualify as measurement period adjustments are included in current period earnings.
EC Source
In November 2010, MasTec entered into a membership interest purchase agreement and invested $10 million in exchange for a 33% voting interest in EC Source Services LLC (“EC Source”) and a two-year option (the “EC Source Merger Option”) that granted MasTec the right, but not the obligation, to acquire the entirety of EC Source’s outstanding equity pursuant to the terms of a merger agreement. EC Source is a nationally recognized full-service engineering, procurement and construction services company that installs extra high voltage (“EHV”) electrical transmission systems throughout North America.
On April 29, 2011, the Company exercised its EC Source Merger Option and, effective May 2, 2011, acquired the remaining 67% membership interest in EC Source for a total ownership percentage of 100%, for an aggregate purchase price composed of 5,129,642 shares of MasTec common stock, valued at $94.2 million, $0.3 million in cash and a five year earn-out, valued at $25.0 million as of the date of acquisition. The earn-out is equal to 20% of the excess, if any, of EC Source’s annual earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), as defined in the purchase agreement, over $15 million, payable annually at MasTec’s election in common stock, cash or a combination thereof.  The MasTec shares issued on the effective date are subject to transfer restrictions, 25% of which lapsed on May 2, 2012, 25% of which will lapse on May 2, 2013, and 50% of which will lapse on May 2, 2014. In addition, the Company assumed $8.6 million of debt, which relates primarily to equipment loans payable to the former owner of EC Source, all of which remains outstanding as of December 31, 2012.
The fair value of the shares transferred was based on MasTec’s quoted market price on the closing date, discounted by 10%, 15% and 20% for the estimated effect of the first, second and third year transfer restrictions, respectively. The fair value of the 33% equity investment in EC Source was estimated to be $39.6 million immediately before the closing of the merger, resulting in a gain on remeasurement of $29.0 million, which was reflected as a component of other income in the Company’s results of operations during the second quarter of 2011. The fair value of the equity investment was determined based on the implied consideration transferred as of the date of the business combination, discounted for the Company’s lack of control as a minority shareholder. The fair value of both the shares transferred and the equity investment were based on Level 2 fair value inputs. 

73

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of consideration paid and the allocation of purchase price as of date of acquisition (in millions):

 	May 2, 2011	
Purchase price consideration:	 	
Shares transferred	$	94.2	
 	
Cash	0.3	
 	
Fair value of contingent consideration (earn-out liability)	25.0	
 	
Total consideration transferred	$	119.5	
 	
Fair value of equity investment	$	39.6	
 	
Fair value of total consideration	$	159.1	
 	
Purchase price allocation to identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:	 	
Current assets	21.0	
 	
Property and equipment	10.1	
 	
Pre-qualifications	31.3	
 	
Backlog	11.0	
 	
Non-compete agreements	1.5	
 	
Current liabilities	(13.4	)	
Debt	(8.6	)	
Deferred income taxes	(14.5	)	
Total identifiable net assets	$	38.4	
 	
Goodwill	$	120.7	
 	
Total consideration allocated	$	159.1	

Intangible assets will be amortized in a manner consistent with the pattern in which the related benefits are expected to be consumed. The intangible asset related to backlog will be amortized over the expected remaining 3 year term of these contracts. The intangible asset related to the non-compete agreements will be amortized over their 7 year terms. The intangible asset related to EC Source’s pre-qualifications with companies in the utilities industry has been assigned an indefinite life as the pre-qualifications do not expire or diminish in value, and the companies to which they relate have extremely long operating histories.
Goodwill arising from the acquisition represents the expected value of EC Source’s geographic presence in key high growth markets, its assembled workforce, its management team’s industry-specific project management expertise and synergies expected to be achieved from the combined operations of EC Source and MasTec. The estimated goodwill balance is not tax deductible. 
The fair value of the earn-out obligation was estimated using an income approach and incorporates significant inputs not observable in the market. Key assumptions in the estimated valuation include the discount rate and probability-adjusted EBITDA projections. The range of potential undiscounted payments that MasTec could be required to make under the earn-out arrangement was estimated to be between $0 and approximately $55 million; however, there is no maximum earn-out payment amount.
EC Source’s earnings have been consolidated as of the effective date of the acquisition, May 2, 2011. Prior to the effective date of the acquisition, the Company’s investment in EC Source was accounted for under the equity method of accounting. EC Source is reported within the Company's Electrical Transmission segment.
Fabcor
Effective April 1, 2011, MasTec acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of Fabcor TargetCo Ltd. (“Fabcor Parent” and, together with its wholly-owned Canadian subsidiaries, Fabcor 2001, Inc. and Fabcor Pipelines B.C. Inc., “Fabcor”) for an aggregate purchase price composed of approximately $24.2 million in cash, including a $1.4 million post-closing purchase price adjustment based on Fabcor’s final closing tangible net worth and net working capital, recorded in the second quarter of 2012, and a five year earn-out, valued at $16.9 million as of the date of acquisition. The earn-out is equal to 30% of the excess, if any, of Fabcor's annual EBITDA over 3.6 million Canadian dollars (approximately U.S. $3.6 million as of December 31, 2012), payable annually to the seller in cash in Canadian dollars. In addition, the Company assumed $7.0 million of debt that was repaid immediately.
Fabcor is engaged in providing natural gas and petroleum pipeline infrastructure construction services in Western Canada. Its services include: new pipeline construction; pipeline modification and replacement; river crossing construction and replacement; integrity excavation programs; well-site construction; compressor construction; gas plant construction; compressor and gas plant modifications; and plant commissioning support services. Fabcor provides MasTec the ability to expand its energy infrastructure services within the Canadian market and participate in the significant opportunities anticipated in that market in the future.
The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of consideration paid and the allocation of purchase price as of the date of acquisition (in millions):

74

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	
 	April 1, 2011	
Purchase price consideration:	 	
Cash	$	24.2	
 	
Fair value of contingent consideration (earn-out liability)	16.9	
 	
Total consideration transferred	$	41.1	
 	
Purchase price allocation to identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:	 	
Current assets	$	24.3	
 	
Property and equipment	12.8	
 	
Trade names	0.7	
 	
Non-compete agreements	0.1	
 	
Customer relationships	3.1	
 	
Backlog	0.4	
 	
Current liabilities	(24.1	)	
Deferred income taxes and other liabilities	(4.3	)	
Total identifiable net assets	$	13.0	
 	
Goodwill	$	28.1	
 	
Total consideration allocated	$	41.1	

Intangible assets will be amortized in a manner consistent with the pattern in which the related benefits are expected to be consumed. The intangible asset related to backlog was amortized over the remaining nine months of 2011. Customer relationships will be amortized over a 12 year life, and the non-compete agreements will be amortized over their 7 year terms. Goodwill arising from the acquisition represents the estimated value of Fabcor’s geographic presence in key high growth Canadian markets, its assembled workforce, its management team’s industry-specific project management expertise and synergies expected to be achieved from the combined operations of Fabcor and MasTec. The estimated goodwill balance is not tax deductible.
The fair value of the earn-out obligation was estimated using an income approach and incorporates significant inputs not observable in the market. Key assumptions in the estimated valuation include the discount rate and probability-adjusted EBITDA projections. The range of potential undiscounted payments that MasTec could be required to make under the earn-out arrangement was estimated to be between $0 million and $25 million; however, there is no maximum earn-out payment amount.
Fabcor’s earnings have been consolidated as of the effective date of the acquisition, April 1, 2011. Fabcor is reported within the Company's Oil & Gas segment.
Other 2011 Acquisitions
The Company made certain other acquisitions during 2011 that were not material individually or in the aggregate.
Cam Com.  Effective April 1, 2011,  MasTec purchased 100% of the capital stock of Cam Communications Inc. (“Cam Com”), a Maryland company that provides telephone, cabling, engineering, construction, equipment integration, testing, wiring and computer network services to telecommunications carriers for approximately $4.4 million in cash, the assumption of $0.3 million of capital leases and a five year earn-out payable in cash equal to 20% of the excess, if any, of Cam Com’s annual EBITDA over $2.25 million, plus an additional one time cash payment of up to $1.5 million if Cam Com’s EBITDA exceeds $1.5 million for the first twelve months following the acquisition. The estimated fair value of the contingent consideration arrangements was approximately $3.0 million as of the date of the acquisition.
Optima.  Effective June 1, 2011, MasTec acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of Optima Network Services, Inc. (“Optima”), a wireless infrastructure services company headquartered in California, for $5.1 million in cash, plus the assumption of $2.2 million in debt, $0.8 million of which was repaid immediately. In addition, the purchase price for Optima includes a five year earn-out, equal to 20% of the excess, if any, of Optima’s annual EBITDA over $3.0 million, plus an additional one-time cash payment of up to approximately $5.0 million if Optima’s EBITDA exceeds $1.5 million in the first twelve months following the date of acquisition. The potential earn-out is payable, at MasTec’s election, in common stock, cash, or a combination thereof. The estimated fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement related to Optima was increased by $1.5 million to $3.0 million in the second quarter of 2012 to reflect additional information and analysis.
Halsted. Effective June 30, 2011, MasTec acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Halsted Communications, Ltd. (“Halsted”), an install-to-the-home contractor operating primarily in portions of New York, Pennsylvania and New England for $4.0 million in cash, plus the assumption of approximately $7.9 million of debt, of which $4.4 million was repaid immediately. Halsted’s primary customer is DIRECTV ® . During the second quarter of 2012, $3.9 million of additional goodwill and workers compensation liabilities related to the Halsted Communications, Ltd. ("Halsted") acquisition were recorded as a result of final claims data for the pre-acquisition period.   
Cam Com, Optima and Halsted are reported within the Company's Communications segment.

75

Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Information – 2011 Acquisitions
The following unaudited supplemental pro forma results of operations include the results of operations of each of the companies acquired in 2011 described above as if each had been consolidated as of January 1, 2010, and have been provided for illustrative purposes only and do not purport to be indicative of the actual results that would have been achieved by the combined companies for the periods presented or that may be achieved by the combined companies in the future. Future results may vary significantly from the results reflected in the following pro forma financial information because of future events and transactions, as well as other factors, many of which are beyond MasTec’s control.
The unaudited pro forma combined results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been prepared by adjusting the historical results of MasTec to include the historical results of the acquisitions described above as if they occurred January 1, 2010. These pro forma combined historical results were then adjusted for an increase in amortization expense due to the incremental intangible assets recorded related to the acquisitions and the reduction of interest income as a result of the cash consideration paid. The pro forma results of operations do not include any adjustments to eliminate the impact of acquisition related costs or any cost savings or other synergies that may result from these acquisitions. As noted above, the pro forma results of operations do not purport to be indicative of the actual results that would have been achieved by the combined company for the periods presented or that may be achieved by the combined company in the future. 

 	Year Ended December 31,	
 	2011	 	2010	
 	(unaudited, in millions)	
Revenue	$	3,115.6	
 	 	$	2,506.0	
 	
Net income	$	105.5	
 	 	$	85.6	

Revenues of $164.7 million and net income of $11.6 million resulting from the year over year incremental impact of the Company’s 2011 acquisitions are included in MasTec’s consolidated results of operations for year ended December 31, 2012. Revenues of $265.3 million and net income of $10.8 million resulting from the Company’s 2011 acquisitions are included in MasTec’s consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011. Acquisition costs of $1.6 million incurred in connection with these acquisitions were included in general and administrative costs for the year ended December 31, 2011.
Nsoro
On December 24, 2010, MasTec entered into an amendment to the asset purchase agreement with the seller of Nsoro, LLC ("Nsoro"), which was acquired by the Company in 2008. Under the revised terms, MasTec paid and delivered to the seller a one time $40 million cash payment plus 1,875,000 shares of MasTec common stock, which were restricted for one year from the date of issuance. These shares were valued at $27 million, based on the average market price five days before and after the terms of the amendment were agreed to and announced. The amendment significantly reduced potential future earn-out payments in exchange for upfront consideration. The total payment of upfront purchase price consideration, valued at $67 million, was recorded as additional goodwill. Future annual earn-out payments for the five years beginning in 2011 are calculated as 27.5% of domestic annualized earnings before tax in excess of $40 million, payable, at MasTec’s sole option, in either cash, shares of MasTec common stock, or any combination thereof. 
Nsoro is reported within the Company's Communications segment.
Other Investments
Through a 60%-owned consolidated subsidiary, MasTec owns a 34% interest in a rock extraction business in Panama (for a net beneficial ownership interest of 20.4%). This investment, which is a component of the Company's discontinued Globetec operation, is accounted for under the equity method of accounting, and is reflected within long-term assets of discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements. MasTec performed construction services for this investee and revenues of approximately $2.3 million, $3.7 million and $1.8 million are included within the Company's results from discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Receivables from this investee, which are reflected within assets held for sale in the consolidated financial statements, were approximately $3.7 million and $6.7 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, of which $4.3 million was classified as long term as of December 31, 2011.
The Company has certain other cost and equity method investments. None of these investments was material individually or in the aggregate as of any year presented. No impairment charges related to the Company's cost method investments nor the Company's equity method investments were recorded during the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012.
Note 4 – Discontinued Operations
DirectStar
In May 2012, Red Ventures exercised its option to acquire from the Company all of the issued and outstanding equity interests in DirectStar, which provides marketing and sales services on behalf of DIRECTV®. The sale of DirectStar to Red Ventures was consummated in June 2012. The Company sold DirectStar for a net sale price of $98.9 million in cash. The DirectStar Business is presented as a discontinued operation in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. 

76

Table of Contents

The following is a summary of assets and liabilities associated with the DirectStar Business as of the dates indicated (in millions):

 	May 31,
2012	 	December 31, 2011	
Assets:	 	 	 	
Current assets	$	12.0	
 	 	$	9.8	
 	
Property and equipment, net	1.2	
 	 	1.4	
 	
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net	104.0	
 	 	101.2	
 	
Assets of discontinued operations	$	117.2	
 	 	$	112.4	
 	
Liabilities:	 	 	 	
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	$	10.6	
 	 	$	9.6	
 	
Other current liabilities, including accrued earn-outs	7.4	
 	 	10.6	
 	
Liabilities of discontinued operations	$	18.0	
 	 	$	20.2	

Results from discontinued operations associated with the DirectStar Business for the periods indicated were as follows (in millions):

 	For the Years Ended
December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Revenue	$	60.2	
 	 	$	148.5	
 	 	$	143.3	
 	
Income from operations before provision for income taxes	6.2	
 	 	22.1	
 	 	42.9	
 	
Loss on disposal before provision for income taxes	(0.2	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Provision for income taxes	$	(2.3	)	 	$	(8.4	)	 	$	(16.3	)	
Net income from discontinued operations	$	3.7	
 	 	$	13.7	
 	 	$	26.6	

Globetec
In September 2012, the Company's board of directors voted to approve a plan of sale for its Globetec business. The decision to sell was made after evaluation of, among other things, short and long-term prospects of the Globetec operation. Accordingly, Globetec's projects and assets are reflected as assets and liabilities of discontinued operations in the consolidated balance sheets for all periods presented, and Globetec's results of operations are presented as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented.  
As of December 31, 2012, the carrying value of the subject net assets held-for-sale was $21.7 million. This amount is comprised of total assets of $26.3 million and total liabilities of $4.6 million. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recognized impairment charges of approximately $6.4 million pertaining to goodwill associated with the Globetec operation. In addition, the Company recognized additional estimated losses on disposal of approximately $6.3 million in connection with its decision to sell of the Globetec operation. This estimate was based on an evaluation of, among other things, the expected cash flows from the operation of the projects of the Globetec business, as well as the estimated net realizable value of the assets to be sold.
Management is currently in discussions with at least one potential buyer and is discussing a selling price which considers the Company's view of the estimated fair value of the net assets that have been classified as held-for-sale as of December 31, 2012. The Company's estimates are subject to change in the future. If the Company is not able to sell these projects and assets at the currently estimated selling price, the Company may incur additional losses in the future.

77

Table of Contents

The following is a summary of assets and liabilities associated with the Globetec operation as of the dates as indicated (in millions):

 	December 31, 2012	 	December 31, 2011	
Assets:	 	 	 	
Current assets	$	18.6	
 	 	$	20.8	
 	
Property and equipment, net	2.0	
 	 	2.2	
 	
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net	—	
 	 	6.4	
 	
Other long-term assets	5.7	
 	 	10.5	
 	
Assets of discontinued operations	$	26.3	
 	 	$	39.9	
 	
Liabilities:	 	 	 	
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	$	0.9	
 	 	$	6.1	
 	
Other current liabilities	3.7	
 	 	3.0	
 	
Liabilities of discontinued operations	$	4.6	
 	 	$	9.1	

Results from discontinued operations associated with Globetec for the periods indicated were as follows (in millions):

 	For the Years Ended
December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Revenue	$	18.8	
 	 	$	29.2	
 	 	$	21.7	
 	
Loss from operations before benefit from income taxes	(7.0	)	 	(7.4	)	 	(3.0	)	
Impairment of assets, disposal group, before benefit from income taxes	(12.7	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Benefit from income taxes	$	6.8	
 	 	$	2.2	
 	 	$	0.7	
 	
Net loss from discontinued operations	$	(12.9	)	 	$	(5.2	)	 	$	(2.3	)	

Included within the above results from discontinued operations for the DirectStar Business and Globetec are $0.6 million, $1.1 million and $0.9 million of depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.
Note 5 - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The following table sets forth information for the Company’s goodwill and intangible assets as of the dates indicated (in millions):

 	December 31, 2012	 	Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period	 	December 31, 2011	 	Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period	
Amortizing intangible assets: (1)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross carrying amount	$	129.4	
 	 	 	 	$	95.8	
 	 	 	
Less: accumulated amortization	(58.5	)	 	 	 	(51.3	)	 	 	
Amortizing intangible assets, net	$	70.9	
 	 	12 years	 	$	44.5	
 	 	14 years	
Non-amortizing intangible assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trade names	$	34.9	
 	 	 	 	$	34.9	
 	 	 	
Pre-qualifications	31.3	
 	 	 	 	31.3	
 	 	 	
Non-amortizing intangible assets	66.2	
 	 	 	 	66.2	
 	 	 	
Goodwill	$	820.3	
 	 	 	 	$	714.8	
 	 	 	
Goodwill and other intangible assets	$	957.4	
 	 	 	 	$	825.5	
 	 	 	
(1)Consists principally of customer relationships, backlog, trade names and non-compete agreements with finite lives.
See Note 4 - Discontinued Operations for information pertaining to goodwill and other intangible assets of discontinued operations.

78

Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of changes in goodwill and other intangible assets for the years indicated (in millions):

 	 	 	Other Intangible Assets	 	 	
 	Goodwill	 	Non-amortizing	 	Amortizing	 	Total	
Balance as of December 31, 2010	$	525.6	
 	 	$	34.9	
 	 	$	36.0	
 	 	$	596.5	
 	
Additions from new business combinations	177.4	
 	 	31.3	
 	 	22.4	
 	 	$	231.1	
 	
Accruals of acquisition-related contingent consideration  (a)	11.8	

 	 	
 	
 	 	$	11.8	
 	
Amortization expense	

 	
 	 	(13.9	)	 	$	(13.9	)	
Balance as of December 31, 2011	$	714.8	
 	 	$	66.2	
 	 	$	44.5	
 	 	$	825.5	
 	
Additions from new business combinations	80.2	
 	 	—	
 	 	38.6	
 	 	$	118.8	
 	
Accruals of acquisition-related contingent consideration  (a)	25.5	

 	 	$	25.5	
 	
Amortization expense	
 	 	
 	 	(12.2	)	 	$	(12.2	)	
Currency translation	(0.2	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	$	(0.2	)	
Balance as of December 31, 2012	$	820.3	
 	 	$	66.2	
 	 	$	70.9	
 	 	$	957.4	

(a)	Represents contingent consideration for acquisitions prior to January 1, 2009, which is only accrued as earned, in accordance with U.S. GAAP.	

The following table provides a reconciliation of changes in goodwill by reportable segment for the years indicated (in millions):

 	Communications	 	Electrical
Transmission	 	Oil & Gas	 	Power
Generation & Industrial	 	Total Goodwill	
Balance as of December 31, 2010	$	227.9	
 	 	$	8.8	
 	 	$	171.4	
 	 	$	117.5	
 	 	$	525.6	
 	
Additions from new business combinations	28.6	
 	 	120.7	
 	 	28.1	
 	 	—	
 	 	$	177.4	
 	
Accruals of acquisition-related contingent consideration  (a)	1.5	
 	 	—	
 	 	10.3	
 	 	—	
 	 	$	11.8	
 	
Balance as of December 31, 2011	$	258.0	
 	 	$	129.5	
 	 	$	209.8	
 	 	$	117.5	
 	 	$	714.8	
 	
Additions from new business combinations	36.5	
 	 	—	
 	 	43.7	
 	 	—	
 	 	$	80.2	
 	
Accruals of acquisition-related contingent consideration  (a)	7.7	
 	 	—	
 	 	17.8	
 	 	—	
 	 	$	25.5	
 	
Currency translation	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(0.2	)	 	—	
 	 	$	(0.2	)	
Balance as of December 31, 2012	$	302.2	
 	 	$	129.5	
 	 	$	271.1	
 	 	$	117.5	
 	 	$	820.3	

(a)	Represents contingent consideration for acquisitions prior to January 1, 2009, which is only accrued as earned, in accordance with U.S. GAAP.	
See Note 16 - Segments and Operations by Geographic Area for details pertaining to the Company's reportable segments.
Information about estimated future amortization expense associated with amortizing intangible assets, including those associated with preliminary purchase price allocations, is summarized in the following table (in millions):

 	Amortization 
Expense	
2013	$	16.4	
 	
2014	11.8	
 	
2015	9.0	
 	
2016	6.9	
 	
2017	5.3	
 	
Thereafter	21.5	
 	
Total	$	70.9	

Annual Impairment Review.  Management performs its annual impairment review of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives during the fourth quarter each year at the reporting unit level, which is one level below the Company's reportable segments. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment, also referred to as a component. Net assets of acquired businesses and related goodwill

79

Table of Contents

are allocated to the corresponding reporting units upon acquisition. Management identifies its Company’s reporting units by assessing whether components have discrete financial information available and if segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. To the extent that two or more components are deemed economically similar, those components are aggregated into one reporting unit for purposes of the Company’s annual goodwill impairment review. No components have been aggregated for the annual impairment review.

During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company assessed qualitative factors to determine whether it was more likely than not that the fair value of the Company’s reporting units were less than their carrying amounts as a basis for determining whether it was necessary to perform the traditional two-step goodwill impairment test. Based on these analyses, none of the Company’s reporting units were considered more likely than not to be impaired as of December 31, 2012 or 2011. During the year ended December 31, 2010,  management estimated the fair values of the Company’s reporting units using a discounted cash flow methodology, which incorporated five-year projections of revenues, operating costs and cash flows considering historical and anticipated future results, general economic and market conditions, as well as the impact of planned business and operational strategies. Management applied a discounted cash flow technique utilizing a terminal value equal to 5.5 times year five EBITDA, which is defined as income from continuing operations before non-controlling interests before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. The discount rate was estimated to be 8.5% per annum and represented the Company’s estimated cost of capital at the time of the analysis.  A 100 basis point change in the discount rate would not have had a material impact on the results of the impairment analyses.  Based upon the Company's analysis, the estimated fair values of the Company’s reporting units for its continuing operations businesses were determined to substantially exceed their carrying values for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. In September 2012, MasTec's board of directors approved a plan of sale for the Globetec business. In connection with its decision to sell Globetec, the Company recognized impairment losses of $12.7 million, including $6.4 million of goodwill impairment charges, during the third quarter of 2012.
       
During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company assessed qualitative factors to determine if it was more likely than not that the fair values of its indefinite-lived intangible assets were less than their carrying amounts. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, management estimated the fair values of its indefinite-lived intangible assets based on estimates of growth rates for the related businesses and estimated future economic conditions. Based upon the results of these analyses, there were no impairments of the Company's indefinite-lived intangible assets for its continuing operations businesses in any of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2012.

See Note 4 - Discontinued Operations for details of the Globetec discontinued operation.

Note 6 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments as of the dates indicated were as follows (in millions):     

 	December 31, 2012	 	December 31, 2011	
 	Carrying
Amount	 	Fair
Value	 	Carrying
Amount	 	Fair
Value	
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies	$	11.9	
 	 	$	11.9	
 	 	$	10.6	
 	 	$	10.6	
 	
Auction rate securities	14.4	
 	 	14.4	
 	 	13.6	
 	 	13.6	

Liabilities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred compensation plan liabilities	$	3.3	
 	 	$	3.3	
 	 	$	2.2	
 	 	$	2.2	
 	
Acquisition-related contingent consideration	143.6	
 	 	143.6	
 	 	80.5	
 	 	80.5	
 	
7.625% senior notes	150.0	
 	 	154.9	
 	 	150.0	
 	 	156.4	
 	
Original 4.0% Notes	9.7	
 	 	15.9	
 	 	9.7	
 	 	12.5	
 	
Original 4.25% Notes	3.0	
 	 	5.1	
 	 	3.0	
 	 	4.0	
 	
New 4.0% Notes	100.9	
 	 	101.5	
 	 	98.2	
 	 	99.4	
 	
New 4.25% Notes	92.1	
 	 	92.7	
 	 	89.9	
 	 	91.1	

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values of financial instruments:
Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance Policies.Cash surrender values of life insurance policies are based on current cash surrender values as quoted by insurance carriers. Life insurance policies support the Company’s split dollar agreements and deferred compensation plan assets.
Auction Rate Securities.  The fair value of the Company’s auction rate securities was estimated by an independent valuation firm, Houlihan Capital Advisors, LLC, using a probability weighted discounted cash flow model.
Deferred Compensation Plan Liabilities. Deferred compensation plan liabilities are based on employee deferrals, together with Company matching contributions, which are valued according to employee-directed investment options. The fair value of deferred compensation plan liabilities is based on quoted market prices of the underlying employees' investment selections.  See Note 12 - Stock-Based Compensation and Other Employee Benefit Plans.

80

Table of Contents

Acquisition-Related Contingent Consideration Acquisition-related contingent consideration in the table above represents the estimated fair value of additional future earn-outs payable for acquisitions of businesses that closed after January 1, 2009, in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The fair value of such acquisition-related contingent consideration is based on management’s estimates and entity-specific assumptions and is evaluated on an on-going basis. The Company completed eight acquisitions during 2012 and 2011, as described in Note 3 - Acquisitions and Other Investments, most of which include earn-out agreements.
Debt. The estimated fair values of the Company’s 7.625% senior notes and Original Notes, which are measured on a nonrecurring basis, are based on quoted market prices, a Level 1 input. The estimated fair value of the debt component of the Company’s New Notes is calculated using an income approach, based on a discounted cash flow model.  This method is based on management’s estimates of the Company’s market interest rate for a similar nonconvertible instrument. 
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
As of December 31, 2012, the Company held certain assets and liabilities required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The fair value hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. In instances in which the inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the fair value measurement classification below has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Management’s assessment of the significance of a particular item to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset or liability. The fair values of financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis were determined using the following inputs as of the dates indicated (in millions):

 	 	 	Fair Value Measurements
Using Inputs Considered as Significant	
 	Fair Value as of
December 31, 2012	 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies	$	11.9	
 	 	$	11.9	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Auction rate securities	$	14.4	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	$	14.4	

Liabilities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred compensation plan liabilities	$	3.3	
 	 	$	3.3	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Acquisition-related contingent consideration	$	143.6	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	$	143.6	

 	 	 	Fair Value Measurements
Using Inputs Considered as Significant	
 	Fair Value as of
December 31,
2011	 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies	$	10.6	
 	 	$	10.6	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Auction rate securities	$	13.6	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	$	13.6	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred compensation plan liabilities	$	2.2	
 	 	$	2.2	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Acquisition-related contingent consideration	$	80.5	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	$	80.5	
 	
The following tables provide a reconciliation between the beginning and ending balances of items measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs for the periods indicated (in millions).

81

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Auction Rate Securities	

Assets	Student
Loan	 	Structured
Finance
Securities	 	Total	
Balances as of December 31, 2010	$	16.4	
 	 	$	2.6	
 	 	$	19.0	
 	
Redemption or sale of securities, cost basis	(4.6	)	 	—	
 	 	(4.6	)	
Reversal of unrealized losses on redeemed or sold securities	0.5	
 	 	—	
 	 	0.5	
 	
Changes in fair value recorded in earnings	—	
 	 	(0.6	)	 	(0.6	)	
Changes in unrealized (losses) gains included in other comprehensive income	(0.4	)	 	(0.3	)	 	(0.7	)	
Balances as of December 31, 2011	$	11.9	
 	 	$	1.7	
 	 	$	13.6	
 	
Changes in fair value recorded in earnings	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Changes in unrealized (losses) gains included in other comprehensive income	(0.2	)	 	1.0	
 	 	0.8	
 	
Balances as of December 31, 2012	$	11.7	
 	 	$	2.7	
 	 	$	14.4	

Liabilities	Acquisition-Related
Contingent Consideration	 	 	 	 	
Balance as of December 31, 2010	$	45.0	
 	 	 	 	 	
Additions from new business combinations	47.7	
 	 	 	 	 	
Payments of contingent consideration	(12.2	)	 	 	 	 	
Balance as of December 31, 2011	$	80.5	
 	 	 	 	 	
Additions from new business combinations	66.7	
 	 	 	 	 	
Payments of contingent consideration	(3.6	)	 	 	 	 	
Valuation gains/losses recorded in earnings	—	
 	 	 	 	 	
Balance as of December 31, 2012	$	143.6	

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
Assets and liabilities recognized or disclosed at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include items such as equity method investments, goodwill and long-lived assets, which are initially measured at fair value, and are subsequently remeasured in the event of an impairment or other measurement event, if applicable. Except for the assets and liabilities associated with the Globetec operation, which the Company reclassified as held-for-sale in the third quarter of 2012 and the Company’s equity investment in EC Source, which was remeasured in connection with the Company’s acquisition of EC Source’s remaining equity interests in the second quarter of 2011, the Company had no significant assets or liabilities required to be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of either December 31, 2012 or 2011.
Note 7 - Securities Available For Sale
The Company’s securities available for sale consist of auction rate securities, which represent i) interests in pools of student loans guaranteed by the U.S. government under the Federal Family Education Loan Program and ii) a structured finance security. The structured finance security has an attached credit default swap under which the principal value of the structured finance security would be partially or fully forfeited at net default rates on the underlying corporate debt obligations ranging from 8% to 9%. The net default rate as of December 31, 2012 was estimated to be 6.22%. The structured finance security is fully collateralized by investment grade credit-linked notes made up of floating rate international bank notes, which are alternatively available to cover potential claims under the credit default swap in case of forfeiture.
Due to liquidity issues in the auction rate securities market, there was insufficient observable market data to determine the fair values of the Company’s auction rate securities as of December 31, 2012 or 2011. Therefore, their respective fair values were estimated by an independent valuation firm, Houlihan Capital Advisors, LLC, using a probability weighted discounted cash flow model. The valuation of these securities is sensitive to market conditions and management’s judgment and can change significantly based on the assumptions used. The following tables set forth the fair values of the Company’s auction rate securities by type of security and underlying credit rating as of the dates indicated (in millions):

82

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Underlying Credit Rating (1)	
As of December 31, 2012	AA-	 	BB	 	CCC	 	Total	
Student loans	$	9.1	
 	 	$	2.6	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	11.7	
 	
Structured finance securities	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	2.7	
 	 	$	2.7	
 	
Total auction rate securities	$	9.1	
 	 	$	2.6	
 	 	$	2.7	
 	 	$	14.4	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Underlying Credit Rating (1)	
As of December 31, 2011	AAA	 	CCC	 	Total	
Student loans	$	11.9	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	11.9	
 	
Structured finance securities	—	
 	 	1.7	
 	 	$	1.7	
 	
Total auction rate securities	$	11.9	
 	 	$	1.7	
 	 	$	13.6	

(1)	The Company’s auction rate securities maintain split ratings. For purposes of this table, securities are categorized according to their lowest rating.	
        
As of December 31, 2012, the yields on the Company’s auction-rate securities ranged from 1.68% to 2.37%. These yields represent the predetermined “maximum” reset rates that occur upon auction failures according to the specific terms within each security’s governing documents. The issuers have been making interest payments when due. Total interest earned for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.7 million, respectively.
Structured Finance Auction Rate Securities
The Company’s structured finance security, for which cumulative credit losses of $3.3 million have been recognized through December 31, 2012, had a par value of $5.0 million and a cost basis of $1.7 million as of December 31, 2012. If unrealized losses are believed to be other-than-temporary, an impairment charge is recorded. Following the sale of two of the Company’s structured finance securities as discussed below, management determined that it no longer met the criteria for intent to hold with respect to its remaining structured finance security. Accordingly, declines in this security’s cost basis are recognized in earnings. Increases are recorded in other comprehensive income, net of applicable income taxes. Unrealized gains associated with the Company's structured finance security totaled $1.0 million as of December 31, 2012.
        No other than temporary impairment losses were recognized in connection with the Company’s structured finance securities during the year ended December 31, 2012. Details of other than temporary impairment losses recognized for the periods indicated are as follows (in millions):

 	For the Years Ended
December 31,	
 	2011	 	2010	
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities available for sale	$	0.6	
 	 	$	1.2	
 	
Less: Unrealized losses on securities available for sale, recognized in other comprehensive income	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Unrealized losses on securities available for sale, recognized in earnings	$	0.6	
 	 	$	1.2	

In 2010, the Company sold two of its three structured finance auction rate securities for $7.0 million. The sold securities had a cost basis of $6.6 million, with cumulative credit losses of $4.6 million recognized in prior periods. The cumulative credit losses were partially offset by a realized gain of $0.4 million on the sale transaction, for a cumulative net realized loss of $4.2 million on disposal. Details of the securities sold, as of the date of sale, are as follows (in millions):

Par value	$	11.2	
 	
Cost basis	$	6.6	
 	
Fair value	$	5.7	
 	
Cumulative realized losses	$	4.2	
 	
Accumulated losses in other comprehensive income, net of tax	$	0.6	

Student Loan Auction Rate Securities
In the second quarter of 2011, the issuer of one of the Company’s student loan auction rate securities redeemed its security at its par value of $4.6 million. In connection with the redemption, $0.5 million of cumulative unrealized losses, and the corresponding tax impact of $0.2 million, were eliminated from other comprehensive income. Management believes the temporary unrealized decline in estimated fair value as of December 31, 2012 associated with its remaining student loan auction rate securities is primarily attributable to the limited liquidity of these investments and overall market volatility. The Company expects to recover the remaining cost basis of its student loan auction rate securities, and does not intend to sell, or believe that

83

Table of Contents

it will more likely than not be required to sell its student loan auction rate securities before recovery of their cost basis, which may be at maturity. Cumulative gross unrealized losses on the Company’s student loan auction rate securities totaled $1.2 million and $1.0 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, or $0.6 million net of applicable income taxes as of both December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which were reflected as a component of other comprehensive income.
Auction Rate Securities – Reconciliation of Cost Basis to Fair Value    
The Company's student loan auction rate securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for over twelve months. The cost basis, gross cumulative unrealized (losses) gains and estimated fair values of the Company’s auction rate securities as of the dates indicated were as follows (in millions):

 	December 31, 2012	
 	 Adjusted Cost Basis (1)	 	Gross Cumulative
Unrealized
(Losses)/Gains	 	Fair Value	
Auction rate securities – student loans	$	12.9	
 	 	$	(1.2	)	 	$	11.7	
 	
Auction rate securities – structured finance securities	1.7	
 	 	1.0	
 	 	2.7	
 	
Total auction rate securities	$	14.6	
 	 	$	(0.2	)	 	$	14.4	

 	December 31, 2011	
 	Adjusted
Cost Basis (1)	 	Gross Cumulative
   Unrealized
(Losses) Gains	 	Fair Value	
Auction rate securities – student loans	$	12.9	
 	 	$	(1.0	)	 	$	11.9	
 	
Auction rate securities – structured finance securities	1.7	
 	 	—	
 	 	1.7	
 	
Total auction rate securities	$	14.6	
 	 	$	(1.0	)	 	$	13.6	

(1)	Adjusted cost basis reflects adjustments for credit and other losses recognized in earnings on our structured finance security. Cumulative adjustments to the cost basis of securities held as of both December 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $3.3 million. Par value of securities held as of both December 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $17.9 million.	
As of December 31, 2012, contractual maturities of the Company’s student loan auction rate securities range from 15 to 35 years, and for the structured finance security, 4 years.
Note 8 - Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowance
Accounts receivable, net of allowance, which is classified as current, is composed of the following as of the dates indicated (in millions):

 	December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	
Contract billings	$	522.0	
 	 	$	395.7	
 	
Retainage	113.5	
 	 	41.7	
 	
Costs and earnings in excess of billings	252.8	
 	 	228.7	
 	
Accounts receivable, gross	$	888.3	
 	 	$	666.1	
 	
Less allowance for doubtful accounts	(11.2	)	 	(7.6	)	
Accounts receivable, net	$	877.1	
 	 	$	658.5	

Retainage, which has been billed, but is not due until completion of performance and acceptance by customers, is generally expected to be collected within one year. Receivables expected to be collected beyond one year are recorded in other long-term assets. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses, both for specific customers and as a reserve against other balances, resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. Amounts charged against the allowance primarily represent the write-off of accounts which had been fully reserved previously. Activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts for our continuing operations business for the periods indicated is as follows (in millions):

84

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	
Allowance for doubtful accounts at beginning of year	$	7.6	
 	 	$	8.3	
 	
Provision for doubtful accounts	6.9	
 	 	2.0	
 	
Amounts charged against the allowance	(3.3	)	 	(2.7	)	
Allowance for doubtful accounts at end of year	$	11.2	
 	 	$	7.6	

The Company has trade receivables for certain “pay-when-paid” projects, which provide for payment through September 2016. These receivables, which are included within assets of discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements, have been recorded at their respective net present values, with the non-current portion recorded within long-term assets of discontinued operations. Imputed interest is recognized as interest income as earned, and is reflected within the results of operations from discontinued operations. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, $6.3 million and $6.8 million were outstanding, respectively, with $4.3 million and $4.8 million, respectively, recorded in long-term assets of discontinued operations.
Certain of the Company’s international subsidiaries included within discontinued operations utilized the factoring of accounts receivable as short-term financing mechanisms. The amount of related receivables sold during the periods ended, or outstanding as of both December 31, 2012 and 2011, was not material.
Note 9 - Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net, including property and equipment held under capital leases, is composed of the following as of the dates indicated (in millions):

 	December 31,	 	 	
 	2012	 	2011	 	Estimated Useful Lives
(In Years)	
Land	$	4.8	
 	 	$	4.7	
 	 	 	
Buildings and leasehold improvements	15.4	
 	 	12.5	
 	 	5 – 40	
Machinery and equipment	518.3	
 	 	381.6	
 	 	2 – 15	
Office furniture and equipment	92.8	
 	 	76.9	
 	 	3 – 7	
Total property and equipment	$	631.3	
 	 	$	475.7	
 	 	 	
Less accumulated depreciation	(280.9	)	 	(212.7	)	 	 	
Property and equipment, net	$	350.4	
 	 	$	263.0	

Depreciation expense from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $79.8 million, $60.2 million and $44.0 million, respectively.

Note 10 - Debt
The carrying value of debt is composed of the following as of the dates indicated (in millions):

 	 	 	 	December 31,	
 Description	 	Maturity Date	 	2012	 	2011	
Credit facility	 	August 22, 2016	 	$	134.0	
 	 	$	60.0	
 	
7.625% senior notes	 	February 1, 2017	 	150.0	
 	 	150.0	
 	
New 4.0% Notes, $105.3 million principal amount	 	June 15, 2014	 	100.9	
 	 	98.2	
 	
New 4.25% Notes, $97.0 million principal amount	 	December 15, 2014	 	92.1	
 	 	89.9	
 	
Original 4.0% Notes	 	June 15, 2014	 	9.7	
 	 	9.7	
 	
Original 4.25% Notes	 	December 15, 2014	 	3.0	
 	 	3.0	
 	
Capital lease obligations, weighted average interest rate of 2.9%	 	In installments through June 2019	 	79.0	
 	 	40.6	
 	
Notes payable for equipment, weighted average interest rate of 4.0%	 	In installments through May 2018	 	30.2	
 	 	43.4	
 	
Total debt	 	$	598.9	
 	 	$	494.8	
 	
Less current maturities	 	(52.6	)	 	(34.1	)	
Long-term debt	 	$	546.3	
 	 	$	460.7	

85

Table of Contents

Credit Facility    
In August 2011, the Company entered into an amendment to its previous credit facility, which amended and restated the Company’s previous credit facility in its entirety, expanded maximum available borrowing capacity from $260 million to $600 million and extended the maturity date from May 2013 until August 2016. The amended Credit Facility allows the Company to borrow up to the full $600 million of availability, provided that the Company is in compliance with all of the terms and provisions of the Credit Facility.
The Credit Facility provides for a $600 million senior secured revolving credit facility maturing on August 22, 2016. Up to $350 million of the Credit Facility is available for the issuance of letters of credit. Subject to certain terms in the Credit Facility, the Company has the option to increase its revolving commitments and/or establish term loans of up to $200 million in total. Borrowings under the Credit Facility will be used to refinance existing indebtedness and for working capital, capital expenditures and other corporate purposes, including the repurchase or prepayment of indebtedness; however, the Credit Facility restricts the repurchase or prepayment of certain unsecured indebtedness, including the Company’s senior notes due 2017 and senior convertible notes due 2014, unless the Company has at least $50 million of remaining liquidity (as defined in the Credit Facility) after any such repurchase or prepayment.  
The Credit Facility requires that the Company maintain a consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Facility) at or below 3.50 to 1.00 and a consolidated interest coverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Facility) at or above 3.00 to 1.00. Subject to customary exceptions, the Credit Facility also limits the Company’s ability to engage in certain activities, including acquisitions, mergers and consolidations, debt incurrence, investments, capital expenditures, asset sales, debt prepayments, lien incurrence and the making of distributions on or repurchases of capital stock. 
Amounts borrowed under the Credit Facility will bear interest, at the Company’s option, at a rate equal to either (a) the eurocurrency rate (as defined in the Credit Facility), plus a margin of 1.50% to 2.50%, as determined based on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Facility) as of the most recent fiscal quarter, or (b) the base rate, which is equal to the highest of (i) the federal funds rate (as defined in the Credit Facility) plus 0.5%, (ii) Bank of America’s prime rate and (iii) the eurocurrency rate plus 1.00%, plus a margin of 0.50% to 1.50%, as determined based on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio as of the most recent fiscal quarter. Financial standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit issued under the Credit Facility are subject to a letter of credit fee of 1.50% to 2.50% and performance standby letters of credit are subject to a letter of credit fee of 0.75% to 1.25% in each case, based on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio as of the most recent fiscal quarter. The Company must also pay a commitment fee to the lenders on any unused availability under the Credit Facility, which is equal to 0.25% to 0.45%, based on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio as of the then most recent fiscal quarter.  
As of December 31, 2012, the Company had outstanding revolving loans of $134.0 million and approximately $120.8 million of letters of credit issued under the Credit Facility. The remaining $345.2 million of Credit Facility borrowing capacity as of December 31, 2012 was available for revolving loans or up to $229.2 million of new letters of credit. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding revolving loans of $60.0 million and approximately $90.0 million of letters of credit issued under the Credit Facility. Outstanding letters of credit mature at various dates and most have automatic renewal provisions, subject to prior notice of cancellation. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, interest on outstanding revolving loans accrued at a rate of approximately 3.95% and 2.94% per annum, respectively. As of both December 31, 2012 and 2011, interest on outstanding letters of credit accrued at either 1% or 2% per annum, based on the type of letter of credit issued, as described above. The unused facility fee as of both December 31, 2012 and 2011 was 0.35%.
The Credit Facility is guaranteed by certain of the Company’s 100%-owned direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries. It is collateralized by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the Company’s assets and the assets of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, as well as a pledge of the outstanding equity interests in certain of the Company’s operating subsidiaries.  The Credit Facility also provides for customary events of default and contains cross-default provisions with the Company’s other significant debt instruments, including the Company’s indemnity agreement with its surety provider, as well as customary remedies upon an event of default (as defined in the Credit Facility), including the acceleration of repayment of outstanding amounts and other remedies with respect to the collateral securing the Credit Facility obligations.
Senior Convertible Notes
New Senior Convertible Notes.  During the first quarter of 2011, the Company exchanged $105.3 million of its Original 4.0% Notes and $97.0 million of its Original 4.25% Notes for identical principal amounts of New 4.0% Notes and New 4.25% Notes, respectively, for an exchange fee of approximately 50 basis points, or 0.5%, of the aggregate principal amount of the notes exchanged. The terms of the New Convertible Notes are substantially identical to those of the Original Convertible Notes, except that the New Convertible Notes have an optional physical (share), cash or combination settlement feature and contain certain conditional conversion features. Exchange fees of approximately $1.0 million will be recognized over the remaining life of the New Convertible Notes as interest expense. Transaction costs of approximately $0.7 million  were recognized within general and administrative expenses beginning in 2010 through March 31, 2011. During 2011, an immaterial principal amount of Original Convertible Notes was converted into shares of the Company’s common stock.
The New Convertible Notes are convertible at any time during the three months immediately preceding their respective maturity dates; prior to such time, however, the New Convertible Notes are convertible only if one of the following three conditions is satisfied:
 	 	
(i)	if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock is greater than or equal to 130% of the applicable conversion price of the New Convertible Notes during at least 20 of the last 30 consecutive trading days ending on and including the last trading day of a calendar quarter, then the applicable New Convertible Notes may be converted during the immediately following calendar quarter (and only during such calendar quarter); 	
 	 	
(ii)	if after any five consecutive trading-day period in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of New Convertible Notes for each trading day during such period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and	

86

Table of Contents

the applicable conversion rate, then the applicable New Convertible Notes may be converted during the immediately following five business day period; or 
 	 	
(iii)	if the Company effects certain distributions to its shareholders or if the Company is party to a consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, or a sale, transfer, lease or other conveyance of all or substantially all of its assets, pursuant to which the Company’s common stock would be converted into or exchanged for, or would constitute solely the right to receive, cash, securities or other assets, or in the case of certain other fundamental changes, then the New Convertible Notes may be converted during the period that is 45 trading days prior to the ex-dividend date or the initial anticipated effective date of the transaction, as applicable. 	
The Company has divided the principal balance of the New Convertible Notes between the fair value of the debt component and the fair value of the common stock conversion feature. Using an income approach, management discounted the values of the New Convertible Notes at an estimated rate of 6.73%, which represents the estimated market interest rate for a similar nonconvertible instrument as of the date of the exchange. The resulting total debt discount of $17.4 million for the New Convertible Notes will be accreted to interest expense over the remaining terms of the New Convertible Notes.  This will increas e  interest expense during the term of the New Convertible Notes above their 4.0% and 4.25% cash coupon interest rates to an effective interest rate of 6.73%.  As of December 31, 2012, the remaining period of amortization associated with the debt discount and related financing costs was approximately 2 years. The fair value of the common stock conversion feature is recorded as a component of shareholders’ equity.
The carrying values of the debt and equity components of the New Notes as of the dates indicated are as follows (in millions):

 	December 31, 2012	 	December 31, 2011	
 	New 4.0% Senior
Convertible Notes	 	New 4.25% Senior
Convertible Notes	 	New 4.0% Senior
Convertible Notes	 	New 4.25% Senior
Convertible Notes	
Principal amount	$	105.3	
 	 	$	97.0	
 	 	$	105.3	
 	 	$	97.0	
 	
Unamortized debt discount and financing costs	(4.4	)	 	(4.9	)	 	(7.1	)	 	(7.1	)	
Net carrying amount of debt component	$	100.9	
 	 	$	92.1	
 	 	$	98.2	
 	 	$	89.9	
 	
Carrying amount of equity component	$	8.9	
 	 	$	8.5	
 	 	$	8.9	
 	 	$	8.5	

The New Convertible Notes are guaranteed by the Company’s subsidiaries that guarantee the Original Convertible Notes.
Original Senior Convertible Notes.  In November 2009, the Company issued $100 million of Original 4.25% Notes due December 15, 2014 in a private placement. Of this amount, $97.0 million was canceled and exchanged in the first quarter of 2011 for a like principal amount of New 4.25% Notes in connection with our debt exchange as discussed above.  The Original 4.25% Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.25% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears, on June 15 and December 15 of each year. On or prior to December 12, 2014, holders may convert their Original 4.25% Notes into shares of MasTec common stock at an initial conversion rate of 64.6162 shares of MasTec common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Original 4.25% Notes, which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $15.48 per share, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustment terms for these types of notes. Approximately $3.7 million in financing costs were incurred in connection with the issuance of the Original 4.25% Notes. These deferred financing costs are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet and are being amortized over the term of the Original 4.25% Notes.
In June 2009, the Company issued $115 million of Original 4.0% Notes due June 15, 2014 in a registered offering. Of this amount, $105.3 million was canceled and exchanged in the first quarter of 2011 for a like principal amount of New 4.0% Notes in connection with our debt exchange as discussed above. The Original 4.0% Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.0% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears, on June 15 and December 15 of each year. On or prior to June 13, 2014, holders may convert their Original 4.0% Notes into shares of MasTec common stock at an initial conversion rate of 63.4417 shares of MasTec common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Original 4.0% Notes, which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $15.76 per share, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustment terms for these types of notes. Approximately $5.4 million in financing costs were incurred in connection with the issuance of the Original 4.0% Notes, which are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet and are being amortized over the term of the Original 4.0% Notes.
The 4.25% and 4.0% senior convertible notes are guaranteed by certain of the Company's 100%-owned direct and indirect domestic operating subsidiaries. There are no financial covenants on these notes, however, there are certain nonfinancial provisions and covenants associated with these notes.  
As of December 31, 2012, an aggregate principal amount of $12.7 million of Original Convertible Notes was outstanding.
Senior Notes
The Company has $150 million of outstanding 7.625% senior notes due February 2017, with interest due semi-annually. The Senior Notes contain default (including cross-default) provisions and covenants restricting many of the same transactions as under the Company’s Credit Facility. The indenture that governs the Senior Notes allows the Company to incur additional indebtedness to the extent that the Company’s fixed charge coverage ratio, as therein defined, is at least 2:1. The fixed charge coverage ratio is calculated as consolidated EBITDA for the most recent four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, divided by fixed charges for such four quarter period, as such terms are defined in the indenture. If the fixed charge coverage ratio is less than 2:1, the Company is still permitted to incur the following additional indebtedness, among others: credit facilities under a defined threshold, renewals to existing debt permitted under the indenture, capital lease obligations up to 5% of the Company’s consolidated net assets, plus an additional $50 million of indebtedness at any time the Senior Notes remain outstanding. The Senior Notes are guaranteed

87

Table of Contents

by certain of the Company’s operating subsidiaries.  
Acquisition Debt
In connection with certain acquisitions, the Company has entered into or assumed certain debt and/or capital lease obligations. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, $20.6 million and $29.9 million, respectively, of this acquisition-related debt remained outstanding. Except for one note with an immaterial principal balance as of December 31, 2012, there are no financial covenants associated with this acquisition-related debt.
Debt Guarantees and Covenants
The Company’s Senior Notes, New Convertible Notes and Original Convertible Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured, unsubordinated, joint and several basis by certain of the Company's existing and future 100%-owned direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries that are guarantors of the Company's Credit Facility or other outstanding indebtedness.  See supplemental financial information in Note 21 - Supplemental Guarantor Financial Information.
MasTec was in compliance with all provisions and covenants pertaining to its outstanding debt instruments as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. 
Contractual Maturities of Debt Obligations
Contractual maturities of MasTec’s debt and capital lease obligations as of December 31, 2012 were as follows (in millions):

2013	$	52.6	
 	
2014	233.9	
 	
2015	18.4	
 	
2016	141.6	
 	
2017	152.0	
 	
Thereafter	0.4	
 	
Total	$	598.9	

See Note 11 – Lease Obligations for additional information.
Interest Expense, Net
Details of interest expense, net, classified within continuing operations for the periods indicated is as follows (in millions):

 	Year Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Interest expense:	 	 	 	 	 	
Contractual and other interest expense	$	27.5	
 	 	$	26.1	
 	 	$	26.6	
 	
Accretion of senior convertible note discount	4.9	
 	 	4.2	
 	 	—	
 	
Deferred financing costs and commitment fees	5.4	
 	 	4.7	
 	 	3.6	
 	
Total interest expense	$	37.8	
 	 	$	35.0	
 	 	$	30.2	
 	
Interest income	(0.4	)	 	(0.5	)	 	(1.0	)	
Interest expense, net	$	37.4	
 	 	$	34.5	
 	 	$	29.2	
 	
Note 11 - Lease Obligations
Capital Leases
MasTec enters into agreements that provide financing for various machinery and equipment that expire on various dates. Leases meeting certain criteria are capitalized, with the related asset being recorded in property and equipment and an offsetting amount recorded as a liability. Capital lease additions are reflected in the consolidated statements of cash flows within the supplemental disclosures of non-cash information. Assets held under capital lease totaled $102.2 million and $27.7 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
In January 2011, the Company modified the terms of certain of its equipment operating leases. These modifications led to a change in the classification of the corresponding leases from operating to capital as of the effective date of the lease modifications. Accordingly, $23.4 million of capital lease assets and corresponding capital lease obligations were recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2011.

88

Table of Contents

Operating Leases
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into non-cancelable operating leases for certain of its facility, vehicle and equipment needs, including related party leases. These leases allow the Company to conserve cash and provide flexibility in that the Company pays a monthly rental fee for the use of related facilities, vehicles and equipment rather than purchasing them. The terms of these agreements vary from lease to lease, including some with renewal options and escalation clauses. The Company may decide to cancel or terminate a lease before the end of its term, in which case the Company is typically liable for the remaining lease payments under the term of the lease. For operating leases with purchase options, the option to purchase equipment is at estimated fair market value. Rent expense relating to operating leases, including short term rentals, reflected within continuing operations, was approximately $222.5 million, $168.8 million and $129.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Future Lease Commitments
Minimum future lease commitments under capital leases and non-cancelable operating leases, including the effect of escalation clauses in effect as of December 31, 2012, were as follows (in millions):

 	Capital Leases	 	Operating Leases	
2013	$	31.2	
 	 	$	37.2	
 	
2014	21.5	
 	 	23.4	
 	
2015	16.5	
 	 	14.6	
 	
2016	9.0	
 	 	7.0	
 	
2017	3.6	
 	 	4.0	
 	
Thereafter	0.4	
 	 	0.8	
 	
Total minimum lease payments	$	82.2	
 	 	$	87.0	
 	
Less amounts representing interest	(3.2	)	 	 	
Total capital lease obligations, net of interest	$	79.0	
 	 	 	
Less current portion	(31.0	)	 	 	
Long term portion of capital lease obligations, net of interest	$	48.0	
 	 	 	
Note 12 – Stock-Based Compensation and Other Employee Benefit Plans
The Company has certain stock-based compensation plans with stock options and restricted share awards outstanding as of December 31, 2012: the 2003 Employee Stock Incentive Plan, as amended; the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employees, as amended; and individual option and restricted stock agreements. The Directors’ Plan expired in 2004 and no future stock options can be granted under this plan. In addition, the MasTec, Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2011 ESPP”) replaced the 1997 Non-Qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan as of July 1, 2011. Under the 2011 ESPP, 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock are available for purchase at a discount by eligible employees. Under plans currently in effect, there were a total of 3,947,895 shares available for grant as of December 31, 2012.
Restricted Share Awards
MasTec grants restricted share awards, which are valued based on the market price of MasTec common stock on the date of grant. Total unearned compensation related to restricted share awards as of December 31, 2012 was approximately $8.3 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2 years. The total intrinsic value, or fair value, of restricted share awards that vested, which is based on the market price on the date of vesting, was $7.3 million, $11.1 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Following is a summary of restricted share award activity during the years indicated:

 	Restricted
Shares	 	Weighted Average  
Grant Date
Fair Value	
Non-vested restricted shares, as of December 31, 2010	1,009,777	
 	 	$	9.32	
 	
Granted	364,784	
 	 	17.06	
 	
Vested	(646,531	)	 	8.00	
 	
Canceled/forfeited	(11,250	)	 	9.80	
 	
Non-vested restricted shares, as of December 31, 2011	716,780	
 	 	$	14.45	
 	
Granted	397,623	
 	 	21.22	
 	
Vested	(347,889	)	 	12.68	
 	
Canceled/forfeited	(11,500	)	 	15.02	
 	
Non-vested restricted shares, as of December 31, 2012	755,014	
 	 	$	18.82	

89

Table of Contents

Stock Options
The Company has granted options to purchase its common stock to employees and members of the Board of Directors and affiliates under various stock option plans at not less than the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. No stock options have been granted since 2006.
The following is a summary of stock option activity during the years indicated:

 	Stock 
Options	 	Weighted Average  
Exercise Price	 	Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life   (years)	 	Aggregate Intrinsic
Value (1)  
(in millions)	
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2010	2,588,170	
 	 	$	10.27	
 	 	3.87	 	$	11.2	
 	
Exercised	(1,132,396	)	 	10.25	
 	 	 	 	 	
Canceled/forfeited	(10,000	)	 	13.95	
 	 	 	 	 	
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2011	1,445,774	
 	 	$	10.25	
 	 	3.16	 	$	10.3	
 	
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2011	1,445,774	
 	 	$	10.25	
 	 	3.16	 	$	10.3	

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2011	1,445,774	
 	 	$	10.25	
 	 	3.16	 	$	10.3	
 	
Exercised	(391,949	)	 	9.46	
 	 	 	 	 	
Canceled/forfeited	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	 	 	 	
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2012	1,053,825	
 	 	$	10.55	
 	 	2.31	 	$	15.2	
 	
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2012	1,053,825	
 	 	$	10.55	
 	 	2.31	 	$	15.2	

(1) 	Amount represents the difference between the exercise price and the market price of the Company’s stock on the last trading day of the corresponding period, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options.	
All outstanding stock options were fully vested as of December 31, 2011. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, which is based on the difference between the exercise price and the market price of the Company’s stock at the date of exercise, was $5.1 million, $10.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively. Proceeds from options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, totaled $3.7 million, $11.6 million and $2.6 million, respectively.
Stock Based Compensation Expense and Related Tax Benefit
     Details of stock based compensation expense and related tax benefits for the periods indicated are as follows (in millions):

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Stock based compensation expense:	 	 	 	 	 	
Restricted share awards	$	4.4	
 	 	$	3.6	
 	 	$	3.8	
 	
Stock options	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	0.1	
 	
Total stock based compensation expense	$	4.4	
 	 	$	3.6	
 	 	$	3.9	
 	
Income tax benefit from stock based compensation:	 	 	 	 	 	
   Restricted share awards	$	1.8	
 	 	$	3.4	
 	 	$	1.3	
 	
Stock options	0.7	
 	 	2.9	
 	 	(0.3	)	
Total income tax benefit from stock based compensation	$	2.5	
 	 	$	6.3	
 	 	$	1.0	
 	
Excess tax benefit from stock based compensation:	 	 	 	 	 	
   Vested restricted shares (1)    	$	0.1	
 	 	$	2.1	
 	 	$	—	
 	
Stock options exercised (1)	0.7	
 	 	5.7	
 	 	—	
 	
Total excess tax benefit from stock based compensation (1)	$	0.8	
 	 	$	7.8	
 	 	$	—	

(1) 	Excess tax benefits, which represent cash flows from tax deductions in excess of compensation expense recognized for stock options exercised and vested restricted shares, are classified as financing cash flows in the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows.	
401(k) Plan. MasTec has a 401(k) plan covering all eligible employees. Subject to certain dollar limits, eligible employees may contribute up to 75% of their pre-tax annual compensation to the 401(k) plan. Effective January 1, 2011, MasTec increased its 100% match of employee contributions from 1% to 2.5% of the employee’s salary, capped at $2,500 per employee. Effective January 1, 2011, matching contributions are payable annually,

90

Table of Contents

50% in shares of MasTec common stock and 50% in cash. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, matching contributions totaled approximately $2.1 million, $1.7 million and $0.8 million, respectively.
Deferred Compensation Plan. MasTec offers a deferred compensation plan to its highly compensated employees. These employees are allowed to contribute a percentage of their pre-tax annual compensation to the deferred compensation plan. Effective January 1, 2011, MasTec increased its 100% match of employee contributions from 1% to 2.5% of the employee’s salary, capped at $2,500 per employee. Effective January 1, 2011, matching contributions are payable annually. Currently, management intends to provide for matching contributions in cash, however, matching contributions can also be provided for 50% in shares of MasTec common stock and 50% in cash, at MasTec’s election. Deferred compensation plan assets and related liabilities of approximately $3.2 million and $3.3 million are included in other long-term assets and other long-term liabilities, respectively, as of December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2011, deferred compensation plan assets and related liabilities totaled $2.6 million and $2.2 million, respectively.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan.The 2011 ESPP became effective on July 1, 2011. Under the 2011 ESPP, eligible employees can purchase MasTec, Inc. common stock at a 15% discount through after-tax payroll deductions, allocating from 1% to 15% of their compensation each pay period. Eligible employees can also make lump sum purchases. Stock purchases under the 2011 ESPP are subject to a quarterly maximum of 5,000 shares per employee, and on an annual basis, the value of stock purchased cannot exceed $25,000 per employee.  
Note 13 – Other Retirement Plans    
Multi-Employer Pension Plans. Certain of MasTec’s subsidiaries contribute amounts to multi-employer pension and other multi-employer benefit plans and trusts. Multi-employer plan contribution rates are determined annually and assessed on a “pay-as-you-go” basis based on union employee payrolls. Union payrolls cannot be determined for future periods because the number of union employees employed at any given time, and the plans in which they may participate, vary depending upon the location and number of ongoing projects at a given time and the need for union resources in connection with those projects.
ASU 2011-09, Compensation–Retirement Benefits–Multiemployer Plans (Subtopic 715-80): Disclosures about an Employer’s Participation in a Multiemployer Plan  (“ASU 2011-09”) requires disclosure about an employer’s participation in multi-employer pension plans. Required disclosures include significant pension plans in which companies participate, level of participation, and financial health and nature of commitments to such plans. The Pension Protection Plan (“PPA”) of 2006 was enacted as part of a comprehensive funding reform effort for multi-employer pension plans. The PPA further defined the funding rules for defined benefit pension plans and instituted certain requirements that were designed to identify and address financial problems associated with such plans. The PPA of 2006 created new funding classifications for multi-employer pension plans. Under the PPA, plans are classified as one of the following four colors based on the plan’s financial status;

Green (Safe):	A plan is generally in “safe” status if it is more than 80% funded.	
Yellow (Endangered):     A plan is generally in “endangered” status if its funded percentage is less than 80%, or if it has an accumulated funding deficiency for the current plan year or is projected to have an accumulated funding deficiency for any of the next six plan years.    
Orange (Seriously Endangered): A “seriously endangered” plan generally has a funded percentage of 70% or less.    
 	 	
 	Red (Critical):     A plan is generally in “critical” status if its funded percentage is less than 65% and it is not projected to improve its funded percentage over the next seven years; or, if a funding deficiency in excess of specified amounts is expected in the foreseeable future.	

A multi-employer plan that is so underfunded as to be in “endangered” or “critical” status is required to adopt a funding improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”), which, among other actions, could include decreased benefits and increased contributions. These actions are intended to improve their funding status over a period of years. If a pension fund is in critical status, a participating employer must pay an automatic surcharge in addition to contributions otherwise required under the collective bargaining agreement (“CBA”).  With some exceptions, the surcharge is equal to 5% of required contributions for the initial critical year, and 10% for each succeeding plan year in which the plan remains in critical status. The surcharge ceases on the effective date of a CBA (or other agreement) that includes contribution and benefit terms consistent with the rehabilitation plan.  
Required disclosures under ASU-2011-09, on a by-plan basis, include: amounts contributed; if plans are subject to surcharges; expiration date of related CBAs; employer and plan identification number (“EIN/Pension Plan Number”); PPA zone status; if extended amortization provisions, which provide certain plans with extensions of time to amortize pension funding shortfalls, have been utilized; the existence, and status of, any FIPs or RPs; and any plans to which companies have contributed greater than 5% of the plan’s total contributions.
Details of significant pension funds for the periods, and as of the dates indicated, based upon the information available to the Company from plan administrators as of December 31, 2012, are provided in the following table. Note that the table below may contain slight summation differences due to rounding.

91

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

 	 	Company Contributions
For the Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)	 	Contributions Greater than 5% of Total Plan Contributions	 	Surcharge	 	 	 	
Multi-employer Pension Plan	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	 	 	 	 	 	Expiration
Date of CBA	 	 	
Pipeline Industry Pension Fund	 	$	8.9	
 	 	$	6.2	
 	 	$	10.3	
 	 	Yes	 	No	 	05/31/2014	 	 	
Central Pension Fund of the International Union of Operating Engineers and Participating Employers	 	6.0	
 	 	4.4	
 	 	4.9	
 	 	No	 	No	 	01/31/2014	 	 	
Laborers National Pension Fund	 	1.5	
 	 	0.5	
 	 	0.2	
 	 	No	 	No	 	01/31/2014	 	 	
Teamsters National Pipeline Pension Fund	 	1.4	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(a)	 	(a)	 	01/31/2014	 	 	
Eighth District Electrical Pension Fund	 	1.2	
 	 	0.5	
 	 	—	
 	 	No	 	No	 	02/28/2013	 	 	
West Virginia Laborers Pension Trust Fund	 	0.9	
 	 	0.4	
 	 	—	
 	 	No	 	No	 	01/31/2014	 	 	
Michigan Laborers Pension Fund	 	0.9	
 	 	0.2	
 	 	0.2	
 	 	No	 	No	 	01/31/2014	 	 	
Operating Engineers Local 324 Pension Fund	 	0.8	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	No	 	No	 	01/31/2014	 	 	
New England Electrical Workers Money Purchase Plan and Trust (c) (d)	 	0.7	
 	 	0.7	
 	 	0.5	
 	 	NA	 	NA	 	08/30/2012	 	 	
Laborers Local Union No. 158 Pension Fund	 	0.6	
 	 	0.7	
 	 	0.4	
 	 	Yes	 	No	 	01/31/2014	 	 	
Laborers District Council of Western Pennsylvania Pension Fund	 	0.6	
 	 	0.3	
 	 	0.2	
 	 	No	 	No	 	01/31/2014	 	 	
International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers Local 1249 Pension Plan	 	0.6	
 	 	0.3	
 	 	—	
 	 	No	 	No	 	05/05/2013	 	 	
International Union of Operating Engineers Local 132 Pension Fund	 	0.5	
 	 	0.3	
 	 	—	
 	 	No	 	No	 	01/31/2014	 	 	
Operating Engineers Construction Industry and Miscellaneous Pension Fund	 	0.5	
 	 	0.1	
 	 	0.2	
 	 	No	 	No	 	01/31/2014	 	 	
International Union of Operating Engineers Pension Fund of Eastern Pennsylvania and Delaware	 	0.5	
 	 	0.5	
 	 	0.3	
 	 	No	 	No	 	01/31/2014	 	 	
Minnesota Laborers Pension Fund	 	0.4	
 	 	0.3	
 	 	1.0	
 	 	No	 	No	 	01/31/2014	 	 	
National Electrical Benefit Fund	 	0.3	
 	 	0.2	
 	 	0.2	
 	 	No	 	No	 	05/05/2013	 	 	
Southwestern Pennsylvania and Western Maryland Teamsters and Employers Pension Fund	 	0.3	
 	 	0.1	
 	 	—	
 	 	No	 	No	 	01/31/2014	 	 	
National Electrical Annuity Plan (c)	 	0.3	
 	 	0.3	
 	 	0.4	
 	 	NA	 	NA	 	09/05/2015	 	 	
Laborers Pension Trust Fund for Northern Nevada	 	0.2	
 	 	0.8	
 	 	0.4	
 	 	NA	 	No	 	01/31/2014	 	 	
Operating Engineers Pension Trust Fund	 	—	
 	 	1.2	
 	 	1.0	
 	 	No	 	No	 	01/31/2014	 	 	
Central States, Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Plan (b)	 	—	
 	 	0.9	
 	 	0.8	
 	 	No	 	No	 	01/31/2014	 	 	
Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Plan	 	—	
 	 	0.4	
 	 	0.3	
 	 	No	 	No	 	01/31/2014	 	 	
Other funds	 	2.1	
 	 	1.5	
 	 	1.4	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total contributions	 	$	29.1	
 	 	$	20.7	
 	 	$	22.6	

(a)	Information not available as of December 31, 2012. The Teamsters National Pipeline Pension Fund was established in 2012.	
 	 	
(b)	The Company’s subsidiary that participated in the Central States, Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Plan voluntarily withdrew from this plan in November 2011. See additional discussion below and in Note 17 – Commitment and Contingencies.	
 	 	
(c)	These plans are defined contribution multi-employer pension plans; therefore, PPA zone status disclosures in table below are not applicable.	
 	 	
(d)	The collective bargaining agreement associated with the New England Electrical Workers Money Purchase Plan is under negotiation as of December 31, 2012.	

92

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

 	 	 	 	 	 	Pension Protection Act Zone Status	 	 	 	 	
Multi-employer Pension Plan	 	EIN	 	Pension Plan Number	 	2012	 	As of	 	2011	 	As of	 	Extended
Amortization
Utilized	 	FIP/RP Status	
Pipeline Industry Pension Fund	 	736146433	 	001	 	Green	 	12/31/2011	 	Green	 	12/31/2010	 	No	 	NA	
Central Pension Fund of the International Union of Operating Engineers and Participating Employers	 	366052390	 	001	 	Green	 	01/31/2012	 	Green	 	01/31/2011	 	No	 	NA	
Laborers National Pension Fund	 	751280827	 	001	 	Green	 	12/31/2011	 	Green	 	12/31/2010	 	No	 	NA	
Teamsters National Pipeline Pension Fund	 	461102851	 	001	 	(a)	 	(a)	 	NA	 	NA	 	(a)	 	(a)	
Eighth District Electrical Pension Fund	 	846100393	 	001	 	Green	 	03/31/2012	 	Green	 	03/31/2011	 	Yes	 	Implemented	
West Virginia Laborers Pension Trust Fund	 	556026775	 	001	 	Green	 	03/31/2012	 	Green	 	03/31/2011	 	No	 	NA	
Michigan Laborers Pension Fund	 	386233976	 	001	 	Green	 	8/31/2012	 	Yellow	 	08/31/2011	 	Yes	 	NA	
Operating Engineers Local 324 Pension Fund	 	381900637	 	001	 	Red	 	04/30/2012	 	Red	 	04/30/2011	 	No	 	Implemented	
Laborers Local Union No. 158 Pension Fund	 	236580323	 	001	 	Green	 	12/31/2011	 	Green	 	12/31/2010	 	No	 	NA	
Laborers District Council of Western Pennsylvania Pension Fund	 	256135576	 	001	 	Red	 	12/31/2012	 	Yellow	 	12/31/2011	 	No	 	Implemented	
International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers Local 1249 Pension Plan	 	156035161	 	001	 	Red	 	12/31/2011	 	Red	 	12/31/2010	 	No	 	Implemented	
International Union of Operating Engineers Local 132 Pension Fund	 	556015364	 	001	 	Green	 	03/31/2012	 	Green	 	03/31/2011	 	No	 	NA	
Operating Engineers Construction Industry and Miscellaneous Pension Fund	 	256135579	 	001	 	Green	 	12/31/2011	 	Yellow	 	12/31/2010	 	Yes	 	Implemented	
International Union of Operating Engineers Pension Fund of Eastern Pennsylvania and Delaware	 	236405239	 	001	 	Red	 	12/31/2012	 	Green	 	12/31/2011	 	No	 	Pending	
Minnesota Laborers Pension Fund	 	416159599	 	001	 	Green	 	12/31/2011	 	Green	 	12/31/2010	 	No	 	NA	
National Electrical Benefit Fund	 	530181657	 	001	 	Green	 	12/31/2011	 	Green	 	12/31/2010	 	No	 	NA	
Southwestern Pennsylvania and Western Maryland Teamsters and Employers Pension Fund	 	251046087	 	001	 	Red	 	06/30/2012	 	Red	 	06/30/2011	 	No	 	Implemented	
Laborers Pension Trust Fund for Northern Nevada	 	880138600	 	001	 	Green	 	05/31/2012	 	Green	 	05/31/2011	 	No	 	NA	
Operating Engineers Pension Trust Fund	 	946090764	 	001	 	Orange	 	12/31/2011	 	Orange	 	12/31/2010	 	No	 	Implemented	
Central States, Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Plan (b)	 	366044243	 	001	 	Red	 	12/31/2011	 	Red	 	12/31/2010	 	No	 	Implemented	
Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Plan	 	916145047	 	001	 	Green	 	12/31/2011	 	Green	 	12/31/2010	 	No	 	NA	
 	 	
(a)	Information not available as of December 31, 2012. The Teamsters National Pipeline Pension Fund was established in 2012.	
 	 	
(b)	The Company’s subsidiary that participated in the Central States, Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Plan voluntarily withdrew from this plan in November 2011. See additional discussion below and in Note 17 – Commitment and Contingencies.	

The average number of employees covered under multi-employer plans in which the Company participates increased in 2011 due to the acquisition of EC Source.  See Note 3 – Acquisitions and Other Investments. In addition, the number of union employees employed at any given time, and the plans in which they may participate, varies depending upon the location and number of ongoing projects at a given time and the need for union resources in connection with those projects.  

93

Table of Contents

Total contributions to multi-employer pension plans, and the related number of employees covered by these plans, for the periods indicated ranged as follows (dollars in millions):

 	Number of Employees	 	Contributions to
Multi-Employer Plans
(in millions)	
 	Low	 	High	 	Pension	 	Post-Retirement Benefit	 	Total	
2012	308	
 	 	2,509	
 	 	$	27.9	
 	 	$	1.2	
 	 	$	29.1	
 	
2011	308	
 	 	1,538	
 	 	$	19.4	
 	 	$	1.3	
 	 	$	20.7	
 	
2010	254	
 	 	1,111	
 	 	$	21.7	
 	 	$	0.9	
 	 	$	22.6	

On November 15, 2011, the Company, along with other members of the Pipe Line Contractors Association (“PLCA”), voluntarily withdrew from the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund (“Central States”), a defined benefit multi-employer pension plan. In connection with this withdrawal, the Company recorded a withdrawal liability of $6.4 million. The Company withdrew from the Central States Plan in order to mitigate its liability in connection with the plan, which is in critical status. The Company currently does not have plans to withdraw from any other multi-employer pension plan as of December 31, 2012.
See Note 17 – Commitments and Contingencies for additional information.
Note 14 – Common Stock Activity
Treasury Stock and Share Activity
During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a $150 million share repurchase plan, under which the Company repurchased 4.6 million shares of common stock for $75.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. During the second quarter of 2012, the Company repurchased an additional 2.9 million shares under this plan for an aggregate purchase price of $43.8 million. In July 2012, the Company repurchased an additional 2.0 million shares for an aggregate purchase price of $31.2 million, which completed the share repurchase plan. The repurchased shares are held in the Company’s treasury.
A summary of share activity for the periods indicated, which may contain slight summation differences due to rounding, is as follows (in thousands):

 	Common Shares
Outstanding	 	Treasury
Shares	
Balance as of December 31, 2010	78,215	
 	 	—	
 	
Shares issued for stock option exercises	1,132	
 	 	 	
Shares issued for restricted stock awards	647	
 	 	 	
Other shares issued	39	
 	 	 	
Shares issued for acquisition of business	5,130	
 	 	 	
Common stock repurchases	(4,594	)	 	4,594	
 	
Balance as of December 31, 2011	80,569	
 	 	4,594	
 	
Shares issued for stock option exercises	392	
 	 	 	
Shares issued for restricted stock awards	348	
 	 	 	
Other shares issued	13	
 	 	 	
Common stock repurchases	(4,874	)	 	4,874	
 	
Balance as of December 31, 2012	76,448	
 	 	9,467	
 	
Note 15 - Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes from continuing operations for the periods indicated consists of the following (in millions):

94

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

 	Year Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Current:	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	$	48.7	
 	 	$	21.9	
 	 	$	2.7	
 	
Foreign	0.3	
 	 	0.1	
 	 	—	
 	
State and local	12.4	
 	 	1.3	
 	 	3.3	
 	
 	$	61.4	
 	 	$	23.3	
 	 	$	6.0	
 	
Deferred:	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	$	15.2	
 	 	$	35.0	
 	 	$	40.8	
 	
Foreign	1.1	
 	 	(1.7	)	 	—	
 	
State and local, net of valuation provisions	(1.6	)	 	5.2	
 	 	1.1	
 	
 	$	14.7	
 	 	$	38.5	
 	 	$	41.9	
 	
Provision for income taxes	$	76.1	
 	 	$	61.8	
 	 	$	47.9	

The benefit from income taxes from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $4.5 million. The provision for income taxes from discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $6.2 million and $15.6 million respectively.
The tax effects of significant items comprising the Company’s net deferred tax liability as of the dates indicated are as follows (in millions):

 	2012	 	2011	
Deferred tax assets:	 	 	 	
Accrued self insurance	$	22.4	
 	 	$	16.3	
 	
Operating loss carryforward	10.6	
 	 	11.5	
 	
Compensation and benefits	8.3	
 	 	12.3	
 	
Property and equipment	7.8	
 	 	7.2	
 	
Bad debts	3.9	
 	 	2.5	
 	
Other	9.9	
 	 	9.0	
 	
Valuation allowance	(2.0	)	 	(2.8	)	
Total deferred tax assets	$	60.9	
 	 	$	56.0	

Deferred tax liabilities:	 	 	 	
Property and equipment	$	70.4	
 	 	$	61.5	
 	
Goodwill	32.8	
 	 	34.6	
 	
Other intangible assets	26.7	
 	 	34.3	
 	
Gain on remeasurement of equity investee	11.1	
 	 	11.1	
 	
Accounts receivable retainage	16.5	
 	 	11.6	
 	
Other	19.5	
 	 	14.9	
 	
Total deferred tax liabilities	$	177.0	
 	 	$	168.0	
 	
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(116.1	)	 	$	(112.0	)	
Total net current and noncurrent deferred tax balances included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of the dates indicated are as follows (in millions):

 	2012	 	2011	
Net current deferred tax assets	$	3.3	
 	 	$	10.6	
 	
Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities	(119.4	)	 	(122.6	)	
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(116.1	)	 	$	(112.0	)	

In assessing the ability to realize deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which these temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the projected future taxable income and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in making this assessment. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, valuation allowances of $2.0 million and $2.8 million have been recorded, respectively, relating primarily to foreign net operating loss carryforwards.

95

Table of Contents

The Company has certain state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards, the tax effect of which is approximately $10.6 million as of December 31, 2012. The state net operating loss carryforwards, the tax effect of which is approximately $6.9 million as of December 31, 2012, may be carried forward between 5 and 20 years, depending on the jurisdiction. The tax effect of the Company’s foreign net operating loss carryforwards is approximately $3.7 million as of December 31, 2012. These foreign net operating loss carryforwards are primarily related to the Company’s Canadian operations and begin to expire in 2015.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company has not made a provision for U.S. income taxes on unremitted foreign earnings because such earnings are intended to be indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S. Generally, such amounts become subject to U.S. taxation upon the remittance of dividends and certain other circumstances.
A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate related to pretax income from continuing operations to the effective tax rate for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
U.S. statutory federal rate applied to pretax income	35.0	 %	 	35.0	 %	 	35.0	 %	
State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit	3.4	
 	 	3.5	
 	 	3.2	
 	
Foreign tax rate differential	(0.4	)	 	0.1	
 	 	0.1	
 	
Non-deductible expenses	2.1	
 	 	1.7	
 	 	3.8	
 	
Change in state tax rate	0.2	
 	 	0.2	
 	 	(1.0	)	
Domestic production activities deduction	(1.6	)	 	(0.9	)	 	(0.1	)	
Other	1.2	
 	 	0.0	
 	 	1.1	
 	
Change in valuation allowance for deferred tax assets	(0.4	)	 	(0.8	)	 	(0.1	)	
Effective income tax rate	39.5	 %	 	38.8	 %	 	42.0	 %	

An entity may only recognize or continue to recognize tax positions that meet a “more likely than not” threshold. In the ordinary course of business, there is inherent uncertainty in quantifying income tax positions. The Company assesses its income tax positions and records tax benefits for all years subject to examination based on management’s evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date. For those tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, the Company has recognized the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized in the Company’s financial statements. Management believes that the Company has not taken material tax positions that would be deemed to be “uncertain,” therefore, the Company has not established a liability for uncertain positions for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Note 16 - Segments and Operations by Geographic Area     
Reorganization and Reportable Segments

In December 2012, MasTec completed a significant management reorganization resulting in four internal groups consisting of Communications, Electrical Transmission, Oil and Gas, and Power Generation and Industrial. Each is led by a single Group President and each is a reportable segment as defined in Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC ") 280, Segment Reporting. The reorganization focused on concentrating business development efforts and resources based upon broad end-user markets for the Company's construction services. The reorganization began informally in late 2011, after the completion of five acquisitions, and continued during 2012 by hiring group management and modifying reporting lines accordingly. The combination of the entities into each of the four groups is intended to enable each group to achieve better growth, better management and better profitability by leveraging customer relationships to increase cross-selling, offering greater geographic coverage to the Company's customers and achieving higher utilization and efficiency from both employees and equipment.
  
For instance, the Communications Group includes the Company's install-to-the-home, wireless and wireline businesses. Management believes that integrating all of our communications businesses enhances the Company's ability to take full advantage of all of the opportunities in what has become one commingled and converging communications market. Communications Group infrastructure construction services support a continually converging set of end user services. For example, telephone companies, cable television and satellite television operators now offer bundled telephony, video, data and internet services. We believe this revised organizational structure will enable the Company to better cross-sell and grow revenues in what is now a single communications market. In addition, communications network construction and maintenance utilizes substantially the same employee skill sets and equipment to perform similar work. Management expects that a single Group President should be able to improve costs and productivity more effectively by sharing people and equipment throughout all communications projects. Accordingly, in order to realize these objectives and to maximize opportunities in a converging communications market, these businesses have been organized into a single segment under a single leader.

Segment Discussion

MasTec presents its continuing operations under five reportable segments: (1) Communications; (2) Electrical Transmission; (3) Oil & Gas; (4) Power Generation and Industrial and (5) Other. This structure is generally focused on broad end-user markets for MasTec's labor-based construction services and has been determined in accordance with the criteria in ASC 280, Segment Reporting. All five reportable segments derive their revenues from the engineering, installation and maintenance of infrastructure, primarily in North America.

96

Table of Contents

The Communications segment performs engineering, construction and maintenance of communications infrastructure primarily related to wireless and wireline communications and install to the home, and to a lesser extent, infrastructure for electrical utilities. The Electrical Transmission segment primarily serves the energy and utility industries through the engineering, construction and maintenance of electrical transmission lines and substations. MasTec also performs engineering, construction and maintenance services on oil and natural gas pipelines and processing facilities for the energy and utilities industries through the Oil & Gas segment. The Power Generation and Industrial segment primarily serves the energy and utility end markets and other end markets through the installation and construction of power plants, wind farms, solar farms, related electrical transmission infrastructure, ethanol facilities and various types of industrial infrastructure. The Other category primarily includes small business units that perform construction services for a variety of end markets in Mexico and elsewhere internationally.

The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 1 - Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies. Intercompany revenues and costs among the reportable segments are de minimus and accounted for as if the sales were to third parties because these items are based on negotiated fees between the segments involved. All intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation. Eliminations between segments are included in the Eliminations reconciling column in the tables below. Intercompany revenues and costs between entities within a reportable segment are eliminated to arrive at the segment totals. The Corporate column includes amounts related to Corporate functions such as administrative costs, professional fees, and acquisition costs. Segment results include certain allocations of centralized costs such as general liability, medical and workers' compensation insurance and certain information technology costs. Income tax expense is managed by Corporate on a consolidated basis and is not allocated to the reportable segments.

Income from continuing operations before non-controlling interests before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) is the measure of profitability used by our management to manage our segments and, accordingly, in our segment reporting. As appropriate, we supplement the reporting of our consolidated financial information determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP with certain non-U.S. GAAP financial measures, including EBITDA. We believe these non-U.S. GAAP measures provide meaningful information that helps investors understand our financial results and assess our prospects for future performance. We use EBITDA to evaluate our performance, both internally and versus our peers, because it excludes certain items that may not be indicative of our reportable segment results, as well as items that can vary widely across different industries or among companies within the same industry. Segment EBITDA is calculated in a manner consistent with consolidated EBITDA.

Corporate EBITDA in 2012 includes the $9.6 million legal settlement reserve we recorded in the third quarter of 2012, and in 2011, includes a $29.0 million gain on the remeasurement of our initial equity interest in EC Source to its fair value upon the acquisition of the remaining interest in the company. Total Corporate assets as of December 31, 2010 included the EC Source equity investment balance of approximately $10 million. See Note 17 - Commitments and Contingencies and Note 3 – Acquisitions and Other Investments for further discussion.

Summarized financial information for MasTec’s reportable segments is presented and reconciled to consolidated continuing operations financial information for total MasTec in the following tables (in millions):

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 	Communications	 	Oil & Gas	 	Electrical
Transmission	 	Power
Generation & Industrial	 	Other	 	Corporate	 	Eliminations	
 	 	Continuing Operations for
Consolidated
MasTec	
Revenue	$	1,772.7	
 	 	$	959.0	
 	 	$	312.2	
 	 	$	668.1	
 	 	$	16.7	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(1.9	)	 	$	3,726.8	
 	
EBITDA	$	192.0	
 	 	$	99.4	
 	 	$	38.7	
 	 	$	32.0	
 	 	$	2.0	
 	 	$	(42.0	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	322.1	
 	
Depreciation	$	27.0	
 	 	$	39.6	
 	 	$	6.0	
 	 	$	4.1	
 	 	$	0.1	
 	 	$	3.0	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	79.8	
 	
Amortization	$	2.1	
 	 	$	2.5	
 	 	$	5.0	
 	 	$	2.6	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	12.2	
 	
Total Assets	$	829.2	
 	 	$	805.5	
 	 	$	309.9	
 	 	$	321.6	
 	 	$	7.0	
 	 	$	93.5	
 	 	$	15.0	
 	 	$	2,381.7	
 	
Capital Expenditures	$	19.2	
 	 	$	40.3	
 	 	$	11.5	
 	 	$	5.6	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	2.9	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	79.4	

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2011:

 	Communications	 	Oil & Gas	 	Electrical
Transmission	 	Power
Generation & Industrial	 	Other	 	Corporate	 	Eliminations	
 	 	Continuing Operations for
Consolidated
MasTec	
Revenue	$	1,635.1	
 	 	$	774.3	
 	 	$	198.3	
 	 	$	219.6	
 	 	$	4.8	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(0.8	)	 	$	2,831.3	
 	
EBITDA	$	154.3	
 	 	$	80.1	
 	 	$	28.7	
 	 	$	(3.2	)	 	$	0.4	
 	 	$	7.6	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	267.9	
 	
Depreciation	$	22.7	
 	 	$	26.8	
 	 	$	4.0	
 	 	$	3.9	
 	 	$	0.1	
 	 	$	2.7	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	60.2	
 	
Amortization	$	1.8	
 	 	$	4.0	
 	 	$	4.4	
 	 	$	3.7	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	13.9	
 	
Total Assets	$	837.1	
 	 	$	494.6	
 	 	$	253.7	
 	 	$	269.4	
 	 	$	3.8	
 	 	$	94.0	
 	 	$	(10.2	)	 	$	1,942.4	
 	
Capital Expenditures	$	23.0	
 	 	$	25.7	
 	 	$	9.3	
 	 	$	4.6	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	8.5	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	71.0	

97

Table of Contents

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2010:

 	Communications	
 	 	Oil & Gas	 	Electrical
Transmission	 	Power
Generation & Industrial	 	Other	 	Corporate	
 	 	Eliminations	
 	 	Continuing Operations for
Consolidated
MasTec	
Revenue	$	1,190.6	
 	 	$	562.6	
 	 	$	67.0	
 	 	$	325.6	
 	 	$	0.2	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(3.0	)	 	$	2,143.0	
 	
EBITDA	$	107.9	
 	 	$	111.3	
 	 	$	(3.7	)	 	$	16.9	
 	 	$	(1.0	)	 	$	(31.3	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	200.1	
 	
Depreciation	$	13.4	
 	 	$	20.8	
 	 	$	3.1	
 	 	$	4.3	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	2.4	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	44.0	
 	
Amortization	$	0.8	
 	 	$	7.2	
 	 	$	0.1	
 	 	$	4.6	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	0.2	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	12.9	
 	
Total Assets	$	598.3	
 	 	$	392.2	
 	 	$	38.5	
 	 	$	283.8	
 	 	$	0.9	
 	 	$	204.6	
 	 	$	(9.6	)	 	$	1,508.7	
 	
Capital Expenditures	$	11.6	
 	 	$	10.5	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	3.1	
 	 	$	0.1	
 	 	$	2.5	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	27.8	

Revenue generated by utilities customers represented 8.3%, 8.9% and 10.9% of Communications segment revenues in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The following table, which may contain slight summation differences due to rounding, presents a reconciliation of EBITDA to consolidated income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes:

 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
EBITDA	$	322.1	
 	 	$	267.9	
 	 	$	200.1	
 	
Less:	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense, net	(37.4	)	 	(34.5	)	 	(29.2	)	
Depreciation	(79.8	)	 	(60.2	)	 	(44.0	)	
Amortization	(12.2	)	 	(13.9	)	 	(12.9	)	
Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes	$	192.7	
 	 	$	159.3	
 	 	$	114.1	

A reconciliation of total assets for continuing operations to consolidated total assets as of the dates indicated is as follows:

 	As of December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Total assets for continuing operations	$	2,381.7	
 	 	$	1,942.4	
 	 	$	1,508.7	
 	
Current assets of discontinued operations	18.6	
 	 	30.6	
 	 	43.1	
 	
Long-term assets of discontinued operations	7.6	
 	 	121.7	
 	 	104.0	
 	
Total assets	$	2,407.9	
 	 	$	2,094.7	
 	 	$	1,655.8	
 	
    Foreign Operations. The Company has operations in Canada as well as in parts of Latin America and the Caribbean. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, revenues from continuing operations of $156.8 million, $91.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively, were derived from foreign operations and revenues of $3.6 billion, $2.7 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively, were derived in the United States. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, revenues within the results of operations from discontinued operations of $5.8 million, $12.4 million and $2.7 million, respectively, were derived from foreign operations, with revenues of $73.1 million, $165.3 million and $162.3 million, respectively, derived in the United States. Long-lived assets held in foreign countries include property and equipment, net of $12.9 million and $12.7 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, of which $1.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively, were classified within long-term assets of discontinued operations. Intangible assets and goodwill, net, of $30.5 million and $30.0 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were held in foreign countries, none of which was classified within long-term assets of discontinued operations.

Significant Customers
Revenue concentration information for significant customers, as a percent of total consolidated revenue from continuing operations, is as follows:

 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Customer:	 	 	 	 	 	
AT&T	18%	 	24%	 	22%	
DIRECTV®	17%	 	20%	 	20%	

Our relationship with AT&T is based upon master service agreements, other service agreements and construction/installation contracts for both AT&T's wireless and wireline businesses. AT&T activity is included in the Communications segment.

98

Table of Contents

Our relationship with DIRECTV® is based upon an agreement to provide installation and maintenance services for DIRECTV ® . DIRECTV ®  activity is included in the Communications segment.
Note 17 - Commitments and Contingencies
In addition to the matters discussed below, MasTec is subject to a variety of legal cases, claims and other disputes that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of its business. MasTec cannot provide assurance that it will be successful in recovering all or any of the potential damages it has claimed or in defending claims against it.
Legacy Litigation.  MasTec is subject to litigation, some of which dates from the period 2001 through 2006.
 Outstanding Legacy Litigation
The Company was pursuing claims in excess of $5 million against Aon Risk Services, Inc. of Florida ("Aon"), an insurance broker, for breach of contract and breach of fiduciary duty for the losses arising from a denial of insurance coverage. In September 2012, the parties reached an agreement whereby the Company would recover $3.5 million from Aon, which resulted in a small gain considering expenses incurred, in exchange for a release. Payment was received in October 2012, which was reflected in the Company's results of operations in the fourth quarter of 2012.
The labor union representing the workers of Sistemas e Instalaciones de Telecomunicacion S.A. (“Sintel”), a former MasTec subsidiary that was sold in 1998, filed a claim that initiated an investigative action with the Audiencia Nacional, a Spanish federal court, against Telefonica and dozens of other defendants including current and former officers and directors of MasTec (including Jorge Mas, Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors) and Sintel, relating to Sintel’s 2000 bankruptcy. The labor union alleged Sintel and its creditors were damaged in the approximate amount of 300 million euros (approximately $396 million as of December 31, 2012). In June 2009, the Audiencia Nacional issued an order that the trial phase was commencing against the MasTec defendants and other defendants.
On June 14, 2012, the Sintel trial began. As a consequence of the MasTec defendants' arguments and presentation of evidence, a meeting with the prosecutor took place on July 24, 2012. At that meeting, a tentative agreement (the “Agreement”) was reached which would result in the exoneration of the MasTec defendants and the dismissal of all the charges against them (including Jorge Mas, our Chairman). The Agreement includes an acknowledgment that the MasTec defendants acted in good faith and did not cause Sintel’s bankruptcy.
We entered into the Agreement in order to avoid significant legal fees and the potential liabilities resulting from the actions of other Spanish defendants for which MasTec may be financially responsible under a theory of subsidiary (or vicarious) liability, the uncertainty of a trial before a foreign tribunal such as the Audiencia Nacional and to eliminate management time devoted to this matter. MasTec recorded a pre-tax charge of $9.6 million in 2012 in connection with this Agreement, which is included within other expense, net, in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. As part of this Agreement, MasTec would be dismissed from the case with prejudice. This Agreement was subject to further negotiation and satisfaction of several conditions, which currently have not been met. There can be no assurance that the Agreement will be completed. A trial is expected to occur if the Agreement is not completed
Other Outstanding Litigation
During 2010 and 2011, pursuant to a written contract, the Company provided certain construction services for the City of Marathon in Marathon, Florida.  We completed those services in 2011. At the end of 2011, the Company had still not been paid for all of the work performed on the project. In December 2011, the Company filed a lawsuit seeking in excess of $6 million against the City of Marathon for breach of contract and against the City of Marathon’s engineers for professional negligence. The City of Marathon and the engineers filed answers denying liability and claiming that the Company breached the contract.  Discovery is ongoing. The Company is pursuing and will continue to vigorously pursue these claims.
Other Commitments and Contingencies
Leases.  In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into non-cancelable operating leases for certain of its facility, vehicle and equipment needs, including related party leases. These leases allow the Company to conserve cash and provide flexibility in that we pay a monthly rental fee for use of the related facilities, vehicles and equipment rather than purchasing them. The terms of these agreements vary from lease to lease, including some with renewal options and escalation clauses. The Company may decide to cancel or terminate a lease before the end of its term, in which case the Company is typically liable for the remaining lease payments under the term of the lease. Rent expense related to operating leases, including short-term rentals, reflected within continuing operations was approximately $222.5 million, $168.8 million and $129.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Letters of Credit.  In the ordinary course of business, the Company is required to post letters of credit for its insurance carriers, surety bond providers and in support of performance under certain contracts. Such letters of credit are generally issued by a bank or similar financial institution. The letter of credit commits the issuer to pay specified amounts to the holder of the letter of credit under certain conditions. If this were to occur, the Company would be required to reimburse the issuer of the letter of credit, which, depending upon the circumstances, could result in a charge to earnings. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had $120.8 million and $90.0 million, respectively, of letters of credit issued under its Credit Facility, of which $53.2 million and $51.4 million, respectively, pertained to certain of the Company's insurance carriers. The Company is not aware of any material claims relating to outstanding letters of credit as of December 31, 2012 or December 31, 2011.
Performance and Payment Bonds.  In the ordinary course of business, MasTec is required by certain customers to provide performance and payment bonds for some of the Company’s contractual commitments related to projects in process. These bonds provide a guarantee to the customer that the Company will perform under the terms of a contract and that the Company will pay subcontractors and vendors. If the Company fails to perform

99

Table of Contents

under a contract or to pay subcontractors and vendors, the customer may demand that the surety make payments or provide services under the bond. The Company must reimburse the surety for any expenses or outlays it incurs. As of December 31, 2012, the estimated cost to complete projects secured by the Company’s $1.1 billion in performance and payment bonds was $284.5 million. As of December 31, 2011, the estimated cost to complete projects secured by the Company’s $905.7 million in performance and payment bonds was $330.0 million.
Self-Insurance.  MasTec maintains insurance policies subject to per claim deductibles of $1 million for its workers’ compensation policy, $2 million for its general liability policy and $2 million for its automobile liability policy. The Company has excess umbrella coverage up to $100 million per claim and in the aggregate. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, MasTec’s liability for unpaid claims and associated expenses, including incurred but not reported losses related to its workers compensation, general liability and automobile liability insurance policies, was $48.1 million and $39.1 million, respectively, of which $28.5 million and $22.3 million, respectively, was reflected within non-current other liabilities in the consolidated financial statements.
MasTec also maintains an insurance policy with respect to employee group health claims, which is subject to annual per employee maximum losses of $0.4 million MasTec’s liability for employee group claims as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $1.1 million and $1.4 million, respectively.
The Company is required to post letters of credit and provide cash collateral to certain of its insurance carriers and to provide surety bonds in certain states in which the Company is self-insured. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, these letters of credit amounted to $53.2 million and $51.4 million, respectively. In addition, cash collateral deposited with insurance carriers, which is included in other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets, amounted to $2.0 million as of both December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Outstanding surety bonds related to workers’ compensation self-insurance programs amounted to $9.0 million and $7.1 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Employment Agreements.  The Company has employment agreements with certain executives and other employees, which provide for compensation and certain other benefits and for severance payments under certain circumstances. Certain employment agreements also contain clauses that become effective upon a change of control of the Company. Upon the occurrence of any of the defined events in the various employment agreements, the Company would be obligated to pay certain amounts to the relevant employees, which vary with the level of the employees’ respective responsibility.
Collective Bargaining Agreements and Multi-Employer Pension Plans.  Certain of MasTec’s subsidiaries are party to various collective bargaining agreements with unions representing certain of their employees. The agreements require the subsidiaries party to the agreements to pay specified wages, provide certain benefits to their union employees and contribute certain amounts to multi-employer pension plans and employee benefit trusts. The multi-employer pension plan contribution rates are determined annually and assessed on a “pay-as-you-go” basis based on union employee payrolls. The required amount of future contributions cannot be determined for future periods because the number of union employees employed at any given time, and the plans in which they participate, vary depending upon the location and number of ongoing projects and the need for union resources in connection with those projects. The collective bargaining agreements expire at various times and have typically been renegotiated and renewed on terms similar to the ones contained in the expiring agreements. 
The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Multi-Employer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980, subjects employers to substantial liabilities in the event of the employer’s complete or partial withdrawal from, or upon termination of, such plans. Under current law regarding employers who are contributors to multi-employer defined benefit plans, a plan’s termination, an employer’s voluntary withdrawal from, or the mass withdrawal of all contributing employers from, an underfunded multi-employer defined benefit plan requires participating employers to make payments to the plan for their proportionate share of the multi-employer plan’s unfunded vested liabilities. Furthermore, the Pension Protection Act of 2006 added new funding rules generally applicable to plan years beginning after 2007 for multi-employer plans that are classified as “endangered,” “seriously endangered,” or “critical” status. If plans in which the Company’s subsidiaries participate are in critical status, benefit reductions may apply and/or the Company could be required to make additional contributions if the plans are determined to be underfunded.
Based upon the information available to the Company from plan administrators as of December 31, 2012, several of the multi-employer pension plans in which the Company’s subsidiaries participate are underfunded. The Pension Protection Act requires that underfunded pension plans improve their funding ratios within prescribed intervals based on the level of their underfunding. In addition, if a multi-employer defined benefit plan fails to satisfy certain minimum funding requirements, the Internal Revenue Service may impose on the employers contributing to such plan a nondeductible excise tax of 5% on the amount of the accumulated funding deficiency. The Company’s subsidiaries have been notified that certain plans to which they contribute are in “critical” status and require additional contributions in the form of a surcharge on future benefit contributions required for future work performed by union employees covered by these plans. As a result, the Company's required contributions to these plans could increase in the future. The amount of additional funds the Company may be obligated to contribute in the future cannot be estimated, as such amounts will be based on future levels of work that require the specific use of those union employees covered by these plans.
On November 15, 2011, the Company, along with other members of the Pipe Line Contractors Association (“PLCA”), voluntarily withdrew from the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund (“Central States”), a defined benefit multi-employer pension plan. In connection with this withdrawal, the Company recorded a $6.4 million withdrawal liability based on an estimate provided by the plan administrator of such liability as of the date of withdrawal. The Company withdrew from the Central States Plan in order to mitigate its liability in connection with the plan, which is in critical status; however, the plan has asserted that the PLCA members did not effectively withdraw on November 15, 2011. Although the Company believes that it legally and effectively withdrew from the plan on November 15, 2011, if the plan were to prevail in its assertion that the Company in fact withdrew after that date, then the amount of the Company’s withdrawal liability would increase. In addition, if this plan were to undergo a mass withdrawal, as defined by ERISA and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, within the three year period commencing with the beginning of the calendar year during which the Company withdrew from the plan, there could be additional liability. The Company currently does not have plans to withdraw from any other multi-employer pension plan.  
See Note 13 – Other Retirements Plans for additional details.

100

Table of Contents

Indemnities. The Company generally indemnifies its customers for the services it provides under its contracts, as well as other specified liabilities, which may subject the Company to indemnity claims, liabilities and related litigation. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company was not aware of any material asserted or unasserted claims in connection with these indemnity obligations.
Other Guarantees.  In the ordinary course of its business, from time to time, MasTec guarantees the obligations of its subsidiaries, including obligations under certain contracts with customers, certain lease obligations and in some states, obligations in connection with obtaining contractors’ licenses. MasTec also generally warrants the work it performs for a one to two year period following substantial completion of a project. MasTec has not historically accrued any reserves for potential warranty claims as they have been immaterial.
Note 18 - Concentrations of Risk
The Company is subject to certain risk factors, including, but not limited to: risks related to seasonality of its business, adverse weather conditions, economic downturns, technological and regulatory changes in the industries it serves; competition within its industry; the nature of its contracts, which do not obligate MasTec’s customers to undertake any infrastructure projects and may be canceled on short notice; collectibility of receivables; acquisition integration and financing; availability of qualified employees; recoverability of goodwill; potential exposures to environmental liabilities; and exposure to multi-employer pension plan liabilities.
The Company grants credit, generally without collateral, to its customers. Consequently, the Company is subject to potential credit risk related to changes in business and economic factors. However, MasTec generally has certain lien rights on that work and concentration of credit risk is limited due to the diversity of the customer base. The Company believes its billing and collection policies are adequate to minimize potential credit risk.
The Company had approximately 400 customers as of December 31, 2012, which included some of the largest and most prominent companies in the communications and utilities industries. MasTec’s customers include public and private energy providers, pipeline operators, wireless service providers, satellite and broadband operators, local and long distance carriers and government entities. The industries served by MasTec’s customers include, among others: utilities (including electrical utility transmission and distribution; power generation; natural gas and petroleum pipeline infrastructure; wind farms, solar farms and other renewable energy; and industrial infrastructure) and communications (including wireless, wireline and satellite communications).
Revenue concentration information for the Company's top ten customers, as a percent of total consolidated revenue from continuing operations, is as follows:

 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Revenue from top ten customers	64%	 	71%	 	72%	

See Note 16 - Segments and Operations by Geographic Area for significant customer revenue concentration information.
Note 19 - Related Party Transactions         
MasTec leases employees to a customer, in which Jorge Mas and Jose Mas own a minority interest. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, MasTec charged approximately $527,000, $480,000, and $463,000 respectively, to the customer. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, receivables of $907,000 and $860,000, respectively, attributable to this arrangement were outstanding. The Company also provides satellite communication services to this customer. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, revenues relating to this customer were approximately $1,214,000, $1,123,000 and $979,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, receivables from this arrangement of approximately $1,232,000 and $775,000, respectively, were outstanding.
The Company charters an aircraft from a third party which leases two of its aircraft from entities in which Jorge Mas and Jose Mas have an ownership interest. MasTec paid this unrelated chartering company approximately $2,000, $66,000 and $560,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
MasTec leases a property located in Florida from Irma S. Mas, the mother of Jorge Mas and Jose Mas. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company paid lease payments of approximately $44,000 in connection with this property. For each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2011, the Company paid lease payments of approximately $48,000 in connection with this property.
MasTec purchases, rents and leases equipment used in its business from a number of different vendors on a non-exclusive basis, including Neff Corp. (“Neff”). Juan Carlos Mas, who was the chairman of the Neff Board of Directors through September 30, 2010, is the brother of Jorge Mas, Chairman of MasTec’s Board of Directors, and Jose Mas, MasTec’s Chief Executive Officer. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, MasTec paid Neff approximately $859,000 for equipment purchases, rentals and leases. As of October 1, 2010, Juan Carlos Mas was no longer serving on the Neff Board of Directors.
Split Dollar and Deferred Bonus Agreements
MasTec has a split dollar agreement with Jorge Mas. Under this agreement, MasTec is the sole owner and beneficiary of each of the policies subject to the agreement and upon the death of the insured or insureds under the applicable policy, MasTec is entitled to receive a portion of the death benefit under such policy equal to the greater of (i) the total premiums paid by MasTec on such policy, or (ii) the then cash value of such policy immediately before the death of the insured or insureds, excluding surrender charges. Upon termination of the agreement, Jorge Mas, or in the case of a second to die policy, the second to die of Jorge Mas and his wife have an option to purchase each policy subject to the agreement for a purchase price equal to the

101

Table of Contents

greater of the amounts referenced above. The total maximum face amount of the insurance for all policies subject to the split dollar agreement was capped at $200 million. MasTec will make the premium payments until the agreement is terminated, which occurs upon any of the following events: (i) bankruptcy or dissolution of MasTec, or (ii) a change in control of MasTec. In connection with the split dollar agreements for Jorge Mas, MasTec paid approximately $284,000 for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012.
MasTec also has a deferred bonus agreement with Jorge Mas. Under this agreement, which is triggered upon a change in control of MasTec, the deferred bonus is equal to the sum of the following amounts, determined with respect to each policy subject to the split dollar agreement: the greater of (i) the total premiums paid by MasTec under such policy, or (ii) the then cash value of such policy immediately prior to the change in control, excluding surrender charges.
MasTec also has a split dollar agreement and a deferred bonus agreement with Jose Mas. The split dollar agreement provides that one or more life insurance policies may be subject to the agreement. At this time, however, the only policy subject to the agreement is the one acquired pursuant to the original agreement, which is in an aggregate face amount of $11 million. MasTec is the sole owner and beneficiary of any policy subject to the agreement, and upon the death of the insured, MasTec is entitled to receive a portion of the death benefit equal to the greater of (i) the total premiums paid by MasTec on such policy, or (ii) the then cash value of such policy immediately before the death of the insured, excluding surrender charges. Upon termination of the agreement, Jose Mas has an option to purchase each policy, subject to the agreement for a purchase price equal to the greater of the amounts referenced above. MasTec will make the premium payments until the agreement is terminated, which occurs upon any of the following events: (i) bankruptcy or dissolution of MasTec, or (ii) a change in control of MasTec. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, MasTec did not make any payments in connection with the split dollar agreement for Jose Mas. For the year ended December 31, 2010, MasTec paid approximately $115,000 in connection with the split dollar agreement for Jose Mas.
The amount of deferred bonus that is payable upon termination of the split dollar agreement, which is triggered upon a change in control of MasTec, is equal to the sum of the following amounts, determined with respect to each policy subject to the split dollar agreement: the greater of (i) the total premiums paid by MasTec under the terms of such policy, or (ii) the then cash value of such policy immediately prior to the change in control, excluding surrender charges.
The Company adjusts the value of life insurance policies associated with the split dollar agreements each period based on their current cash surrender values. The estimated fair value of these life insurance policies of $8.7 million and $7.9 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, is included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.
Note 20 – Quarterly Information (Unaudited)
The following table presents unaudited quarterly operating results for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 (in millions, except per share data). The Company believes that all necessary adjustments have been included in the amounts stated below to present fairly the quarterly results when read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

 	2012 Quarter Ended	
 	2011 Quarter Ended	
 	March 31	 	June 30	 	September 30	 	December 31	 	 March 31	 	June 30	 	September 30	 	December 31	
Revenue	$	738.3	
 	 	$	988.9	
 	 	$	1,067.3	
 	 	$	932.3	
 	 	$	573.6	
 	 	$	709.9	
 	 	$	816.2	
 	 	$	731.6	
 	
Income from continuing operations before non-controlling interests	11.7	
 	 	31.2	
 	 	36.1	
 	 	37.6	
 	 	16.3	
 	 	43.4	
 	 	30.8	
 	 	7.0	
 	
Income (loss) from discontinued operations	2.5	
 	 	(1.1	)	 	(9.3	)	 	(1.3	)	 	4.8	
 	 	1.1	
 	 	1.0	
 	 	1.6	
 	
Net income attributable to MasTec	$	14.2	
 	 	$	30.1	
 	 	$	26.8	
 	 	$	36.3	
 	 	$	21.1	
 	 	$	44.5	
 	 	$	31.8	
 	 	$	8.6	
 	
Basic earnings (loss) per share (a)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	$	0.15	
 	 	$	0.39	
 	 	$	0.47	
 	 	$	0.50	
 	 	$	0.21	
 	 	$	0.52	
 	 	$	0.36	
 	 	$	0.08	
 	
Discontinued operations	0.03	
 	 	(0.01	)	 	(0.12	)	 	(0.02	)	 	0.06	
 	 	0.01	
 	 	0.01	
 	 	0.02	
 	
Total basic earnings per share	$	0.18	
 	 	$	0.37	
 	 	$	0.35	
 	 	$	0.48	
 	 	$	0.27	
 	 	$	0.53	
 	 	$	0.37	
 	 	$	0.10	
 	
Diluted earnings (loss) per share (a)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	$	0.14	
 	 	$	0.38	
 	 	$	0.45	
 	 	$	0.46	
 	 	$	0.20	
 	 	$	0.50	
 	 	$	0.35	
 	 	$	0.08	
 	
Discontinued operations	0.03	
 	 	(0.01	)	 	(0.12	)	 	(0.02	)	 	0.06	
 	 	0.01	
 	 	0.01	
 	 	0.02	
 	
Total diluted earnings per share	$	0.17	
 	 	$	0.37	
 	 	$	0.34	
 	 	$	0.45	
 	 	$	0.26	
 	 	$	0.51	
 	 	$	0.36	
 	 	$	0.10	
 	
(a) Note that due to rounding differences, the sum of the Company’s quarterly earnings per share in a given year may not be the same as the Company’s year to date earnings per share for the same period. In addition, earnings per share calculations may contain slight summation differences due to rounding. See Note 2 – Earnings per Share.
During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company acquired certain businesses. As a result, the quarterly results of 2012 may not be comparable with those of 2011. See Note 3 - Acquisitions and Other Investments for details of the Company's recently acquired businesses.
In June 2012, the Company sold its DirectStar business. Additionally, in September 2012, MasTec's board of directors approved a plan of

102

Table of Contents

sale for the Globetec business. In connection with its decision to sell Globetec, the Company recognized impairment losses of $12.7 million during the third quarter of 2012. DirectStar and Globetec are presented as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. See Note 4 - Discontinued Operations.
In addition, the Company recorded a $9.6 million legal settlement reserve in 2012 in connection with the Sintel legal matter and a $29.0 million gain on the remeasurement of its equity investment of EC Source in the second quarter of 2011. The Company also recorded a $6.4 million charge resulting from the Company's voluntarily withdrawal from a multi-employer pension plan. See Note 3 - Acquisitions and Other Investments and Note 17 - Commitments and Contingencies.
Note 21 – Supplemental Guarantor Financial Information
The Senior Notes, New Convertible Notes and Original Convertible Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured, unsubordinated, joint and several basis by certain of the Company's existing and future 100%-owned direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries that are each guarantors of the Company's Credit Facility or other outstanding indebtedness (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”).  The Company's subsidiaries organized outside of the U.S. and certain domestic subsidiaries (collectively, the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”) do not guarantee the Senior Notes, New Convertible Notes and Original Convertible Notes. The subsidiary guarantees with respect to the Senior Notes, New Convertible Notes and Original Convertible Notes are subject to release in certain customary circumstances including upon the sale of a majority of the capital stock or substantially all of the assets of the subsidiary guarantor; if the guarantee under our Credit Facility and other indebtedness is released or discharged (other than due to payment under such guarantee); or when the requirements for legal defeasance are satisfied or the obligations are discharged in accordance with the related indentures.
The following supplemental financial information sets forth the condensed consolidating balance sheets and the condensed consolidating statements of operations and comprehensive income and cash flows for the parent company (MasTec, Inc.), the Guarantor Subsidiaries on a combined basis, the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries on a combined basis and the eliminations necessary to arrive at the information for the Company as reported on a consolidated basis. Eliminations represent adjustments to eliminate investments in subsidiaries and intercompany balances and transactions between or among MasTec, Inc., the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries.  Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for using the equity method for this presentation.  Information for periods prior to 2011 is not presented as MasTec, Inc. is a holding company with no independent assets or operations, and the Company's subsidiaries that did not guarantee the Senior Notes, New Convertible Notes and Original Convertible Notes were minor in all periods prior to 2011, individually and in the aggregate, as such term is defined under the rules and regulations of the SEC.

103

Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
As of December 31, 2012 (in thousands)

 	MasTec, Inc.	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Consolidated
MasTec, Inc.	
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets	$	—	
 	 	$	980,104	
 	 	$	48,373	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	1,028,477	
 	
Current assets of discontinued operations	—	
 	 	13,836	
 	 	4,755	
 	 	—	
 	 	18,591	
 	
Property and equipment, net	—	
 	 	338,974	
 	 	11,381	
 	 	—	
 	 	350,355	
 	
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net	—	
 	 	926,712	
 	 	30,729	
 	 	—	
 	 	957,441	
 	
Net investments in and advances to (from) consolidated affiliates	854,993	
 	 	172,534	
 	 	(21,779	)	 	(1,005,748	)	 	—	
 	
Other assets	7,702	
 	 	37,640	
 	 	80	
 	 	—	
 	 	45,422	
 	
Long-term assets of discontinued operations	—	
 	 	4,711	
 	 	2,937	
 	 	—	
 	 	7,648	
 	
Total assets	$	862,695	
 	 	$	2,474,511	
 	 	$	76,476	
 	 	$	(1,005,748	)	 	$	2,407,934	
 	
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities	$	22	
 	 	$	678,301	
 	 	$	22,810	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	701,133	
 	
Current liabilities of discontinued operations	—	
 	 	574	
 	 	3,995	
 	 	—	
 	 	4,569	
 	
Long-term debt	—	
 	 	546,262	
 	 	61	
 	 	—	
 	 	546,323	
 	
Other liabilities	—	
 	 	273,198	
 	 	20,776	
 	 	—	
 	 	293,974	
 	
Total liabilities	$	22	
 	 	$	1,498,335	
 	 	$	47,642	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	1,545,999	
 	
Total shareholders’ equity	$	862,673	
 	 	$	976,176	
 	 	$	28,834	
 	 	$	(1,005,748	)	 	$	861,935	
 	
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	862,695	
 	 	$	2,474,511	
 	 	$	76,476	
 	 	$	(1,005,748	)	 	$	2,407,934	

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
As of December 31, 2011 (in thousands)

 	MasTec, Inc.	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Consolidated
MasTec, Inc.	
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets	$	—	
 	 	$	744,868	
 	 	$	53,328	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	798,196	
 	
Current assets of discontinued operations	—	
 	 	22,572	
 	 	8,036	
 	 	—	
 	 	30,608	
 	
Property and equipment, net	—	
 	 	251,948	
 	 	11,059	
 	 	—	
 	 	263,007	
 	
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net	—	
 	 	793,832	
 	 	31,635	
 	 	—	
 	 	825,467	
 	
Net investments in and advances to (from) consolidated affiliates	811,982	
 	 	117,963	
 	 	(41,830	)	 	(888,115	)	 	—	
 	
Other assets	7,119	
 	 	47,580	
 	 	1,033	
 	 	—	
 	 	55,732	
 	
Long-term assets of discontinued operations	—	
 	 	114,378	
 	 	7,317	
 	 	—	
 	 	121,695	
 	
Total assets	$	819,101	
 	 	$	2,093,141	
 	 	$	70,578	
 	 	$	(888,115	)	 	$	2,094,705	
 	
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities	—	
 	 	533,906	
 	 	29,265	
 	 	—	
 	 	563,171	
 	
Current liabilities of discontinued operations	—	
 	 	20,912	
 	 	8,362	
 	 	—	
 	 	29,274	
 	
Long-term debt	—	
 	 	460,603	
 	 	87	
 	 	—	
 	 	460,690	
 	
Other liabilities	—	
 	 	209,225	
 	 	21,138	
 	 	—	
 	 	230,363	
 	
Total liabilities	$	—	
 	 	$	1,224,646	
 	 	$	58,852	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	1,283,498	
 	
Total shareholders’ equity	$	819,101	
 	 	$	868,495	
 	 	$	11,726	
 	 	$	(888,115	)	 	$	811,207	
 	
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	819,101	
 	 	$	2,093,141	
 	 	$	70,578	
 	 	$	(888,115	)	 	$	2,094,705	

104

Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012 (in thousands)

 	MasTec, Inc.	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Consolidated
MasTec, Inc.	
Revenue	$	—	
 	 	$	3,538,288	
 	 	$	188,501	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	3,726,789	
 	
Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization	—	
 	 	3,074,031	
 	 	165,164	
 	 	—	
 	 	3,239,195	
 	
Depreciation and amortization	2	
 	 	89,626	
 	 	2,330	
 	 	—	
 	 	91,958	
 	
General and administrative expenses	1,665	
 	 	145,831	
 	 	10,028	
 	 	—	
 	 	157,524	
 	
Interest expense, net	—	
 	 	37,378	
 	 	(2	)	 	—	
 	 	37,376	
 	
Other expense, net	—	
 	 	7,838	
 	 	179	
 	 	—	
 	 	8,017	
 	
(Loss) income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes	$	(1,667	)	 	$	183,584	
 	 	$	10,802	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	192,719	
 	
Benefit (provision) for income taxes	675	
 	 	(74,440	)	 	(2,315	)	 	—	
 	 	(76,080	)	
(Loss) income from continuing operations before non-controlling interests	$	(992	)	 	$	109,144	
 	 	$	8,487	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	116,639	
 	
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax	—	
 	 	(7,390	)	 	(1,833	)	 	—	
 	 	(9,223	)	
Equity in income from subsidiaries, net of tax	108,408	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(108,408	)	 	—	
 	
Net income (loss)	$	107,416	
 	 	$	101,754	
 	 	$	6,654	
 	 	$	(108,408	)	 	$	107,416	
 	
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(10	)	 	—	
 	 	(10	)	
Net income (loss) attributable to MasTec, Inc.	$	107,416	
 	 	$	101,754	
 	 	$	6,664	
 	 	$	(108,408	)	 	$	107,426	
 	
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	107,416	
 	 	$	102,275	
 	 	$	8,578	
 	 	$	(108,408	)	 	$	109,861	

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the Year Ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands)

 	MasTec, Inc.	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Consolidated
MasTec, Inc.	
Revenue	$	—	
 	 	$	2,726,618	
 	 	$	104,674	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	2,831,292	
 	
Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization	—	
 	 	2,360,578	
 	 	99,168	
 	 	—	
 	 	2,459,746	
 	
Depreciation and amortization	—	
 	 	71,905	
 	 	2,246	
 	 	—	
 	 	74,151	
 	
General and administrative expenses	2,530	
 	 	125,136	
 	 	4,928	
 	 	—	
 	 	132,594	
 	
Interest expense, net	—	
 	 	34,391	
 	 	75	
 	 	—	
 	 	34,466	
 	
Gain on remeasurement of equity interest in acquiree	—	
 	 	(29,041	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(29,041	)	
Other expense (income), net	—	
 	 	224	
 	 	(128	)	 	—	
 	 	96	
 	
(Loss) income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes	$	(2,530	)	 	$	163,425	
 	 	$	(1,615	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	159,280	
 	
Benefit (provision) for income taxes	989	
 	 	(64,395	)	 	1,582	
 	 	—	
 	 	(61,824	)	
(Loss) income from continuing operations before non-controlling interests	$	(1,541	)	 	$	99,030	
 	 	$	(33	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	97,456	
 	
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax	—	
 	 	10,007	
 	 	(1,491	)	 	—	
 	 	8,516	
 	
Equity in income from subsidiaries, net of tax	107,513	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(107,513	)	 	—	
 	
Net income (loss)	$	105,972	
 	 	$	109,037	
 	 	$	(1,524	)	 	$	(107,513	)	 	$	105,972	
 	
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(29	)	 	—	
 	 	(29	)	
Net income (loss) attributable to MasTec, Inc.	$	105,972	
 	 	$	109,037	
 	 	$	(1,495	)	 	$	(107,513	)	 	$	106,001	
 	
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	105,972	
 	 	$	108,877	
 	 	$	(3,154	)	 	$	(107,513	)	 	$	104,182	

105

Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012 (in thousands)

 	MasTec, Inc.	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Consolidated
MasTec, Inc.	
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	(1,254	)	 	$	151,866	
 	 	$	21,523	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	172,135	
 	
Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash paid for acquisitions, net, including contingent consideration	$	—	
 	 	$	(151,736	)	 	$	(1,402	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(153,138	)	
Capital expenditures	—	
 	 	(77,744	)	 	(1,942	)	 	—	
 	 	(79,686	)	
Proceeds from sale of assets	—	
 	 	7,385	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	7,385	
 	
Proceeds from disposal of business, net	—	
 	 	97,728	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	97,728	
 	
Investments in life insurance policies	(284	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(284	)	
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(284	)	 	$	(124,367	)	 	$	(3,344	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(127,995	)	
Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Proceeds from credit facility	$	—	
 	 	$	959,183	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	959,183	
 	
Repayments of credit facility	—	
 	 	(885,183	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(885,183	)	
Repayments of other borrowings	—	
 	 	(21,455	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(21,455	)	
Proceeds from book overdrafts	—	
 	 	116	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	116	
 	
Payments of capital lease obligations	—	
 	 	(21,034	)	 	(26	)	 	—	
 	 	(21,060	)	
Proceeds from stock options exercises and other share-based awards	5,013	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	5,013	
 	
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation	—	
 	 	759	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	759	
 	
Purchases of treasury stock	(75,000	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(75,000	)	
Payments of financing costs	—	
 	 	(117	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(117	)	
Net financing activities and advances (to) from consolidated affiliates	71,525	
 	 	(58,181	)	 	(13,344	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	$	1,538	
 	 	$	(25,912	)	 	$	(13,370	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(37,744	)	
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	—	
 	 	1,587	
 	 	4,809	
 	 	—	
 	 	6,396	
 	
Net effect of currency translation on cash	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	91	
 	 	—	
 	 	91	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period	—	
 	 	16,240	
 	 	4,040	
 	 	—	
 	 	20,280	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	—	
 	 	$	17,827	
 	 	$	8,940	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	26,767	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents of discontinued operations	$	—	
 	 	$	275	
 	 	$	110	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	385	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents of continuing operations	$	—	
 	 	$	17,552	
 	 	$	8,830	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	26,382	

106

Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Year Ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands)

 	MasTec, Inc.	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Consolidated
MasTec, Inc.	
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	(939	)	 	$	21,729	
 	 	$	(14,964	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	5,826	
 	
Cash flows used in investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash paid for acquisitions, net, including contingent consideration	$	(31,236	)	 	$	(44,716	)	 	$	(9,443	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(85,395	)	
Capital expenditures	—	
 	 	(71,615	)	 	(95	)	 	—	
 	 	(71,710	)	
Proceeds from sale of assets	—	
 	 	5,887	
 	 	340	
 	 	—	
 	 	6,227	
 	
Proceeds from sale or redemption of investments	—	
 	 	4,600	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	4,600	
 	
Investments in life insurance policies	(284	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(284	)	
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(31,520	)	 	$	(105,844	)	 	$	(9,198	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(146,562	)	
Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Proceeds from credit facility	$	—	
 	 	$	370,411	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	370,411	
 	
Repayments of credit facility	—	
 	 	(310,411	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(310,411	)	
Repayments of other borrowings	—	
 	 	(13,956	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(13,956	)	
Proceeds from book overdrafts	—	
 	 	14,906	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	14,906	
 	
Payments of capital lease obligations	—	
 	 	(16,422	)	 	(36	)	 	—	
 	 	(16,458	)	
Proceeds from stock options exercises and other share-based awards	12,542	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	12,542	
 	
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation	—	
 	 	7,766	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	7,766	
 	
Purchases of treasury stock	(75,000	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(75,000	)	
Payments of financing costs	—	
 	 	(6,589	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(6,589	)	
Net financing activities and advances (to) from consolidated affiliates	94,917	
 	 	(122,573	)	 	27,656	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	$	32,459	
 	 	$	(76,868	)	 	$	27,620	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(16,789	)	
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	—	
 	 	(160,983	)	 	3,458	
 	 	—	
 	 	(157,525	)	
Net effect of currency translation on cash	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	201	
 	 	—	
 	 	201	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period	—	
 	 	177,223	
 	 	381	
 	 	—	
 	 	177,604	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	—	
 	 	$	16,240	
 	 	$	4,040	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	20,280	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents of discontinued operations	$	—	
 	 	$	11,386	
 	 	$	1,488	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	12,874	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents of continuing operations	$	—	
 	 	$	4,854	
 	 	$	2,552	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	7,406	

107

Table of Contents
 	 	
Item 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	
None
 	 	
Item 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act). We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted by us under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Our management has designed our disclosure controls and procedures to provide “reasonable assurance” of achieving our control objectives. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, our management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives and are subject to certain limitations, including the exercise of judgment by individuals, the difficulty in identifying unlikely future events, and the difficulty in eliminating misconduct completely .
Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer evaluated, with the participation of our management, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on management’s evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2012.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in  Internal Control – Integrated Framework  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to management and to our Board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;
(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
(iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the period covered by this report. In making its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on management’s evaluation and the criteria set forth by COSO, our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2012.
BDO USA, LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm which audits our financial statements, has audited our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 and has expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting.There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2012 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

108

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board of Directors and Shareholders
MasTec, Inc.
Coral Gables, Florida
We have audited MasTec, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). MasTec, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, MasTec, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of MasTec, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 and our report dated February 28, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Certified Public Accountants
Miami, Florida
February 28, 2013

109

Table of Contents
 	 	
ITEM 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	
None.

PART III
 	 	
ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	
The information about directors required for this item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, or persons performing similar functions. We have posted our code of ethics on our website ( www.mastec.com ) as Appendix E to the MasTec Personal Responsibility Code, and it is available to any person upon request. We intend to post any amendments to, or any waivers from, a provision of the code of ethics that applies to the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or any other person performing a similar function, on our website. See also Item 1. “Business – Available Information.”
 	 	
ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	
The information required for this item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 	 	
ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	
The following table sets forth information about our common stock that may be issued under all of our equity compensation plans existing as of December 31, 2012, which include: the MasTec, Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2011 ESPP”); the 2003 Employee Stock Incentive Plan, as amended; the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employees, as amended; and individual option agreements. Our shareholders approved the 2011 ESPP, 2003 Employee Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employees, as amended. We did not award any stock options during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Plan Category	 	(a)
Number of Securities to be Issued Upon  Exercise of Outstanding Options,   
Warrants and Rights	 	(b)
Weighted Average 
Exercise Price of  
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights	 	(c)
Number of Securities 
Remaining Available for   Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in  Column (a))	 	
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders	1,053,825	
 	(1)	$	10.55	
 	 	3,947,895	
 	(2)	
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders	N/A	
 	 	N/A	
 	 	N/A	
 	 	
Total	1,053,825	
 	 	 	 	3,947,985	

(1)	Represents 903,825 shares issuable under the 2003 Employee Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and 150,000 shares issuable under the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employees, as amended.	
 	 	
(2)	Under the 2003 Employee Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employees, as amended, 1,505,439 shares and 1,562,334 shares, respectively, remain available for future issuance. Under the 2011 ESPP, 880,122 shares remain available for issuance.	
Summaries of Plans Not Approved by Our Shareholders
Deferred Fee Plan.The Deferred Fee Plan became effective on January 1, 2007. Under the terms of the Deferred Fee Plan, directors may elect to defer the receipt of cash and stock fees for their services as directors. Each director may elect the type of fees to be deferred, the percentage of such fees to be deferred, and the form in which the deferred fees and any earnings thereon are to be paid. Deferred cash fees may be directed to a deferred cash account or a deferred stock account (or both). Deferred stock fees may only be directed to a deferred stock account. Elections to defer fees remain in force, unless amended or revoked within the required time periods.
The deferred cash account will be credited with interest on the cash balance at the end of each calendar quarter. The interest rate is equal to the rate of interest payable by us on our revolving credit facility, as determined as of the first day of each calendar quarter. The deferred stock account

110

Table of Contents

will be credited with stock dividends (or with cash dividends that are converted to deferred stock credits pursuant to the plan.)
Distribution of a director’s cash and stock accounts will begin on January 15 of the year following the directors’ termination of all services with us. Distributions from the deferred stock account will be made in cash. Distribution will either be made in a lump-sum payment or in up to five consecutive installments as elected by the director.
Individual Option Grants.We have entered into various option agreements with non-employee directors, advisors and other parties in connection with providing certain services, acquisitions and other matters. Such options have various vesting schedules and exercise prices and have been included in the equity compensation plan table above.
The other information required for this item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 	 	
ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	
The information required for this item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 	 	
ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES	
The information required for this item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
PART IV
ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 	 	
(a)	1.    Financial Statements – the consolidated financial statements and the reports of the Independent Registered Public Accounting firms are listed on pages 55 through 97.	
2.    Financial Statement Schedules - Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.
3.    Exhibits including those incorporated by reference:

Exhibits	 	Description	
2.2*++	 	Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated May 24, 2012, by and among MasTec North America, Inc., DirectStar TV, LLC, Red Ventures, LLC and the other parties thereto.	
3.1	 	Composite Articles of Incorporation of MasTec, Inc. filed as Exhibit 3.1 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 25, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein.	
3.2	 	Amended and Restated By-laws of MasTec, Inc., amended and restated as of January 22, 2010, filed as Exhibit 3.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 28, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.1	 	Indenture, dated January 31, 2007, by and among MasTec, Inc., certain of MasTec’s subsidiaries and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee filed as Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8–K filed with the SEC on February 2, 2007 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.2	 	Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 2, 2007 among MasTec, Inc., U.S. Bank National Association and each of the MasTec subsidiary guarantors set forth therein filed as Exhibit 4.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 2, 2007 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.3	 	Form of 4.0% Senior Convertible Note due 2014 filed as Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 5, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.4	 	Indenture, dated June 5, 2009, by and among MasTec, Inc., MasTec Inc.’s subsidiaries party thereto, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee filed as Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 5, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.5	 	First Supplemental Indenture, dated June 5, 2009, by and among MasTec, Inc., MasTec Inc.’s subsidiaries party thereto, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee filed as Exhibit 4.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 5, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.6	 	Form of 4.25% Senior Convertible Note due 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Supplemental Indenture) filed as Exhibit 4.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 10, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.7	 	Second Supplemental Indenture, dated November 10, 2009, by and among MasTec, Inc., MasTec Inc.’s subsidiaries party thereto, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee filed as Exhibit 4.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 10, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.8	 	Form of 4.00% Senior Convertible Note due 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Third Supplemental Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 14, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	

111

Table of Contents

 	 	 	
4.9	 	Third Supplemental Indenture, dated January 11, 2011, by and among MasTec, Inc., MasTec Inc.’s subsidiaries party thereto, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee filed as Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 14, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.10	 	Form of 4.25% Senior Convertible Note due 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Fourth Supplemental Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 14, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.11	 	Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated January 11, 2011, by and among MasTec, Inc., MasTec Inc.’s subsidiaries party thereto, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee filed as Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 14, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.1+	 	2003 Employee Stock Incentive Plan as amended and restated as of January 1, 2006, filed as Exhibit 10.5 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2006 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.2+	 	Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Non–Employees as amended and restated as of January 1, 2006, filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with SEC on April 6, 2006 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.3+	 	Deferred Fee Plan for Directors dated December 19, 2005, filed as Exhibit 10.38 to our Form 8–K filed with the SEC on December 23, 2005 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.4+	 	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for the MasTec, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Employees filed as Exhibit 10.7 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2006 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.5+	 	Form of Stock Option Agreement for the MasTec, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Employees filed as Exhibit 10.8 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2006 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.6	 	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for the MasTec, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employees filed as Exhibit 10.9 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2006 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.7	 	Form of Stock Option Agreement for the MasTec, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employees filed as Exhibit 10.10 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2006 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.8+	 	MasTec, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan filed as Exhibit 99.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 4, 2008 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.9	 	Stock Purchase Agreement executed on May 30, 2008 and dated as of May 1, 2008, between MasTec North America, Inc., as buyer, and Alan B. Roberts, as seller filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 5, 2008 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.10+	 	Employment Agreement between MasTec, Inc. and C. Robert Campbell executed on October 27, 2009 filed as Exhibit 10.69 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on October 28, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.11+	 	Split-Dollar Agreement between MasTec, Inc. and Jorge Mas dated October 28, 2009 filed as Exhibit 10.70 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on October 28, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.12+	 	Deferred Bonus Agreement between MasTec, Inc. and Jorge Mas dated October 28, 2009 filed as Exhibit 10.71 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on October 28, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.13+	 	Split-Dollar Agreement between MasTec, Inc. and Jose Mas dated October 28, 2009 filed as Exhibit 10.72 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on October 28, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.14+	 	Deferred Bonus Agreement between MasTec, Inc. and Jose Mas dated October 28, 2009 filed as Exhibit 10.73 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on October 28, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.15	 	Purchase Agreement, dated November 3, 2009, by and among MasTec, Inc., Precision Acquisition, LLC, Precision Pipeline LLC, Precision Transport Company, LLC, PPL Management, Inc., Michael Daniel Murphy, Steven R. Rooney, Angela D. Murphy and Karen K. Rooney filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 4, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.16+	 	Employment Agreement executed on January 26, 2010 between MasTec, Inc. and Robert Apple filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 28, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.17	 	Asset Purchase Agreement as amended through December 24, 2010, by and among NSORO, LLC, NSORO MasTec, LLC, and Darrell J. Mays Filed as Exhibit 10.43 to our Annual Report in Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 23, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.18+	 	MasTec, Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan filed as Annex A to Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on March 23, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.19	 	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 16, 2010, by and among MasTec, Inc., EC Source Services, LLC and the other parties thereto, filed as Exhibit 10.44 to our Quarterly Report Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.20+	 	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Awards under the 2003 Employee Stock Incentive Plan filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report filed with the SEC on November 3, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.21+	 	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Awards under the 2003 Employee Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employees filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report filed with the SEC on November 3, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.22+	 	Amendment to the MasTec, Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Quarterly Report filed with the SEC on November 3, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.23	 	Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011, by and among MasTec, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and an L/C Issuer, and the lenders party thereto, filed as Exhibit 10.29 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K/A, filed on June 22, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.24	 	Consolidated, Amended and Restated Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011, by and among the Guarantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 24, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	

112

Table of Contents

 	 	 	
10.25	 	Security Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011, by and among MasTec, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent filed as Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 24, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.26	 	Fourth Amended, Restated and Consolidated Pledge Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011, by and among MasTec, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 24, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.27	 	Employment Agreement by and between MasTec, Inc. and C. Robert Campbell, dated September 8, 2011 filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 9, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.28	 	MasTec, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan for Executive Officers Plan, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2012 as Annex A to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.29	 	Separation Agreement, dated December 31, 2012, by and between MasTec, Inc. and Ray Harris, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the with the SEC on January 4, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.30+	 	Employment Agreement, dated April 18, 2007, by and between MasTec, Inc. and Jose R. Mas, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 20, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.31+	 	Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2008, by and between MasTec, Inc. and Alberto de Cardenas, filed as Exhibit 10.53 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2008 and incorporated by reference herein.	
12.1*	 	Statement Regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges	
21*	 	Subsidiaries of MasTec, Inc.	
23.1*	 	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.	
23.2*	 	Consent of Independent Valuation Firm.	
31.1*	 	Certifications required by Section 302(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	
31.2*	 	Certifications required by Section 302(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	
32.1*	 	Certifications required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	
32.2*	 	Certifications required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	
101.INS**	
 	XBRL Instance Document	
101.SCH**	
 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema	
101.CAL**	
 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase	
101.LAB**	
 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase	
101.PRE**	
 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase	
101.DEF**	
 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.	
______________
 	 	
**	Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not subject to liability.	
 	 	
*	Filed herewith.	
 	 	
+	Management contract or compensation plan arrangement.	
 	 	
++	The schedules and exhibits to the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement have been omitted from this filing pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Company will furnish copies of any such schedules and exhibits to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.	

113

Table of Contents

MASTEC, INC.
SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(in millions)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Balance at
Beginning
of Period	 	Charges	 	(Deductions)	 	Balance at
End of
Period	
Year ended December 31, 2012	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deducted from asset accounts:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	7.6	
 	 	$	6.9	
 	(1) 	$	(3.3	)	(2) 	$	11.2	
 	
Provision for inventory obsolescence	2.2	
 	 	2.3	
 	(3) 	(2.5	)	(4) 	2.0	
 	
Unrealized losses on securities available for sale	1.0	
 	 	—	
 	 	(0.8	)	(5) 	0.2	
 	
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets	2.8	
 	 	0.5	
 	(6) 	(1.3	)	(7) 	2.0	
 	
Total	$	13.6	
 	 	$	9.7	
 	 	$	(7.9	)	 	$	15.4	
 	
Year ended December 31, 2011	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deducted from asset accounts:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	8.3	
 	 	$	2.0	
 	(1) 	$	(2.7	)	(2) 	$	7.6	
 	
Provision for inventory obsolescence	0.4	
 	 	3.1	
 	(3) 	(1.3	)	(4) 	2.2	
 	
Unrealized losses on securities available for sale	0.8	
 	 	0.7	
 	(8) 	(0.5	)	(9) 	1.0	
 	
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets	5.6	
 	 	0.4	
 	(6) 	(3.2	)	(7) 	2.8	
 	
Total	$	15.1	
 	 	$	6.2	
 	 	$	(7.7	)	 	$	13.6	
 	
Year ended December 31, 2010	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deducted from asset accounts:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	10.2	
 	 	$	2.7	
 	(1) 	$	(4.6	)	(2) 	$	8.3	
 	
Provision for inventory obsolescence	0.1	
 	 	0.3	
 	(3) 	—	
 	 	0.4	
 	
Unrealized losses on securities available for sale	3.0	
 	 	—	
 	 	(2.2	)	(10) 	0.8	
 	
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets	5.4	
 	 	0.2	
 	(6) 	—	
 	 	5.6	
 	
Total	$	18.7	
 	 	$	3.2	
 	 	$	(6.8	)	 	$	15.1	

 	 	
(1)	Provision for doubtful accounts.	
 	 	
(2)	Write-offs and reversals of uncollectible accounts.	
 	 	
(3)	Provision for inventory obsolescence.	
 	 	
(4)	Inventory write-offs.	
 	 	
(5)	The increase in unrealized gains recorded in other comprehensive income.	
 	 	
(6)	Increase in the foreign tax loss carryforward.	
 	 	
(7)	Decrease in valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is due primarily to the utilization of tax loss carryforwards and other tax benefits.	
 	 	
(8)	Unrealized losses and reductions to unrealized gains recorded in other comprehensive income.	
 	 	
(9)	Represents reversal of unrealized losses upon redemption of security.	
 	 	
(10)	Represents credit and other losses recognized in earnings, net of reversal of unrealized losses upon sale of securities and unrealized gains recognized in other comprehensive income.	

114

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Miami, State of Florida, on February 28, 2013.

 	 	
 	MASTEC, INC.	
 	 	
 	/s/    JOSE R. MAS        	
 	Jose R. Mas	
 	Chief Executive Officer	
 	(Principal Executive Officer)	
 	 	
 	/s/    C. ROBERT CAMPBELL        	
 	C. Robert Campbell	
 	Chief Financial Officer	
 	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	
    
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on February 28, 2013.

 	 	
/s/ JORGE MAS	Chairman of the Board of Directors	
Jorge Mas	

/s/ JOSE R. MAS	Chief Executive Officer and Director	
Jose R. Mas	(Principal Executive Officer)	
 	 	
/s/ C. ROBERT CAMPBELL	Chief Financial Officer	
C. Robert Campbell	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	
 	 	
/s/ ERNST N. CSISZAR	Director	
Ernst N. Csiszar	

/s/ ROBERT J. DWYER	Director	
Robert J. Dwyer	

/s/ FRANK E. JAUMOT	Director	
Frank E. Jaumot	

/s/ JULIA L. JOHNSON	Director	
Julia L. Johnson	

/s/ JOSE S. SORZANO	Director	
Jose S. Sorzano	

/s/ JOHN VAN HEUVELEN	Director	
John Van Heuvelen	

115

Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 	 	 	
2.2	 	Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated May 24, 2012, by and among MasTec North America, Inc., DirectStar TV, LLC, Red Ventures, LLC and the other parties thereto.	
12.1	 	Statement Regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges	
21	 	Subsidiaries of MasTec, Inc.	
23.1	 	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.	
23.2	 	Consent of Independent Valuation Firm.	
31.1	 	Certifications required by Section 302(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	
31.2	 	Certifications required by Section 302(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	
32.1	 	Certifications required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	
32.2	 	Certifications required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	
101.INS	 	XBRL Instance Document	
101.SCH	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema	
101.CAL	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase	
101.LAB	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase	
101.PRE	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase	
101.DEF	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.	

116

Exhibit 2.2

MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT
BY AND AMONG
MASTEC NORTH AMERICA, INC.,
DIRECTSTAR TV, LLC,
AND
RED VENTURES, LLC
MAY 24, 2012

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                              Page1.DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION                                                                                                                      1(a)Definitions     1(b)Interpretation    82.PURCHASE AND SALE OF PURCHASED UNITS AND TERMINATION OF OBLIGATIONS UNDER PRIOR AGREEMENTS.
9(a)Purchase and Sale of the Purchased Units; Payment of Earn-Out Payments; Distributions of Cash    9(b)Termination of Rights and Obligations under the Prior Agreements    9(c)Purchase Price.    10(d)Payment of the Closing Date Purchase Price    10(e)Adjustment to Purchase Price and Cash Distribution    10(f)The Closing    13(g)Other Closing Deliverables.    13(h)Purchase Price Allocation.    143.REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER    14(a)Organization and Good Standing    14(b)Authority    14(c)No Conflict    15(d)Consent    15(e)Capitalization    15(f)Legal Proceedings; Orders.    16(g)No Undisclosed Liabilities    16(h)Contracts    16(i)Intellectual Property    16(j)Legal Compliance    17

(k)Broker’s or Finder’s Fee    17(l)Taxes, Tax Returns, Tax Treatment    17(m)No Other Representations or Warranties; Schedules    184.REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER    18(a)Organization and Good Standing    18(b)Authority    19(c)No Conflict    19(d)Consent    19(e)Investment Intent    19(f)Legal Proceedings; Orders.    19(g)Broker’s or Finder’s Fee    20(h)Financial Ability    20(i)Solvency    20(j)No Knowledge of Misrepresentation or Omissions    205.COVENANTS.    21(a)Operation in the Ordinary Course.    21(b)Commercially Reasonable Efforts; Notification; Hart-Scott-Rodino Act Filings    21(c)Notification    22(d)Filing of Tax Returns    22(e)Buyer Party Release.    24(f)Buyer’s Due Diligence Investigation    25(g)Confidentiality.    266.CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONSUMMATION OF THE TRANSACTIONS.    27(a)Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Each Party    27(b)Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Buyer    28(c)Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Seller and the Company    287.INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES.    29(a)Survival    29(b)Indemnification and Payment of Damages By Seller    29(c)Indemnification and Payment of Damages By Buyer    30(d)Time Limitations    30(e)Limitations on Amount--Sellers    30(f)Limitations on Amount--Buyer    31(g)Procedure for Indemnification--Third Party Claims.    31(h)Procedure for Indemnification--Other Claims    32(i)Limitation on Damages.    32(j)Exclusive Remedy    34(k)No Double Recovery    348.TERMINATION.    34(a)Termination    34(b)Effect of Termination    359.GENERAL PROVISIONS.    35(a)Expenses    35(b)Public Announcements    35(c)Notices    35(d)Further Assurances    36(e)Waiver    36(f)Entire Agreement and Modification    37(g)Assignments, Successors, And No Third-Party Rights    37(h)Severability    37(i)Section Headings, Construction    37(j)Time of Essence    37(k)Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Service of Process    37(l)Legal Fees    38(m)Schedules    38(n)Counterparts    38(o)No Recourse    38(p)Legal Representation38

i

MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT
THIS MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of May 24, 2012, by and among (i) MasTec North America, Inc., a Florida corporation (“ MasTec North America ”); (ii) DirectStar TV, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company (the “ Company ”); (iii) Red Ventures, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company (“ Buyer ”); and, in each case, for the limited purposes set forth in Section 2(b) and Section 5(e), (iv) RV Rewards, LLC a North Carolina limited liability company (“ RV Rewards ”); (v) Funraisers PR, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company (“ Funraisers ”); (vi) Ricardo Elias (“ Elias ”); (vii) Daniel S. Feldstein (“ Feldstein ”); and (viii) Mark A. Brodsky (“ Brodsky ” and collectively and together with Elias, Feldstein and RV Rewards, the “ Red Ventures Parties ”). MasTec North America is sometimes referred to herein as the “ Seller ”.
RECITALS
A.Pursuant to that certain Assignment and Contribution Agreement, dated February 1, 2007, by and between MasTec, Inc., a Florida corporation (“ MasTec ”) and Seller, MasTec assigned all of its Units in the Company to Seller.
B.Seller owns one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding membership interests (the “Membership Interests ”) of the Company, which Membership Interests consist solely of Units.
C.Pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Purchase Option Agreement, effective as of February 11, 2011, by and among Seller, Buyer, the Company and the other parties thereto, Buyer has an option to purchase the Purchased Units, as more specifically described therein (the “ Purchase Option ”).
D.This Agreement provides for the acquisition of one hundred percent (100%) of the Units of the Company pursuant to the purchase by Buyer of 100 Units owned by MasTec North America (the “ Purchased Units ”).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1.DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION.
(a)    Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified or referred to in this Section 1 :
“Actual Cash Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(4)(i).
“Actual Closing Income Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(4)(i).
“Adjusted Net Income” means, with respect to the Company and for any specified period, the net income or loss (before provision for income taxes and without giving effect to the sales of assets outside the ordinary course of business) of the Company’s and its consolidated Subsidiaries’ operations for such period, as determined in accordance with Section 2(c) of the Funraisers Purchase Agreement on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP; provided, however, that for purposes of calculating Adjusted Net Income, all Deferred Customer Payments shall be excluded.
“Adjustment Policies” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(1).
“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.
“Applicable Dates” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(l)(1).

“Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, or is Controlled by or under Common Control with, such Person. For purposes of this Agreement (i) the Red Ventures Parties and all of their Affiliates will be deemed to be Affiliates of Buyer, and (ii) Buyer and the Red Ventures Parties will not be deemed to be Affiliates of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries unless and until the Closing occurs.
“Beginning Net Book Value” means the shareholders equity (less any intercompany amounts) as reflected in the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ consolidated balance sheet as of May 31, 2010, as prepared by Seller in accordance with GAAP and presented to and approved by Buyer.
“Brodsky” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.

ii

“Business” means the business of providing marketing, advertising, promotion, sales and activities related to obtaining satellite television, cable television and internet data delivery by satellite activations and related programming packages, subscription, contracting and warranty services to DirecTV and to any current or future customers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to whom the Company or any of its Subsidiaries provides such activities and services.
“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in Miami, Florida or Charlotte, North Carolina, are authorized or obligated by Legal Requirement to close.
“Buyer” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.
“Buyer Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(b).
“Buyer Related Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(e)(1).
“Cap” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(e).
“Cash” means cash and cash equivalents of the Company and its Subsidiaries (including marketable securities and short term investments) on hand or on deposit as of the applicable date (the calculation of which shall contain a deduction for all claims against such cash and cash equivalents represented by outstanding checks, drafts or similar instruments dated prior to such applicable date which were issued in the ordinary course consistent with past practices and which have not been applied against the cash balances of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of such applicable date).
“Cash Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(2).
“Claims” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(e)(1).
“Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(f).
“Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(f).
“Closing Date Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c).
“Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.
“Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(g).
“Consent” means any approval, consent, permit, ratification, waiver, or other authorization.
“Contract” means any agreement, contract, obligation, promise or undertaking (whether written or oral and whether express or implied) that is legally binding.
“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as a trustee or executor, by Contract or credit arrangement or otherwise. The terms “Controls,” “Controlled by,” and “under Common Control with” shall have correlative meanings.
“CSF” means any continuing service fees paid to the Company by DirecTV per month for each month a subscriber stays active and any other continuing services fees paid by other customers of the Company or its Subsidiaries.
“Damages” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(b).

iii

“Deferred Customer Payments” means the sum of CSF, DPP and any future deferred payments relating to customer activations received by the Company or its Subsidiaries from customer activations.
“DirectStar Purchase Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(1).
“DirecTV” means DIRECTV, Inc., a California corporation, or any of its successors, assigns or Affiliates.
“DirecTV Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(g)(2).
“DOJ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(b)(2).
“DPP” means Direct Protection Plan revenue received by the Company from DirecTV, which is paid as a monthly commission for warranties sold for each month the subscriber stays active.
“DSD4U” means DS D4U, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company.
“Earn-Out Payments” means those certain Earn-Out Payments, if any, payable to Buyer pursuant to the Funraisers Purchase Agreement and the DirectStar Purchase Agreement, as more specifically described in such agreements; and any accrued but unpaid fees owed to Buyer pursuant to the Services Agreement, as more specifically described in that agreement.
“Elias” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.
“Encumbrance” means any lien, pledge, security interest, mortgage, deed of trust, charge, option, restriction or other encumbrance attaching to the title to any tangible or intangible property or right.
“Estimated Adjusted Net Income” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(1).
“Estimated Cash Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(1).
“Estimated Cash Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(1).
“Estimated Closing Income Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(1).
“Factor” shall be equal to $25,600,000.
“Feldstein” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.
“Final Adjusted Net Income” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(4)(i).
“Final Cash Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(4)(i).
“Final Cash Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(2).
“Final Closing Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(2).
“Final Closing Income Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(2).
“Firm” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(3).
“Form IP Assignment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(g).

iv

“FTC” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(b)(2).
“Funraisers” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.
“Funraisers Purchase Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(2).
“GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time, consistently applied.
“Governmental Body” means any: (i) nation, state, county, city, town, village, district, or other jurisdiction of any nature; (ii) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign, or other government; (iii) governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any governmental agency, branch, department, official, or entity and any court or other tribunal); (iv) multi-national organization or body; or (v) body exercising, or entitled to exercise, any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory, or taxing authority or power of any nature.
“Greenberg Traurig” means Greenberg Traurig LLP and Greenberg Traurig, P.A.
“HSR Act” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976.
“Informed Employee” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(g).
“Knowledge” or “Known” means:
(1)    with respect to Buyer, the actual knowledge, without a duty of inquiry, of Ricardo Elias, Daniel S. Feldstein or Mark Brodsky; and
(2)    with respect to the Seller means the actual knowledge, without a duty of inquiry, of Jose Mas, Alberto de Cardenas, David Karian or Hugo Bogani.
“Legal Requirement” means any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign, international, multinational, or other administrative order, constitution, law, ordinance, principle of common law, rule, regulation, statute or treaty.
“MasTec” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.
“MasTec North America” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.
“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (i) the assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operation of such party and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, of the applicable party or (ii) the ability of the applicable party to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on a timely basis or to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any agreement being executed in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on a timely basis;  provided ,  however , that none of the following shall be a “ Material Adverse Effect ”: (A) changes in general economic conditions in the United States or any other country or region in the world, or changes in conditions in the global economy generally; (B) changes in conditions in the financial markets, credit markets or capital markets in the United States or any other country or region in the world, including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates in the United States or any other country and changes in exchange rates for the currencies of any countries; (C) changes in conditions in the industries in which the party conducts business, to the extent such changes do not adversely affect the party and its Subsidiaries in a disproportionately adverse manner relative to other participants in the segments of such industries in which the party engages; (D) changes in political conditions in the United States or any other country or region in the world; (E) acts of war, sabotage or terrorism (including any escalation or general worsening of any such acts of war, sabotage or terrorism) in the United States or any other country or region in the world; (F) earthquakes, hurricanes, tsunamis, tornadoes, floods, mudslides, wild fires or other natural disasters, weather conditions and other force majeure events in the United States or any other country or region in the world; (G) the announcement of this Agreement or the pendency or consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; (H) compliance with the terms of, or the taking of any action required or contemplated by, this Agreement, or the failure to take any action prohibited by this Agreement; (I) any actions taken, or failure to take action, in each case, to which

v

Buyer has in writing expressly approved, consented to or requested; (J) changes in Legal Requirement or GAAP; (K) any failure by a party to meet any internal projections or forecasts or estimates of revenues or earnings for any period (it being understood and agreed that the facts and circumstances giving rise to such failure that are not otherwise excluded from the definition of a Material Adverse Effect may be taken into account in determining whether there has been a Material Adverse Effect); and (L) any matters set forth in the disclosure schedules.
“Membership Interests” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.
“Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(3).
“Operating Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(4).
“Operating Period” means (i) if the Closing occurs on or prior to the 15th day of a calendar month, the period beginning January 1, 2010 and ending on the last day of the calendar month ending immediately prior to the Closing Date or (ii) if the Closing occurs after the 15 th  day of a calendar month, the period beginning January 1, 2010 and ending on the last day of the calendar month during which Closing occurs.
“Order” meansany award, decision, injunction, judgment, order, ruling, subpoena, or verdict entered, issued, made, or rendered by any court, administrative agency, or other Governmental Body or by any arbitrator.
“Organizational Documents” means (1) the articles or certificate of incorporation and the bylaws of a corporation; (2) any articles of organization or certificate of formation and the operating agreement or limited liability company agreement of a limited liability company; and (3) any amendment to any of the foregoing.
“Outside Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a)(2)(ii).
“Permit” means any permit, approval, license, authorization, certificate, right, exemption, or Order from any Governmental Body.
“Person” means any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, estate, trust, association, organization, labor union or other entity or Governmental Body.
“Pre-Closing Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(d)(i).
“Prior Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b).
“Proceeding” means any action, arbitration, audit, claim, hearing, investigation, litigation, mediation, suit (whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or informal) or other proceeding, commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any Governmental Body, arbitrator, mediator or other Person acting in a dispute resolution capacity, or any investigation, subpoena or demand preliminary to any of the foregoing.
“Purchase Option” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c).
“Purchased Units” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“Red Ventures Parties” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.
“Released Buyer Party Claims” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(e)(1).

vi

“Representative” means, with respect to a particular Person, any director, officer, employee, agent, consultant, advisor, or other representative of such Person, including legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors.
“RSIP” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(2).
“RV Rewards” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.
“Schedules” shall mean the schedules attached to and made a part of this Agreement.
“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933 or any successor law, and regulations and rules issued pursuant to that Act or any successor law.
“Seller” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.
“Seller Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(c).
“Seller Released Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(e)(1).
“Services Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(3).
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity, a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interests therein are at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. A Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing director or general partner of such partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity.
“Tax” means any Federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding (including non-wage withholding), social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty or addition thereto, whether disputed or not, and “ Taxes ” means any or all of the foregoing collectively.
“Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto and including any amendment thereof.
“Television and Satellite Internet IP” means the Company’s rights, title and interests, if any, in and to (i) the DIRECTSTAR TV trademark and trade name and all goodwill associated therewith, and (ii) the domain names listed on  Schedule 3(l)  of the DirectStar Purchase Agreement and  Schedule 3(l)  of the Funraisers Purchase Agreement, both of which are attached hereto as  Exhibit A , as well as website content, if any, on websites associated with such domain names (but excluding any rights relating to the term “MasTec”).
“Threatened” means that a party has received a demand, statement or notice (either orally or in writing) of a claim, Proceeding, dispute, action or other matter.
“Units” means the Membership Interests of the Company having the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the Operating Agreement.

vii

(b)    Interpretation.
(1)    In this Agreement, unless a clear contrary intention appears: (i) the singular number or term includes the plural number or term and vice versa; (ii) reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are not prohibited by this Agreement, and reference to a Person in a particular capacity excludes such Person in any other capacity or individually; (iii) reference to any gender includes each other gender; (iv) reference to any agreement, document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended or modified and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof; (v) reference to any Legal Requirement means such Legal Requirement as amended, modified, codified, replaced or reenacted, in whole or in part, and in effect from time to time, including rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and reference to any section or other provision of any Legal Requirement means that provision of such Legal Requirement from time to time in effect and constituting the substantive amendment, modification, codification, replacement or reenactment of such section or other provision; (vi) “hereunder,” “hereof,” “hereto,” and words of similar import shall be deemed references to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other provision hereof; (vii) “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term; (viii) “or” is used in the inclusive sense of “and/or”; (ix) with respect to the determination of any period of time, “from” means “from and including” and “to” means “to but excluding”; and (x) references to documents, instruments or agreements shall be deemed to refer as well to all addenda, exhibits, schedules or amendments thereto.
(2)    Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted and all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made in accordance with GAAP.
(3)    This Agreement was negotiated by the parties with the benefit of legal representation, and any rule of construction or interpretation otherwise requiring this Agreement to be construed or interpreted against any party shall not apply to any construction or interpretation hereof.
2.    PURCHASE AND SALE OF PURCHASED UNITS AND TERMINATION OF OBLIGATIONS UNDER PRIOR AGREEMENTS.
(a)    Purchase and Sale of the Purchased Units; Payment of Earn-Out Payments; Distributions of Cash.
(4)    At the Closing, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, Seller shall sell to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase from Seller, the Purchased Units.
(5)    Immediately prior to the Closing, the Company shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to (i) the amount of any accrued but unpaid Earn-Out Payments, and (ii) a good faith estimate of the outstanding DIRECTV Rapid Sales Incentive Program (“ RSIP ”) balance. Following payment of such Earn-Out Payments and RSIP payment, if any, the Company shall distribute to its members all remaining Cash of the Company and its Subsidiaries (the “ Cash Distribution ”), the amount of such Cash Distribution to be adjusted in accordance with  Section 2(e) .
(b)    Termination of Rights and Obligations under the Prior Agreements. Except for the agreements set forth on Schedule 2(b) and except for the indemnification obligations set forth in  Section 7(c)(3)  hereof, effective as of the Closing Date, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, all agreements (whether written or oral) between Seller, on the one hand, and Buyer, the Company and/or any of the Red Ventures Parties, on the other hand, entered into prior to the date hereof (collectively, the “ Prior Agreements ”) shall be terminated without any further action by the parties and shall be of no further force or effect, including each of the following:
(1)    Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, effective as of February 1, 2007, by and among Seller, the Company, Buyer, Elias, Feldstein and Brodsky, as amended to the date hereof, including pursuant to the Funraisers Purchase Agreement (the “ DirectStar Purchase Agreement ”);  provided ,  however , such DirectStar Purchase Agreement will remain in effect for the limited purpose of adjusting any Earn-Out Payments made or to be made in accordance therewith and with this Agreement;

viii

(2)    Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, effective as of October 1, 2008, by and among Seller, the Company, Buyer, Funraisers, RV Rewards, Elias, Feldstein and Brodsky, as amended to the date hereof (the “ Funraisers Purchase Agreement ”); provided ,  however , such Funraisers Purchase Agreement will remain in effect for the limited purpose of adjusting any Earn-Out Payments made or to be made in accordance therewith and with this Agreement;
(3)    Amended and Restated Services Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2008, between the Company and Buyer, as amended to the date hereof (“ Services Agreement ”);
(4)    Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Company, dated as of September 1, 2004, as amended from time to time (the “ Operating Agreement ”); and
(5)    Purchase Option.

(c)    Purchase Price. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the aggregate purchase price (the “Purchase Price ”) to be paid by Buyer to Seller for the Purchased Units and the termination of rights and obligations under the Prior Agreements shall be an amount equal to:
(1)    the Beginning Net Book Value; plus
(2)    the product of (x) the Estimated Adjusted Net Income for the Operating Period multiplied by (y) five percent (5%); plus
(3)    the Factor;
as such amount shall be finally adjusted pursuant to Section 2(e) hereof. The Purchase Price payable by Buyer to Seller at Closing pursuant to this  Section 2(c)  prior to adjustment pursuant to  Section 2(e)  is hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date Purchase Price ”.

(d)    Payment of the Closing Date Purchase Price. Buyer shall pay the Closing Date Purchase Price in cash by wire transfer in immediately available, U.S. dollar funds on the Closing Date to the account(s) designated by Seller.
(e)    Adjustment to Purchase Price and Cash DistributionThe purpose of the adjustment set forth in this Section 2(e) is solely to measure any difference between (A) Adjusted Net Income for the Operating Period and (B) the Cash Distribution, in each case, as estimated at Closing to a final calculation thereof on the same accounting basis consistently applied to reflect the transactions and/or events up to and conditions existing as of Closing. At least two (2) Business Days prior to Closing, Seller and the Company together shall, in good faith and in accordance with the terms of this  Section 2(e) , prepare and deliver to Buyer (i) an estimated consolidated income statement of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the Operating Period (the “ Estimated Closing Income Statement ”), which Estimated Closing Income Statement shall include a reasonably detailed estimation of Adjusted Net Income for the Operating Period (“ Estimated Adjusted Net Income ”) and (ii) a statement (the “ Estimated Cash Statement ”) setting forth an estimate of the amount of the Cash Distribution (the “ Estimated Cash Distribution ”). Seller and the Company shall prepare the Estimated Closing Income Statement, and the items included in Estimated Adjusted Net Income, and the Estimated Cash Statement, and the amount of the Estimated Cash Distribution, based on the most recent ascertainable financial information of the Company and its Subsidiaries, with such adjustments thereto as are reasonably appropriate to reflect any changes known to Seller or the Company to have occurred subsequent to the date of such financial information or which, in the reasonable judgment of Seller and the Company, would occur prior to the Closing, and shall be prepared in accordance with the same methods, policies, practices, classifications, and estimation methodologies used by Seller to prepare the Company’s financial statements prior to the date hereof (the “ Adjustment Policies ”).
(1)    Delivery of Final Closing Income Statement. Within 60 days following the Closing Date, Buyer will, in good faith and in accordance with the terms of this  Section 2(e) , prepare and deliver to Seller (i) its calculation of the actual Adjusted

ix

Net Income during the Operating Period (the “Final Closing Statement”), (ii) a consolidated income statement of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the Operating Period (the “ Final Closing Income Statement ”) and (iii) a statement of the amount of the Cash Distribution (the “ Final Cash Statement ”). Calculation of the Final Closing Statement, Final Closing Income Statement and Final Cash Statement shall be in a manner consistent with the accounting methods, policies, practices, classifications, and estimation methodologies used to calculate the Estimated Closing Income Statement, the Estimated Adjusted Net Income, the Estimated Cash Statement and the Estimated Cash Distribution, including the Adjustment Policies.
(2)    Review of Initial Income Statement; Objection. Seller shall have 30 days from the date of receipt of the Final Closing Income Statement, Final Closing Statement and the Final Cash Statement to review the computations of (x) Adjusted Net Income reflected on the Final Closing Income Statement and the Final Closing Statement and (y) the amount of the Cash Distribution reflected on the Final Cash Statement. In connection with such review, Buyer will make available to Seller and its representatives all records and work papers relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries and the calculation of Adjusted Net Income and the Cash Distribution that Seller and its representatives reasonably request in reviewing the Final Closing Income Statement and Final Cash Statement. If Seller disagrees with Buyer’s calculation of the Adjusted Net Income and/or the Cash Distribution, Seller shall deliver written notice of such disagreement to Buyer, which notice shall include Seller’s explanation of the basis of the disagreement and a calculation of Adjusted Net Income of the Company and its Subsidiaries and/or the Cash Distribution (an “ Objection Notice ”). If Seller delivers an Objection Notice to Buyer, Buyer and Seller will endeavor to resolve any disagreements noted in the Objection Notice in good faith as soon as practicable after the delivery of such notice, but if they do not obtain a final resolution within 30 days after Buyer has received the Objection Notice, Seller or Buyer may submit the matter for resolution to an independent accounting firm as mutually agreed upon by Buyer and the Seller (the “ Firm ”) to act as an expert and not an arbitrator, solely in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to resolve any remaining disagreements. Buyer on the one hand and Seller on the other hand will direct the Firm to render a determination within 30 days after submitting the matters to it for resolution and Seller and Buyer and their respective agents will cooperate with the Firm during its resolution of any disagreements included in the Objection Notice. The Firm will consider only those items and amounts set forth in the Objection Notice that Buyer on the one hand and Seller on the other hand are unable to resolve. In resolving any disputed item, the Firm may not assign a value to any item greater than the greatest value for such item claimed by any party or less than the smallest value for such item claimed by any party. The scope of the disputes to be arbitrated by the Firm is limited to whether the preparation of the Final Closing Income Statement and the Final Cash Statement and the calculation of Adjusted Net Income and the Cash Distribution were done in a manner consistent with the same accounting methods, policies, practices, classifications, and estimation methodologies as were used to prepare the Estimated Closing Income Statement and the Estimated Cash Statement and whether there were mathematical errors in the preparation of the Final Closing Income Statement or the Final Cash Statement or the calculation of Adjusted Net Income or the Cash Distribution, and the Firm is not to make any other determination unless requested in writing by Seller and Buyer. The fees and disbursements of the Firm (and the reasonable attorney fees and expenses of the parties) shall be borne (i) by Buyer in the proportion that the aggregate dollar amount of the disputed items that are successfully disputed by Seller (as finally determined by the Firm) bears to the aggregate dollar amount of all disputed items and (ii) by Seller in the proportion that the aggregate dollar amount of the disputed items that are unsuccessfully disputed by Seller (as finally determined by the Firm) bears to the aggregate dollar amount of all disputed items. For example, if the parties dispute $1,000,000 of a proposed adjustment to be paid by Buyer, the Firm determines that such adjustment should be $400,000 and the Firm’s fees are $100,000, then (i) Buyer shall pay $40,000 (40%) of such fees and (ii) Seller shall pay $60,000 (60%) of such fees. The determination of the Firm as to any disputed matters shall be set forth in a written statement delivered to Buyer and Seller and shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties. The parties agree that judgment may be entered upon the award of the Firm in any court having jurisdiction pursuant to  Section 9(k) .

(3)    Final and Binding Determination.
(i)    The Final Closing Income Statement and Adjusted Net Income, in each case of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the Operating Period as agreed to by Buyer and Seller or as determined by the Firm, as applicable, shall be conclusive and binding on all of the parties hereto and shall be deemed the “ Actual Closing Income Statement ” and “ Final Adjusted Net Income ,” respectively, for all purposes herein. The Final Cash Statement and the amount of the Cash Distribution as agreed to by Buyer and Seller or as determined by the Firm, as applicable, shall be conclusive and binding on all of the parties hereto and shall be deemed the “ Actual Cash Statement ” and “ Final Cash Distribution ,” respectively, for all purposes herein.

x

(ii)    Upon completion of the calculation of the Actual Closing Income Statement, Final Adjusted Net Income, Actual Cash Statement and Final Cash Distribution in accordance with this  Section 2(e) , the Purchase Price and the amount of the Cash Distribution shall be recalculated and the following adjustments made:
 	 	
(A)	If the aggregate amount of (x) the Purchase Price calculated using the Final Adjusted Net Income shown on the Actual Closing Income Statement and (y) the Cash Distribution calculated using the Final Cash Distribution amount shown on the Actual Cash Statement, is greater than the aggregate amount of (A) the Closing Date Purchase Price and (B) the Cash Distribution made on the Closing Date, Buyer shall pay such difference to Seller by wire transfer in immediately available funds to one or more accounts designated by Seller.	
 	 	
(B)	If the aggregate amount of (x) the Purchase Price calculated using the Final Adjusted Net Income shown on the Actual Closing Income Statement and (y) the Cash Distribution calculated using the Final Cash Distribution amount shown on the Actual Cash Statement, is less than the aggregate amount of (A) the Closing Date Purchase Price and (B) the Cash Distribution made on the Closing Date, the amount of such difference will be paid to Buyer by Seller by wire transfer in immediately available funds to one or more accounts designated by Buyer.	
(f)    The Closing. On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the purchase and sale of the Purchased Units provided for in this Agreement, and consummation of the other transactions contemplated herein (the “ Closing ”), shall take place at (i) 10:00 a.m. (Eastern Time) on the first Business Day following the satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the obligations of the parties set forth in  Section 6  as provided therein (excluding conditions that, by their terms, cannot be satisfied until Closing, but Closing shall be subject to the satisfaction or, if permissible, waiver of those conditions);  provided ,  however , that if such Business Day would be after the 15 th  day of a calendar month, the Closing shall take place on the last day of such calendar month (or if such day is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately following the last day of such calendar month) or (ii) a time and on a date mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties hereto, subject, in each case, to the satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the obligations of the parties set forth in  Section 6  as provided therein (excluding conditions that, by their terms, cannot be satisfied until Closing, but Closing shall be subject to the satisfaction or, if permissible, waiver of those conditions) (the date on which Closing occurs, the “ Closing Date ”). The Closing shall be effective as of 11:59 p.m. (Eastern Time) on the Closing Date and shall take place at the offices of Greenberg Traurig, located at 333 Southeast Second Avenue, Miami, Florida 33131. By agreement of the parties the Closing may take place by delivery of the documents to be delivered at Closing by facsimile or other electronic transmission. All deliveries by one party to any other party at Closing shall be deemed to have occurred simultaneously and none shall be effective until and unless all have occurred. Subject to the provisions of  Section 8 , failure to consummate the purchase and sale of the Purchased Units and the other transactions contemplated hereby on the date and time and at the place determined pursuant to this  Section 2(f)  will not result in the termination of this Agreement and will not relieve any party of any obligation under this Agreement.
(g)    Other Closing Deliverables. At the Closing: (i) Seller and its Affiliates shall execute and deliver a bill of sale in the form of Exhibit B  hereto pursuant to which they shall transfer and convey to the Company for no additional consideration the fixed assets set forth in the bill of sale, free and clear of all Encumbrances, (iii) Seller and its applicable Affiliates and the Company shall execute and deliver an Intellectual Property Assignment in the form of  Exhibit C  hereto (the “ Form IP Assignment ”) pursuant to which Seller and its applicable Affiliates shall transfer and convey to the Company for no additional consideration their rights, title and interests, if any, to the domain names set forth in the Form IP Assignment, free and clear of all Encumbrances and (iv) Seller shall deliver to Buyer certificates of good standing on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries for each of the jurisdictions set forth on  Schedule 2(g)  attached hereto.
(h)    Purchase Price Allocation. The Buyer and the Seller acknowledge that the acquisition of the Purchased Units is properly viewed for U.S. federal income Tax purposes as though the Buyer purchased all of the Company’s assets from the Seller for the Purchase Price plus the amount of any liabilities treated as assumed by the Buyer for income tax purposes. The amount of such consideration paid at Closing shall be allocated among the assets of the Company based upon the fair market values thereof in accordance with Section 1060 of the Code as set forth in the allocation schedule to be reasonably agreed to by the parties following the Closing. Within 60 days following the Closing Date, Seller will prepare and deliver to Buyer a schedule setting

xi

forth the proposed allocation of the consideration (the “Allocation Schedule”). Buyer shall have 30 days from the date of receipt of the Allocation Schedule to review it. If the Buyer notifies Seller during such 30 day period that it disagrees with the proposed Allocation Schedule, then Buyer and the Seller shall attempt to resolve their disagreement within 30 days following the Buyer’s notification of Seller of such disagreement. If Buyer and the Seller are not able to resolve their disagreement, the dispute shall be submitted to the Firm. The Firm will resolve the disagreement within 30 days after the date on which they are engaged or as soon as possible thereafter. The determination of the Firm shall be binding on the parties. The cost of the services of the Firm will be borne by the party whose calculation of the matter in disagreement differs the most from the calculation as finally determined by the Firm. If each of the party’s calculation differs equally from the calculation as finally determined by the Firm, then such cost will be borne half by the Seller and half by Buyer. Each of the Buyer and the Seller agrees (a) to act in a manner consistent with the Allocation Schedule, as finally determined in accordance with this  Section 2(h) , in the preparation and the filing of all Tax Returns (including IRS Form 8594), (b) not to voluntarily take any position inconsistent therewith in the course of any Tax audit or other proceeding, unless required to do so by applicable Laws (including a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313(a)(1) of the Code (or any comparable provision of any state, local or foreign law)), and (c) to provide the other promptly with any other information reasonably required to timely complete IRS Form 8594.

3.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER. Except as disclosed in writing in the Schedules or as is otherwise Known by Buyer, Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:
(a)    Organization and Good Standing. Seller is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, with full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and conduct its business as it is now being conducted and to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement.
(b)    Authority. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Seller, and its consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, have been duly authorized and approved by Seller’s board of directors, and no other action on the part of Seller is necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. Upon the execution and delivery by Seller of this Agreement, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Seller enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally. Seller has the absolute and unrestricted right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, and to perform its obligations hereunder.
(c)    No Conflict. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Seller, nor the consummation of the sale of the Purchased Units by Seller will directly or indirectly:
(1)    contravene, conflict with, or result in a violation of any Organizational Documents of Seller;
(2)    contravene, conflict with, or result in a violation of, or give any Governmental Body or other Person the right to challenge this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or to exercise any remedy or obtain any relief under, any Legal Requirement or any Order to which Seller may be subject; or
(3)    except as set forth in the proviso below or in Schedule 3(c)(4), to the Knowledge of Seller, result in a violation or breach of, conflict with, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of, or result in the imposition or creation of any Encumbrance upon or with respect to any of the assets owned or used by the Company or its Subsidiaries under, or give rise to any right of termination cancellation or acceleration or increase of any obligation or a loss of a material benefit under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any Contract to which the Company or its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or its Subsidiaries may be bound;
(4)    Violate or conflict with any Legal Requirement applicable to Seller or by which any of its properties may be bound.
(d)    Consent. Except as set forth on Schedule 3(d), Seller is not or will not be required to give any notice to, make any filing with or obtain any material Consent from any Person in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or

xii

the consummation of the sale of the Purchased Units and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(e)    Capitalization. Seller has not transferred any interest in or created any Encumbrance on the Purchased Units. The Seller has not caused the Company to form or acquire any Subsidiaries. Seller has not: (i) transferred or caused the Company to transfer any equity interests of DSD4U and Funraisers; (ii) caused the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to enter into and Seller is not a party to any Contract (other than the Purchase Option and this Agreement) relating to the issuance, sale, transfer or voting of any Membership Interests of or any other equity or beneficial ownership interest in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iii) authorized or issued, or caused the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to authorize or issue, any options, warrants, rights, calls, subscriptions, claims of any character, convertible or exchangeable securities, or other Contracts, contingent or otherwise, relating to Units of the Company or any capital stock equivalent or other equity interest in the Company or its Subsidiaries (collectively, “ Equity Interests ”) pursuant to which the Company or its Subsidiaries is or may become obligated to issue Units or shares of its capital stock or other equity interests or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or evidencing the right to subscribe for, any Equity Interests.
(f)    Legal Proceedings; Orders.
(1)    Except as set forth on Schedule 3(f), since the Applicable Dates, the Seller has not commenced on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or caused the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to commence, without Buyer’s Knowledge any Proceeding. To Seller’s Knowledge, neither Seller nor the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have received notice of any Proceeding to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or threatened to be made a party, except for any Proceedings for threatened Proceedings Known by Buyer. To Seller’s Knowledge, no event has occurred or circumstance exists that would reasonably be expected to give rise to or serve as a basis for the commencement of any such Proceeding, except for any events or circumstances Known by Buyer.
(2)    To Seller’s Knowledge, neither Seller nor the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have received notice of any Order or decree of any Governmental Body to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, except for any Order or decree of any Governmental Body Known by Buyer.
(g)    No Undisclosed Liabilities. The Seller has not agreed to cause the Company to agree, or caused the Company to agree, without Buyer’s Knowledge, to become subject to or otherwise assume any material liabilities that would be required to be reflected in a balance sheet of the Company or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, prepared in accordance with GAAP.
(h)    Contracts. Except as set forth on Schedule 3(f) or as a result of or in connection with any action taken, approved or authorized in writing by Buyer, Seller has not, without Buyer’s Knowledge: (i) entered or caused the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to enter into any Contract or amend any Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party; (ii) to Seller’s Knowledge received, directly or through the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any notice of termination or amendment of any Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party.
(i)    Intellectual Property. Except as set forth on Schedule 3(i), to the Knowledge of Seller, Seller has not transferred ownership of, or granted any exclusive license of or right to use, or authorized the retention of any exclusive rights to use or joint ownership of, any Television and Satellite Internet IP to any Person, other than the Company, Buyer and their Affiliates. Seller has not caused the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to transfer without the Buyer’s Knowledge ownership of, or grant any exclusive license of or right to use, or authorized the retention of any exclusive rights to use or joint ownership of, any Television and Satellite Internet IP to any Person. Except as set forth on  Schedule 3(i) , the Sellers have not taken, or caused the Company to take, any action, without Buyer’s Knowledge, to render the Television and Satellite Internet IP invalid or unenforceable, to subject the Television and Satellite Internet IP to any Encumbrances, or otherwise to violate any Legal Requirement applicable to the enforceability thereof; provided that such representation does not apply to the failure or omission to take any affirmative actions.

(j)    Legal Compliance.

xiii

(1)    The Seller has not taken, or caused the Company to take, any action, without Buyer’s Knowledge, that has directly resulted in, to the Knowledge of Seller, the material violation by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, since the Applicable Dates, with any applicable Legal Requirements the violation of which would be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
(2)    Permits. The Seller has not terminated, or caused the Company to terminate, without Buyer’s Knowledge, any material Permits that are required for the lawful operation of the Company’s business as now conducted.
(k)    Broker’s or Finder’s Fee. No Person acting on behalf of Seller (nor as a result of any actions by Seller, the Company) is, or will be, entitled to any investment banking, broker’s, finder’s or similar fee for which the Company, Buyer or any of their respective Affiliates after the Closing Date could have any liabilities in connection with this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereunder.
(l)    Taxes, Tax Returns, Tax Treatment.
(1)    Since, in the case of the Company and its Subsidiaries other than Funraisers, February 1, 2007 and, in the case of Funraisers, October 1, 2008 (such dates, the “ Applicable Dates ”) (A) each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has duly and timely filed in correct form all Tax Returns relating to its activities after the Applicable Dates required or due to be filed (with regard to applicable extensions) on or prior to the date hereof and before the Closing Date; (B) all such Tax Returns are complete and accurate in all material respects; and (C) each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is not currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any such Tax Return. Since the Applicable Dates, to the Knowledge of Seller, no issue relating to Taxes of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries not Known to Buyer has been raised by a taxing authority during any pending audit or examination, and no issue relating to Taxes was raised by a taxing authority in any completed audit or examination, that reasonably can be expected to recur in a later taxable period.
(2)    Except as Known by Buyer, since the Applicable Dates, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has paid or made provision for the payment of all Taxes (whether or not shown on any Tax Return and whether or not any Tax Return was required) that have been incurred or are due or claimed to be due from it by federal, state, local, or foreign taxing authorities for all periods ending on or before the date hereof and for all periods ending on or before the Closing Date, other than Taxes or other charges that are not delinquent or are being contested in good faith and have not been finally determined and have been disclosed to Buyer, except for any Taxes that in prior years was paid by Seller. To the Knowledge of Seller, there are no liens on any of the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any Tax for any period following the Applicable Dates, except for liens for Taxes not yet due. Seller has not received any written, or, to the Knowledge of Seller, oral, notice of any claims for Taxes or assessments that have been asserted or threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, without the Knowledge of Buyer; provided that such representation shall not apply with regard to any claims or assessments attributable solely to Buyer’s acts or omissions.
(3)    To the Knowledge of Seller, no claim has ever been made since the Applicable Dates by any taxing authority in any jurisdiction in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries does not file Tax Returns that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.
(4)    Seller has not caused the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries to extend or waive any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or to agree to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency without the Knowledge of Buyer.

(5)    The Company has been since the closing of the transactions contemplated by the DirectStar Purchase Agreement, classified as a disregarded entity for federal and state Tax purposes pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(b)(ii)(1)(i) and has not filed any election to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation for federal or state Tax purposes.
(m)    No Other Representations or Warranties; Schedules.

xiv

(1)    EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 3, SELLER, THE COMPANY AND FUNRAISERS DISCLAIM ALL LIABILITY AND RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY, STATEMENT MADE OR INFORMATION COMMUNICATED (WHETHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING) TO BUYER AND ITS AFFILIATES AND REPRESENTATIVES (INCLUDING ANY OPINION, INFORMATION OR ADVICE WHICH MAY HAVE BEEN PROVIDED TO BUYER AND ITS AFFILIATES OR REPRESENTATIVES BY ANY DIRECTOR, OFFICER, EMPLOYEE, ACCOUNTING FIRM, LEGAL COUNSEL, OR OTHER AGENT, CONSULTANT, OR REPRESENTATIVE OF SELLER, THE COMPANY, FUNRAISERS OR THEIR AFFILIATES).
(2)    SELLER, THE COMPANY AND FUNRAISERS DO NOT MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES TO BUYER EXCEPT AS CONTAINED IN THIS  SECTION 3 , AND ANY AND ALL STATEMENTS MADE OR INFORMATION COMMUNICATED BY THE COMPANY, SELLER OR ANY OF THEIR REPRESENTATIVES OR AFFILIATES OUTSIDE OF THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER VERBALLY OR IN WRITING, ARE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN SUPERSEDED BY THIS AGREEMENT, IT BEING INTENDED THAT NO SUCH PRIOR OR CONTEMPORANEOUS STATEMENTS OR COMMUNICATIONS OUTSIDE OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL SURVIVE THE EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT.
4.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER. Buyer hereby represents and warrants to Seller as follows:
(a)    Organization and Good Standing. Buyer is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of North Carolina. Buyer has full power and authority to conduct its business as it is now being conducted and to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement. Buyer is duly qualified to do business as a foreign entity and is in good standing under the laws of each state or other jurisdiction in which either the ownership or use of the properties owned or used by it, or the nature of the activities conducted by it, requires such qualification except where failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer.
(b)    Authority. Upon the execution and delivery by Buyer of this Agreement, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid, and binding obligation of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally. Buyer has the absolute and unrestricted right, power, authority and capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder.
(c)    No Conflict. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Buyer, nor the consummation of the purchase of the Purchased Units will directly or indirectly:
(4)    contravene, conflict with, or result in a violation of any Organizational Documents of Buyer;
(5)    contravene, conflict with, or result in a violation of, or give any Governmental Body or other Person the right to challenge this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or to exercise any remedy or obtain any relief under, any Legal Requirement or any Order to which Buyer, or any of the assets owned or used by Buyer, may be subject; or
(6)    result in a violation or breach of, conflict with, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of, or result in the imposition or creation of any Encumbrance upon or with respect to any of the assets owned or used by Buyer, or give rise to any right of termination cancellation or acceleration or increase of any obligation or a loss of a material benefit under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any Contract to which Buyer, the Company or its Subsidiaries is a party or by which Buyer, the Company or its Subsidiaries may be bound .
(d)    Consent. Buyer will not be required to obtain any Consent from any Person in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the purchase of the Purchased Units.
(e)    Investment Intent. Buyer is acquiring the Purchased Units for its own account and not with a view to their distribution within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act. Buyer is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501

xv

(a) under the Securities Act. Buyer confirms that Seller has made available to Buyer and its representatives and agents the opportunity to ask questions of the officers and management employees of the Company and to acquire such additional information about the business and financial condition of the Company as Buyer has requested, and all such information has been received.
(f)    Legal Proceedings; Orders.
(1)    To the Knowledge of Buyer, there is no pending Proceeding that challenges, or that would be reasonably likely to have the effect of preventing, delaying, or making illegal, or otherwise interfering with the purchase of the Purchased Units hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;
(2)    To the Knowledge of Buyer, (i) no such Proceeding has been Threatened and (ii) no event has occurred or circumstance exists that may give rise to or serve as a basis for the commencement of any such Proceeding; and
(3)    To the Knowledge of Buyer, Buyer is not subject to any Order or decree of any Governmental Body that would reasonably be likely to have the effect of preventing, delaying, or making illegal, or otherwise interfering with the purchase of the Purchased Units hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
(g)    Broker’s or Finder’s Fee. No Person acting on behalf of Buyer, or to Buyer’s Knowledge, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, is, or will be, entitled to any investment banking, broker’s, finder’s or similar fee for which Seller or any of its Affiliates after the Closing Date could have any liabilities in connection with this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereunder.
(h)    Financial Ability. At Closing, Buyer will have sufficient cash on hand to pay the Purchase Price and to enable Buyer to perform each of its obligation hereunder, consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and pay all related fees and expenses.
(i)    Solvency. As of the Closing Date and immediately after giving effect to all of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the payment of the Purchase Price, and all of the related fees and expenses of Buyer and its Affiliates in connection therewith, (i) the amount of the “fair saleable value” of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries will exceed (A) the value of all liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including contingent and other liabilities, and (B) the amount that will be required to pay the probable liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries on their existing debts (including contingent liabilities) as such debts become absolute and matured, (ii) the Company and its Subsidiaries will not have an unreasonably small amount of capital for the operation of the businesses in which they are engaged or proposed to be engaged, and (iii) the Company and its Subsidiaries will be able to pay their liabilities, including contingent and other liabilities, as they mature. For purposes of the foregoing, “not have an unreasonably small amount of capital for the operation of the businesses in which they are engaged or proposed to be engaged” and “able to pay their liabilities, including contingent and other liabilities, as they mature” means that the Company and its Subsidiaries will be able to generate enough cash from operations, asset dispositions or refinancing, or a combination thereof, to meet their obligations as they become due.
(j)    No Knowledge of Misrepresentation or Omissions. Buyer hereby acknowledges that prior to the Closing it has managed and operated the Business in all respects and is fully aware and informed of all actions taken by the Company and its Subsidiaries. Buyer hereby acknowledges that it has conducted a full and complete investigation of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and after such investigation, Buyer has no Knowledge that any of the representations and warranties of Seller in this Agreement, as modified by the disclosures set forth in the Schedules, is not true and correct in all respects, or that there are any errors in, or omissions from, the disclosures set forth in the Schedules.

5.    COVENANTS.
(a)    Operation in the Ordinary Course. During the period from the date of this Agreement to the Closing Date, unless the parties shall otherwise consent in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld, and except as otherwise contemplated or permitted by this Agreement, Seller and Buyer shall cause the Company and its Subsidiaries to (a)

xvi

operate the Business solely in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and in accordance with the Services Agreement, including without limitation as to all Tax matters, and (b) use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain and preserve intact the Business in all material respects.
(b)    Commercially Reasonable Efforts; Notification; Hart-Scott-Rodino Act Filings.
(7)    Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, except to the extent otherwise required by regulatory considerations and otherwise provided in this  Section 5(b) , each of the Company, Seller and Buyer agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, and to assist and cooperate with the other parties in doing, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the purchase and sale of the Purchased Units and the other transactions contemplated hereby and to satisfy all of the conditions set forth in  Section 6 , including (i) preparing and filing all forms, registrations and notices required to be filed, obtaining of all necessary actions or nonactions, waivers, consents and approvals from Governmental Bodies and the making of all necessary registrations and filings (including filings with Governmental Bodies) and the taking of all reasonable steps as may be necessary to obtain an approval or waiver from, or to avoid an action or proceeding by, any Governmental Body, (ii) obtaining all necessary consents, approvals or waivers from third parties, (iii) defending any lawsuits or other Proceedings, whether judicial or administrative, challenging this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including seeking to have any stay or temporary restraining order entered by any court or other Legal Requirement vacated or reversed and (iv) the execution and delivery of any additional instruments necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby;  provided ,  however , in no event shall Seller be obligated to take any action in connection with Buyer’s financing of the transactions contemplated hereby.
(8)    Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, as soon as may be reasonably practicable, Buyer, and Seller each shall file with the United States Federal Trade Commission (the “ FTC ”) and the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice (the “ DOJ ”) Notification and Report Forms relating to the transactions contemplated hereby as required by the HSR Act. Subject to applicable Legal Requirements and the preservation of any applicable attorney-client privilege, Buyer, Seller, the Company and its Subsidiaries each shall promptly (i) supply the other with any information which may be required in order to effectuate such filings, (ii) supply any additional information which reasonably may be required by the FTC or the DOJ, and each will use reasonable efforts to obtain a waiver of the applicable waiting period and (iii) make any further filings pursuant thereto that may be necessary, proper or advisable in connection therewith. Buyer shall pay all filing fees and other charges for the filing under the HSR Act by all parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Party shall be required to sell or otherwise dispose of any business unit or line of business in order to obtain approval from any Governmental Authority.
(c)    Notification. Each of the parties to this Agreement shall have the right, but not the obligation, to give prompt notice to the other parties of the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event which, to its Knowledge, would likely cause any representation or warranty made by such party herein to be untrue or inaccurate or any covenant, condition or agreement contained herein not be complied with or satisfied. Any such notice by a party with respect to a matter or event shall not be deemed to cure any breach of any representation or warranty made in this Agreement as of the date hereof, for purposes of determining satisfaction of the conditions set forth in  Section 6 , the other party’s termination rights under  Section 8  or following such a termination, such party’s rights to damages resulting from such breach. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the other party chooses not to exercise any termination rights available to it as a result of a breach described in the preceding sentence or Closing otherwise occurs, such party and its Affiliates shall have no liability for indemnification pursuant to  Section 7  on account of a breach of a representation or warranty, to the extent that the matter or event which causes the breach was included in a supplement to the Schedules delivered on or prior to the Closing Date.

(d)    Filing of Tax Returns.
(i)    Pre-Closing Periods. For taxable periods that end on or prior to the Closing Date (“Pre-Closing Periods ”), Seller shall, at the expense of Seller, prepare or cause to be prepared and file or cause to be filed all Tax Returns of the

xvii

Company and its Subsidiaries that are required by applicable law. Seller will provide Buyer with copies of any such Returns for the Buyer’s reasonable review and comment, at least 30 days (or such other time as is reasonable) prior to the due date thereof (giving effect to any extensions thereto), accompanied by a statement (the “ Pre-Closing Statement ”) setting forth and calculating in reasonable detail the Taxes that relate to the Pre-Closing Taxes. If the Buyer agrees with the Pre-Closing Period Returns and Pre-Closing Statement, the Seller shall pay to Buyer, not later than 5 Business Days before the due date for the payment of Taxes with respect to such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return, an amount equal to the Pre-Closing Taxes as shown on the Pre-Closing Statement, but only to the extent such Taxes are not reflected as a liability on the Final Closing Statement. If, within 10 days after the receipt of the Pre-Closing Period Tax Return and Pre-Closing Statement, the Buyer (a) notifies Seller that it disputes the manner of preparation of the Pre-Closing Period Tax Return or the Pre-Closing Taxes calculated in the Pre-Closing Statement and (b) provide Seller with a statement setting forth in reasonable detail its computation of the Pre-Closing Taxes and their proposed form of the Pre-Closing Tax Return and Pre-Closing Statement, then Buyer and the Seller shall attempt to resolve their disagreement within 5 days following the Buyer’s notification of Seller of such disagreement. If Buyer and the Seller are not able to resolve their disagreement, the dispute shall be submitted to the Firm. The Firm will resolve the disagreement within 5 days after the date on which they are engaged or as soon as possible thereafter. The determination of the Firm shall be binding on the parties. The cost of the services of the Firm will be borne by the party whose calculation of the matter in disagreement differs the most from the calculation as finally determined by the Firm. If each of the party’s calculation differs equally from the calculation as finally determined by the Firm, then such cost will be borne half by the Seller and half by Buyer. All determinations necessary to give effect to the foregoing allocations shall be made in a manner consistent with prior practice of the Company.

(ii)    Straddle Period Taxes. Buyer shall prepare or cause to be prepared and file or cause to be filed any Tax Returns of the Company and its Subsidiaries for Tax periods which begin before the Closing Date and end after the Closing Date (“ Straddle Tax Returns ”). Buyer shall permit the Seller to review and comment on each such Tax Return prior to filing. Any portion of any Tax which must be paid in connection with the filing of a Straddle Tax Return, to the extent attributable to any period or portion of a period ending on or before the Closing Date, shall be referred to herein as “ Pre-Closing Taxes .” Buyer will provide the Seller with copies of any Straddle Tax Returns for the Seller’s reasonable review and comment, at least 30 days (or such other time as is reasonable) prior to the due date thereof (giving effect to any extensions thereto), accompanied by a statement (the “ Straddle Statement ”) setting forth and calculating in reasonable detail the Taxes that relate to the Pre-Closing Taxes. If the Seller agrees with the Straddle Tax Returns and Straddle Statement, the Seller shall pay to Buyer, not later than 5 Business Days before the due date for the payment of Taxes with respect to such Straddle Tax Return, an amount equal to the Pre-Closing Taxes as shown on the Straddle Statement, but only to the extent such Taxes are not reflected as a liability on the Final Closing Statement. If, within 10 days after the receipt of the Straddle Tax Return and Straddle Statement, the Seller (a) notify Buyer that they dispute the manner of preparation of the Straddle Tax Return or the Pre-Closing Taxes calculated in the Straddle Statement and (b) provide Buyer with a statement setting forth in reasonable detail their computation of the Pre-Closing Taxes and their proposed form of the Straddle Tax Return and Straddle Statement, then Buyer and the Seller shall attempt to resolve their disagreement within 5 days following the Seller’s notification of Buyer of such disagreement. If Buyer and the Seller are not able to resolve their disagreement, the dispute shall be submitted to the Firm. The Firm will resolve the disagreement within 5 days after the date on which they are engaged or as soon as possible thereafter. The determination of the Firm shall be binding on the parties. The cost of the services of the Firm will be borne by the party whose calculation of the matter in disagreement differs the most from the calculation as finally determined by the Firm. If each of the party’s calculation differs equally from the calculation as finally determined by the Firm, then such cost will be borne half by the Seller and half by Buyer. If the Pre-Closing Taxes involve a period which begins before and ends after the Closing Date, such Pre-Closing Taxes shall be calculated as though the taxable year of the Company and its Subsidiaries terminated as of the close of business on the Closing Date;  provided however  that in the case of a Tax not based on income, receipts, proceeds, profits or similar items, Pre-Closing Taxes shall be equal to the amount of Tax for the taxable period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days from the beginning of the taxable period through the Closing Date and the denominator of which shall be the number of days in the taxable period. All determinations necessary to give effect to the foregoing allocations shall be made in a manner consistent with prior practice of the Company.
(iii)    Without the prior written consent of the Seller, unless required by law, none of Buyer, Buyer’s Affiliates, or the Company shall file any amended Tax Return, enter into any closing agreement, settle any Tax claim or assessment relating to the Company, extend or waive the limitation period applicable to any Tax claim or assessment, surrender any right to claim a refund of Taxes, or take any other similar action, or omit to take any action relating to the filing of any Tax Return or the payment of any Tax, if such action or omission would have the effect of increasing the Tax liability of the Company or the Seller for any Tax period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date.

xviii

(iv)    If the Seller determines that the Company is entitled to file or make a formal or informal claim for refund or an amended Tax Return providing for a refund for the Company or the Seller with respect to a taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date, then Buyer will (so long as not inconsistent with applicable Law), if the Seller so requests and at the Seller’s expense, cause the relevant entity to file or make such claim or amended Tax Return; provided, that any such action does not increase Taxes of Buyer, the Company, any of their Affiliates or any of their direct or indirect owners for any period ending after the Closing Date.
(v)    Cooperation on Tax Matters.    Buyer and the Seller will cooperate, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party, in connection with the filing and preparation of Tax Returns pursuant to this Section 5(d) and any proceeding related thereto. Such cooperation will include the retention and (upon the other party’s request) the provision of records and information that are reasonably relevant to any such Proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. Buyer and the Seller will retain all books and records with respect to Tax matters pertinent to the Company relating to any Tax period beginning before the Closing Date until 30 days after the expiration of the statute or period of limitations of the respective Tax periods.
(vi)    All transfer (including real estate transfer), documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other such Taxes and fees (including any penalties and interest) incurred in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby will be paid in equal shares by the Buyer and Seller when due, and the Buyer will file all necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to all such transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other Taxes and fees, and, if required by applicable Law.
(vii)    During the period from the date of this Agreement to the Closing Date, Seller shall not file any amended Tax Returns with respect to the Company, shall not enter into any closing agreement with respect to Taxes of the Company, shall not settle any Tax claim or assessment or surrender any right to claim a Tax refund with respect to the Company, and shall not cause the Company to do the same.

(e)    Buyer Party Release.
(4)    Subject to Section 5(e)(2) below, each of Buyer, the Company, its Subsidiaries, RV Rewards, Elias, Feldstein and Brodsky, on behalf of itself or himself and its or his Affiliates, Representatives, successors, heirs, assigns and all other Persons claiming by, through, for or under it or him or on its or his behalf (such other persons collectively, the “ Buyer Related Parties ”) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally releases, settles, cancels, discharges and acknowledges to be fully and finally satisfied any and all claims, demands, proceedings, causes of action, orders, obligations, contracts, agreements, debts and liabilities whatsoever, both at law and in equity (“ Claims ”) that the Buyer Related Parties now have, have ever had or may hereafter have against Seller or MasTec or any of their respective present and former shareholders, Representatives, Affiliates, predecessors, successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Seller Released Parties ”), that are on account of any matter whatsoever arising prior to or as of the Closing or attributable to such period (whether such Claims are known or unknown, knowable or unknowable, suspected or unsuspected) (all Claims released in this Section 5(e)(1) are referred to as the “ Released Buyer Party Claims ”). TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH BUYER RELATED PARTY WAIVES THE BENEFIT OF ANY PROVISION OF APPLICABLE LAW TO THE EFFECT THAT A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE RELEASING PARTY DID NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN THE RELEASING PARTY’S FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY THE RELEASING PARTY MAY HAVE AFFECTED ITS SETTLEMENT WITH THE RELEASED PARTY.
(5)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in Section 5(e)(1) will be deemed to waive, release, alter or otherwise impair any rights or Claims of any Person (x) arising under or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby; or (y) arising under or related to any agreement entered into in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

xix

(6)    Each of Buyer, the Company, its Subsidiaries, RV Rewards, Elias, Feldstein and Brodsky agrees that neither it or he nor any of its or his Buyer Related Parties, will assert, bring, file, institute, prosecute, maintain, participate in, or cause to be commenced, either directly or indirectly, any Proceeding against any Seller Released Party, in or before any court, Governmental Authority, arbitrator or mediator for or relating to any of the Released Buyer Party Claims. Each of Buyer, the Company, its Subsidiaries, RV Rewards, Elias, Feldstein and Brodsky represents that neither it or he nor any of its or his Affiliates has filed or caused to be filed any Claim of any kind against any Seller Released Party, which is now pending with any court, Governmental Authority, arbitrator or mediator. Without in any way limiting any of the rights and remedies otherwise available to each Seller Released Party, each of Buyer, the Company, its Subsidiaries, RV Rewards, Elias, Feldstein and Brodsky agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Seller Released Party from and against any Damages in the event it becomes necessary for any Seller Released Party to defend any Released Buyer Party Claim asserted by any Buyer Related Parties.
(f)    Buyer’s Due Diligence Investigation.
(1)    Buyer acknowledges and agrees that none of the Company, the Seller, their Affiliates and representatives has made any representations or warranties regarding the Company, its Subsidiaries, the Seller, the Business, the Purchased Units, the assets or operations of Company and its Subsidiaries or otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, other than the representations and warranties expressly made in  Section 3 . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Buyer acknowledges and agrees that no projections, forecasts and predictions, other estimates, data, financial information, documents, reports, statements (oral or written), summaries, abstracts, descriptions, presentations, memoranda, or offering materials, is or shall be deemed to be a representation or warranty by the Company or Seller to Buyer, under this Agreement, or otherwise, and that Buyer has not relied thereon in determining to execute this Agreement and proceed with the transactions contemplated hereby. Buyer further acknowledges and agrees that materials its Representatives have received from the Company, the Seller and their representatives, include projections, forecasts and predictions relating to the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ Business; that there are uncertainties inherent in attempting to make such projections, forecasts and predictions; that Buyer is familiar with such uncertainties and is taking full responsibility for making its own evaluations of the adequacy and accuracy of all projections, forecasts, predictions and information so furnished; that Buyer shall not have any claims against the Company, the Seller, their officers, directors, Affiliates or representatives with respect thereto; and that Buyer has not relied thereon. Buyer acknowledges that no Person has been authorized by the Company or Seller to make any representation or warranty regarding the Company, its Subsidiaries, Seller, the Business, the assets or operations of the Company or its Subsidiaries, the Purchased Units or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, if made, such representation or warranty may not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Company, Funraisers, Seller or their Affiliates.
(2)    Buyer acknowledges and agrees that it has (i) at all times prior to the Closing, managed and operated the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with the Services Agreement; (ii) made its own inquiry and investigation into, and, based thereon and on the representations and warranties set forth in  Section 3 , has formed an independent judgment concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Business, and (iii) conducted such investigations of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Business as Buyer deems necessary to satisfy itself as to the operations and conditions thereof, and will rely solely on such investigations and inquiries, and the express representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in  Section 3 . Buyer further acknowledges and agrees that it will not at any time assert any Claim against the Seller, the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their present and former representatives or Affiliates or attempt to hold any of such Persons liable, for any inaccuracies, misstatements or omissions with respect to the information furnished by such Persons concerning Seller, the Business, the Company, its Subsidiaries or the Purchased Units other than any inaccuracies or misstatements in the representations and warranties expressly set forth in Section 3 (subject to the limitations and expiration set forth in  Section 7 ).
(g)    Confidentiality.
(1)    Seller acknowledges that in connection with such Seller’s ownership of the Units two of Seller’s employees, Hugo Bogani and Craig Tramontano (the “ Informed Employees ”), have had access to certain limited confidential, non-public information of the Company, its Subsidiaries, and Buyer specifically limited to: strategic partner pricing information, customer lists, revenue margins, customer and partner contract terms, and marketing information held in confidence by the Company, its Subsidiaries or Buyer that are not known by the public or any other employees, officers, directors, agents or representatives of the Seller (such information, “ Confidential Information ”). Seller agrees that for a period of one (1) year following the Closing, it will not use any

xx

of the Confidential Information, for its own account or the account of any third party, in connection with the solicitation of or communication with any of the Company’s, its Subsidiaries’ or Buyer’s existing strategic partners, customers, suppliers or other business relationships, except as expressly permitted by, or required and contemplated to achieve the purposes of, this Agreement, nor disclose such Confidential Information to any third party, except as required by law, rule, regulation, stock exchange rule or regulation, order of a court of competent jurisdiction, administrative agency or Governmental Body, judicial or administrative process, or in connection with any judicial or other proceeding involving Seller or this Agreement (provided that Seller will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain confidential treatment for the Confidential Information so disclosed). Confidential Information pertaining only to the terms of this Agreement may be disclosed by Seller to its attorneys and accountants on a need-to-know basis. Information will not be deemed Confidential Information if such information (i) is or becomes publicly known or publicly available, except through a breach of this Agreement by Seller, (ii) is or becomes available to the Seller from a source other than the Buyer, the Company, its Subsidiaries or the Informed Employees, provided that such source was not Known to Seller to be bound by a confidentiality obligation to Buyer, the Company or its Subsidiaries, (iii) was known or possessed by either of the Informed Employees prior to their association with Buyer, the Company or its Subsidiaries or (iv) is or has been independently developed by Seller or any of Seller’s employees, officers, directors, agents or other representatives without violating the terms of this Section 5(g). Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, none of Seller, the Company, its Subsidiaries or Buyer grants any other license whatsoever by the disclosure of the Confidential Information. On the Closing Date, Seller shall return to the Company or destroy all physical copies of the Confidential Information held by the Informed Employees; provided, however, that Seller shall not be obligated to return, destroy, expunge or erase any Confidential Information (x) to the extent required by applicable law, rule, regulation or other judicial, legal or administrative process, including rules of a professional body, or for internal audit or compliance reasons or (y) held in electronic format including in Seller’s standard electronic backup or archival systems. Seller acknowledges that any breach of the covenants of this Section 5(g)  will result in irreparable damage and continuing injury to the Company, its Subsidiaries and Buyer. Therefore, in the event of any breach of the covenants in this  Section 5(g) , Seller acknowledges that the Company, its Subsidiaries and Buyer shall be entitled to all available remedies under applicable law, including the right to an injunction restraining Seller and its Affiliates, as applicable, from committing any such violation, and Seller hereby consents to the issuance of such injunction.
(2)    The parties acknowledge that the Company is party to those agreements set forth on Exhibit D (the “DirecTV Agreements ”). In connection therewith, the Seller was provided information subject to restrictions set forth therein. Seller agrees that it will not use any such information in violation of such DirecTV Agreements without the consent of DirecTV.

6.    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONSUMMATION OF THE TRANSACTIONS.
(a)    Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Each Party. The obligations of each party to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction or waiver at or prior to Closing of the following conditions precedent:
(9)    The waiting period, if any, applicable to the consummation of the transactions under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated, or approval of the relevant Governmental Bodies otherwise obtained.
(10)    No Governmental Body shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered into any Legal Requirement or other Order and no other legal or regulatory restraint or prohibition shall be in effect, in either case, which has the effect of making the transactions contemplated by this Agreement illegal or that otherwise prohibits the consummation of such transactions.
(b)    Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Buyer. The obligations of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction or waiver at or prior to Closing of the following conditions precedent:
(1)    The representations and warranties of Seller set forth in Section 3 shall be true and correct on the Closing Date as though made on the Closing Date, or in the case of representations and warranties that are made as of a specified date, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such specified date, except where the failure to be so true and correct (without giving effect to any limitation or qualification as to “materiality” (including the word “material”) or “Material Adverse Effect” set forth therein) would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on

xxi

the Company and the Seller, and Buyer shall have received a certificate to that effect dated the Closing Date and executed on behalf of Seller by an authorized officer of Seller.
(2)    Each of the covenants, agreements and obligations of Seller to be performed at or before the Closing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall have been duly performed in all material respects, and Seller shall have delivered to Buyer a certificate to that effect dated the Closing Date and executed on behalf of Seller by an authorized officer of Seller.
(3)    Each of the deliveries contemplated by Section 2(g) and Section 3(d) shall have been made.

(c)    Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Seller and the Company. The obligations of Seller and the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction or waiver at or prior to Closing of the following conditions precedent:
(3)    The representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in Section 4 shall be true and correct on the Closing Date as though made on the Closing Date, or in the case of representations and warranties that are made as of a specified date, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such specified date, except where the failure to be so true and correct (without giving effect to any limitation or qualification as to “materiality” (including the word “material”) or “Material Adverse Effect” set forth therein) would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer, and Seller shall have received a certificate to that effect dated the Closing Date and executed on behalf of Buyer by an authorized officer of Buyer.
(4)    Each of the covenants, agreements and obligations of Buyer to be performed at or before the Closing Date pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall have been duly performed in all material respects at or before the Closing Date, and Buyer shall have delivered to Seller a certificate to that effect dated the Closing Date and executed on behalf of Buyer by an authorized officer of Buyer.
(5)    Seller shall have received the Closing Date Purchase Price from Buyer.
(6)    Each of the deliveries contemplated by Section 2(g) shall have been made.

7.    INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES.
(a)    Survival. All representations, warranties, covenants, and obligations in this Agreement, the Schedules, and any other certificate or document delivered pursuant to this Agreement will survive the Closing; and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, subject to  Section 7(d) . Other than indemnification claims under  Section 7(b)(4)  hereof, a party shall not have a right to indemnification, payment of Damages or other remedy based on the breach of any representations, warranties, covenants or obligations set forth in this Agreement if such party had Knowledge of such breach prior to Closing.
(b)    Indemnification and Payment of Damages By Seller. Seller shall indemnify and hold harmless Buyer and its Representatives, shareholders, members, controlling persons and Affiliates (the “ Buyer Indemnified Parties ”) for, and will pay to Buyer and its Representatives, shareholders, members, controlling persons and Affiliates, the amount of, any loss, liability, claim, damage, cost, expense, obligation and claims of any kind (including costs of investigation and defense and reasonable attorneys’ fees), whether or not involving a third-party claim (collectively, “ Damages ”), arising from or in connection with:
(7)    any breach of any representation or warranty made by Seller in this Agreement, including the schedules attached hereto, or any other certificate or agreement delivered by Seller pursuant to this Agreement;
(8)    any breach by Seller of any covenant or obligation of Seller in this Agreement;

xxii

(9)    any claim by any Person for brokerage or finder’s fees or commissions or similar payments based upon any agreement or understanding alleged to have been made by any such Person with Seller (or any Person acting on its behalf) in connection with the contemplated transactions hereunder; or
(10)    any liability, including tax, interest, penalties and personal liability (including any personal liability of a member or an officer or director of a member in connection with debts of the Company or its Subsidiaries), that may arise due to the failure to file any foreign, federal, state or local Tax return or failure to pay any foreign, federal, state or local Tax to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries was subject during the period from the Applicable Dates through Closing, or by virtue of any Contract or any successor/transferee liability, or otherwise. Seller shall also indemnify Buyer for any expense associated with the preparation and filing of any such Tax returns that should have been filed for the period from the Applicable Dates through Closing.
(c)    Indemnification and Payment of Damages By Buyer. Buyer shall indemnify and hold harmless Seller and its Representatives, stockholders, members, controlling persons and Affiliates (the “ Seller Indemnified Parties ”), and shall pay to Seller the amount of any Damages arising from or in connection with:
(7)    any breach of any representation or warranty made by Buyer in this Agreement, including the schedules attached hereto, or any other certificate or agreement delivered by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement;
(8)    any breach by Buyer of any covenant or obligation of Buyer in this Agreement;
(9)    any breach of the Services Agreement and any breach of the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3(a), 3(b), 3(e), 3(o), 3(q), 3(r) and 3(s) of the Funraisers Purchase Agreement and Sections 3(a), 3(b), 3(e), 3(o), 3(q) 3(r) and 3(s) of the DirectStar Purchase Agreement;
(10)    any claim or cause of action by any Person against any Seller Indemnified Party arising out of or related to actions taken by any one or more of Buyer, the Company or its Subsidiaries before, on or after the Closing Date, except to the extent that any such claim or cause of action requires the Seller to indemnify the Buyer Indemnified Parties pursuant to  Section 7(b) ; or
(11)    any claim by any Person for brokerage or finder’s fees or commissions or similar payments based upon any agreement or understanding alleged to have been made by such Person with Buyer (or any Person acting on its behalf) or the Company or its Subsidiaries in connection with any of the Contemplated Transactions.
(d)    Time Limitations. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7(d), (i) neither Seller nor Buyer shall have any liability for indemnification hereunder with respect to any representation or warranty or any covenant or obligation to be performed or complied with on or prior to the Closing Date, unless on or before the second anniversary of the Closing Date, the indemnified party notifies the indemnifying party of a claim specifying the factual basis of that claim in reasonable detail to the extent then known by the indemnified party and (ii) neither Seller nor Buyer shall have any liability for indemnification hereunder with respect to any covenant or obligation to be performed or complied with after the Closing Date, unless on or before the second anniversary of the breach of such covenant or obligation, the indemnified party notifies the indemnifying party of a claim specifying the factual basis of that claim in reasonable detail to the extent then known by the indemnified party. A claim with respect to  Sections 3(a) ,  3(b) ,  3(e) , 3(k)  4(a) ,  4(b) ,  4(e) ,  4(g) ,  4(h) ,  4(i) ,  4(j)  or to any actual (and not constructive) fraudulent breach of a representation or warranty or any covenant or obligation may be made at any time. A claim with respect to  Sections 3(l)  or  7(b)(4) , may be made at any time before the expiration of the thirty (30) day period immediately following the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (as it may be tolled or otherwise extended).
(e)    Limitations on Amount--Seller. If the Closing occurs, except as set forth below, Seller’s collective liability for indemnification under  Sections 7(b)(1)  shall be limited to an amount equal to 10% of the Purchase Price (the “ Cap ”). Seller shall have no liability for indemnification under  Sections 7(b)(1)  hereunder unless and until the total of all Damages exceeds 2.5% of the Purchase Price (the “ Deductible ”), at which time the Seller shall be liable for all Damages exceeding the Deductible, but for clarity, subject to the Cap. The Deductible is not on a per occurrence basis rather it shall be satisfied by the total sum of all Damages. This section shall not apply to breaches of the representations and warranties contained  Sections 3(a) ,  3(b) ,  3(e),  3(k)or  7(b)(4)  or

xxiii

to any actual (and not constructive) fraudulent breach of a representation or warranty. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, under no circumstances shall Seller have liability pursuant to this Agreement for an amount in excess of the Purchase Price actually received by Seller.
(f)    Limitations on Amount--Buyer. Buyer shall have no liability for indemnification under Section 7(c)(1) hereunder unless and until the total of all Damages exceeds the Deductible, at which time Buyer shall be liable for all Damages exceeding the Deductible; provided ,  however , that in no case shall the liability of Buyer to make indemnification payments under  Section 7(c)(1)  exceed an amount equal to the Cap. The Deductible is not on a per occurrence basis rather it shall be satisfied by the total sum of all Damages. This section shall not apply to breaches of the representations and warranties contained  Sections 4(a) ,  4(b) ,  4(e) ,  4(g) ,  4(h) ,  4(i)  or  4(j)  or to any actual (and not constructive) fraudulent breach of a representation or warranty.
(g)    Procedure for Indemnification--Third Party Claims.
(1)    Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding against it, such indemnified party shall, if a claim is to be made against an indemnifying party, give notice to the indemnifying party of the commencement of such claim, but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party, except to the extent that the indemnifying party demonstrates that the defense of such action was actually prejudiced by the indemnifying party’s failure to give such notice.
(2)    If any Proceeding referred to in Section 7(g)(2) is brought against an indemnified party and it gives notice to the indemnifying party of the commencement of such Proceeding, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in such Proceeding and, to the extent that it wishes, to assume the defense of such Proceeding with its own counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party and, after notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such Proceeding, the indemnifying party shall not, as long as it diligently conducts such defense, be liable to the indemnified party under this  Section 7  for any fees of other counsel or any other expenses with respect to the defense of such Proceeding, in each case subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense of such Proceeding, other than reasonable costs of investigation;  provided ,  however , that the indemnifying party may not assume and control the defense without the indemnified party’s consent unless (i) the indemnifying party acknowledges in writing its obligation to indemnify the indemnified party for any Damages relating thereto and (ii) the suit, action, claim, liability or obligation does not seek to impose any liability or obligation upon the indemnified party other than money damages (in which case, the indemnified party shall employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnifying party). The indemnified party shall cooperate with the indemnifying party in connection with any such defense. If the indemnifying party assumes the defense of a Proceeding, no compromise or settlement of such claims may be effected by the indemnifying party without the indemnified party’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If notice is given to an indemnifying party of the commencement of any Proceeding and the indemnifying party does not, within ten (10) days after the indemnified party’s notice is given, give notice to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such Proceeding, the indemnifying party will be bound by any determination made in such Proceeding or any compromise or settlement effected by the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an indemnified party determines in good faith that there is a reasonable probability that a Proceeding may adversely affect it or its Affiliates other than as a result of monetary damages for which it would be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, the indemnified party may, by notice to the indemnifying party, assume the exclusive right to defend, compromise, or settle such Proceeding, but the indemnifying party will not be bound by any determination of a Proceeding so defended or any compromise or settlement effected without, its consent (which may not be unreasonably withheld).

(h)    Procedure for Indemnification--Other Claims. A claim for indemnification for any matter not involving a third-party claim may be asserted by notice to the party from whom indemnification is sought.

xxiv

(i)    Limitation on Damages.
(3)    Damages shall not include any lost business opportunities, lost profits, any measure of damages based on diminution in value or based on any multiple of earnings, revenue or EBITDA or similar concept, punitive, incidental, indirect, special, exemplary and consequential damages ,  except to the extent such Damages: (A) are paid to third party claimants (for example, and by way of limitation, Damages resulting from the payment of punitive damages awarded to a third-party plaintiff), or (B) arise out of or in connection with actual (and not constructive) fraud or willful misconduct in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
(4)    For all purposes of this Agreement, “Damages” shall be net of (i) any net Tax benefits that are or will be received by or accrue to the indemnified party within seven (7) years of the Closing Date, the determination of the amount and timing of any such Tax benefits to be determined at the reasonable discretion of the indemnified party in good faith, provided that if any payment is made by an indemnifying party in respect of such Damages and the indemnified party later actually realizes a Tax benefit in respect of those Damages which has not been previously taken into account in computing that payment, then the indemnified party shall repay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to the Tax savings resulting from such Tax benefit, and (ii) any insurance payable to the indemnified party from insurance policies in connection with the facts giving rise to the right of indemnification, or any insurance that would have been payable to the indemnified party if the policies of insurance effected by or for the benefit of the Company or its Subsidiaries had been maintained after Closing on no less favorable terms than those existing at the date of this Agreement. The indemnified party will use commercially reasonable efforts to collect any amounts available under such insurance coverage. If an indemnified party receives an amount under insurance coverage with respect to Damages at any time subsequent to any indemnification provided by an indemnifying party, then such indemnified party shall promptly reimburse the indemnifying party for any payment made or expense incurred by such party in connection with providing such indemnification up to such amount received by the indemnified party.
(5)    Each party must act promptly to avoid or mitigate any Damages which it or any other indemnified party may suffer in consequence of any fact, matter or circumstance giving rise to a claim for indemnification under this Agreement or likely to give rise to a claim for indemnification under this Agreement. No indemnified party shall be entitled to recover under this Agreement to the extent of any Damages that could have been avoided but for the applicable party’s failure to avoid or mitigate such Damages.
(6)    Any claim for indemnification with respect to a third party claim shall (if such third party claim has not been previously satisfied, settled or withdrawn) be deemed to have been withdrawn six (6) months after the notice is given pursuant to  Section 7(g) , unless Proceedings in respect of such third party claim have been commenced by being both issued and served. No new claim for indemnification may be made in respect of the facts, matters, events or circumstances giving rise to any such withdrawn claim.
(7)    If any claim for indemnification is based upon a liability which is contingent only, no party shall be liable to pay unless and until such contingent liability gives rise to an obligation to make a payment (but the applicable indemnified parties have the right under  Sections 7(g)  or  7(h)  to give notice of that claim before such time).
(8)    Neither party shall be liable for any claim for indemnification to the extent that it would not have arisen but for, or has been increased or not reduced as a result of, any voluntary act, omission or transaction carried out by the party seeking indemnification or any of its Affiliates (or their directors, employees or agents or successors in title).

(9)    Where an indemnifying party has made a payment to an indemnified party in relation to any claim and the non-indemnifying party or any of its Affiliates is entitled to recover (whether by insurance, payment, discount, credit, relief or otherwise) from a third party a sum which indemnifies or compensates the indemnified party (in whole or in part) in respect of the liability or Damage which is the subject of an indemnity claim, the non-indemnifying party or its relevant Affiliates shall (i) promptly

xxv

notify the indemnifying party of the fact and provide such information as the indemnifying party may reasonably require, (ii) take all reasonable steps or proceedings as the indemnifying party may require to enforce such right, at the indemnifying party’s expense, and (iii) pay to the indemnifying party, as soon as practicable after receipt, an amount equal to the amount recovered from the third party (net of taxation and less any reasonable costs of recovery).
(10)    Neither party shall be liable for any indemnity claim if and to the extent it is attributable to, or the amount of such claim is increased as a result of, any (i) legislation not in force at the date of this Agreement, (ii) change of Legal Requirement (or any change in interpretation on the basis of case law), regulation, directive, requirement or administrative practice or (iii) change in the rates of Tax in force as of the date of this Agreement.
(11)    If a breach of the representations and warranties in Section 3 or Section 4 is capable of remedy, the indemnified parties shall only be entitled to indemnification if the breach is not remedied within thirty (30) days after the date on which notice is served on the indemnifying party in accordance with  Sections 7(g)  or  7(h) , as applicable. Without prejudice to its duty to mitigate any loss, the indemnified parties shall (or shall procure that any of their relevant Affiliates shall) provide all reasonable assistance to the indemnifying party to remedy any such breach, at the indemnifying party’s expense.
(12)    Buyer Indemnified Parties shall not be entitled to recover under this Section 7 with respect to that portion of any Damage that results from the continuation after Closing of any pre-Closing policy or practice of Seller.
(j)    Exclusive Remedy. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the sole remedy of a party for any breach of any of the representations, warranties or covenants contained in this Agreement shall be to exercise the rights under this  Section 7 , which shall be subject to the procedures and obligations set forth in this  Section 7 . The parties shall not be entitled to a rescission of this Agreement, or to any further indemnification rights or other claims of any nature whatsoever in respect thereof (whether by contract, common law, statute, law, regulation or otherwise, including under the Racketeer Influence and Corrupt Organizations Act of 1970, as amended), all of which the parties hereby waive.
(k)    No Double Recovery. To the extent the same facts or circumstances serve as the basis for an indemnification claim under multiple subsections of this  Section 7 , and/or under this Agreement, the party seeking indemnification may pursue such claim under all applicable provisions but shall only receive one recovery for the associated loss or Damages.
8.    TERMINATION.
(a)    Termination. This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated hereby may be abandoned at any time prior to the Closing Date:
(11)    by mutual written consent of Seller and Buyer;
(12)    by either Buyer or Seller:
(i)    if any court of competent jurisdiction or any Governmental Body shall have issued an Order or taken any other action permanently enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or
(ii)    if the transactions contemplated shall not have been consummated on or before July 13, 2012 (the “ Outside Date ”); unless the failure to consummate the transactions is the result of a breach of this Agreement by the party seeking to terminate this Agreement, or unless the delay is attributable to the continued pendency of DOJ or FTC proceedings pursuant to the HSR Act, in which case the Outside Date shall be extended to the date ten (10) business days following final HSR Act approval by both DOJ and FTC;

xxvi

(13)    by Buyer, if Seller breaches in any material respect any of its representations or warranties herein or fail to perform in any material respect any of its covenants, agreements or obligations under this Agreement, which breach has not been cured by the 30 th  day following receipt by Seller of notice of breach; or
(14)    by Seller, if Buyer breaches in any material respect any of its representations or warranties herein or fails to perform in any material respect any of its covenants, agreements or obligations under this Agreement, which breach has not been cured by the 30 th  day following receipt by Buyer of notice of breach.
(b)    Effect of Termination. If this Agreement is so terminated and the transactions contemplated hereby are not consummated, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and shall have no further force or effect other than the provisions of  Section 1 , this  Section 8(b)  and Section 9 ;  provided ,  that nothing contained in this  Section 8(b)  shall relieve any party from liability for any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement.

9.    GENERAL PROVISIONS.
(a)    Expenses. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each party to this Agreement shall bear its respective expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the contemplated transactions, including all fees and expenses of agents, representatives, counsel and accountants. For clarification of doubt, all expenses of Seller incurred in connection with the preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the contemplated transactions shall be paid by Seller directly and will not be expensed to the Company, and all expenses of Buyer incurred in connection with the preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the contemplated transactions shall be paid by Buyer directly and will not be expenses to the Company.
(b)    Public Announcements. Any public announcement or similar publicity with respect to this Agreement shall be issued, if at all, at such time and in such manner as mutually agreed to by Seller and Buyer; provided, however, that the provisions of this  Section 9(b)  will not prohibit (1) any disclosure required by any applicable legal requirement, including any disclosure necessary or desirable to provide proper disclosure under the securities laws or under any rules or regulations of any securities exchange on which the securities of such party or its Affiliates may be listed or traded or (2) any disclosure made in connection with the enforcement of any right or remedy relating to this Agreement or the contemplated transactions to the extent in (1) or (2) in the case of Seller and its Affiliates, Seller provides Buyer a reasonable opportunity to review the disclosure (such opportunity to be based upon the disclosure requirements and other circumstances surrounding such disclosure), but Buyer shall not have the right to prevent or change the disclosure in any way.
(c)    Notices. All notices, consents, waivers, and other communications under this Agreement must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when (1) delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt), (2) sent by telecopier (with written confirmation of receipt), provided that a copy is mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested, or (3) when received by the addressee, if sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service (receipt requested), in each case to the appropriate addresses and telecopier numbers set forth below (or to such other addresses and telecopier numbers as a party may designate by notice to the other parties):

xxvii

 	
 	 	
Buyer, the Company or its Subsidiaries:	Red Ventures, LLC
1101 521 Corporate Center Drive
Indian Land, SC 29707
Attn: Ricardo Elias, President & CEO
Facsimile: (704) 909-2180
	
With a copy to:	Womble Carlyle Sandridge & Rice, PLLC
301 S. College Street, Suite 3500
Charlotte, NC 28202
Attn: Jeffrey S. Hay
Facsimile: (704) 556-1811
	
Seller:	MasTec North America, Inc.
800 Douglas Road
Coral Gables, FL 33134
Attn: Jose Mas
   Chief Executive Officer
   Alberto de Cardenas, Esq.,
   General Counsel
Facsimile: (305) 406-1900
	
With a copy to:	Greenberg, Traurig P.A.
333 S.E. 2nd Avenue
Miami, Florida 33131
Attn: David Barkus, Esq.
Facsimile: (305) 961-5724
	
(d)    Further Assurances. The parties agree (1) to furnish upon request to each other such further information, (2) to execute and deliver to each other such other documents, and (3) to do such other acts and things, all as the other party may reasonably request for the purpose of carrying out the intent of this Agreement and the documents referred to in this Agreement.

xxviii

(e)    Waiver. The rights and remedies of the parties to this Agreement are cumulative and not alternative. Neither the failure nor any delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement or the documents referred to in this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of such right, power or privilege, and no single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege shall preclude any other or further exercise of such right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, (1) no claim or right arising out of this Agreement or the documents referred to in this Agreement can be discharged by one party, in whole or in part, by a waiver or renunciation of the claim or right unless in writing signed by the other party; (2) no waiver that may be given by a party shall be applicable except in the specific instance for which it is given; and (3) no notice to or demand on one party shall be deemed to be a waiver of any obligation of such party or of the right of the party giving such notice or demand to take further action without notice or demand as provided in this Agreement or the documents referred to in this Agreement.
(f)    Entire Agreement and Modification. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements between the parties with respect to its subject matter and constitutes (along with the agreements and documents referred to in this Agreement) a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement between the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement may not be amended except by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto.
(g)    Assignments, Successors, And No Third-Party Rights. No party may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld;  provided ,  however , Buyer may assign its rights hereunder to any of its subsidiaries in which it owns a majority interest, but only if Buyer remains fully obligated for all of its obligations and responsibilities hereunder. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall apply to, be binding in all respects upon, and inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of the parties. Nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement shall be construed to give any Person other than the parties to this Agreement any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement. This Agreement and all of its provisions and conditions are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their successors and assigns.
(h)    Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree shall remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.
(i)    Section Headings, Construction. The headings of Sections in this Agreement are provided for convenience only and shall not affect its construction or interpretation. All references to “ Section ” or “ Sections ” refer to the corresponding Section or Sections of this Agreement. All words used in this Agreement shall be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances require. Unless otherwise expressly provided, the word “including” does not limit the preceding words or terms.
(j)    Time of Essence. With regard to all dates and time periods set forth or referred to in this Agreement, time is of the essence.
(k)    Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Service of Process. All questions arising out of or relating to the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of Florida without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision (whether of the State of North Carolina or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Florida. Any action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any right arising out of, this Agreement will be brought against any of the parties in the courts of the States of Florida or North Carolina, or, if it has or can acquire jurisdiction, in any United States District Court sitting in Florida or North Carolina, and each of the parties consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts) in any such action or proceeding and waives any objection to venue laid therein. Process in any action or proceeding referred to in the preceding sentence may be served on any party anywhere in the world. Each party waives personal service of any and all process upon it, and irrevocably consents to the service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by certified mail, postage prepaid, to such party at the address set forth above, such service to become effective five business days after mailing.
(l)    Legal Fees. If legal proceedings are commenced in connection with this Agreement, the party or parties which do not prevail in such proceedings shall pay the reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses, including investigation costs,

xxix

incurred by the prevailing party in such proceedings.
(m)    Schedules.
(1)    Matters disclosed by Seller pursuant to any section of the Agreement or the schedules shall be deemed to be disclosed with respect to all sections of the Agreement and the schedules to the extent the Agreement requires such disclosure and it is reasonably apparent on the face of such disclosure that it applies to such sections or schedules.
(2)    In the event of any inconsistency between the statements in the body of this Agreement and those in the schedules, the statements in the body of this Agreement will control.
(n)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original copy of this Agreement and all of which, when taken together, shall be deemed to constitute one and the same Agreement.
(o)    No Recourse. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, shareholder, Affiliate, agent, attorney or Representative of Seller, the Company, it Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates shall have any liability for any obligations or liabilities of Seller, the Company or its Subsidiaries under this Agreement or any of other document contemplated hereby unless specifically provided for herein or therein.
(p)    Legal Representation. In any proceeding by or against any Buyer Indemnified Party wherein any Buyer Indemnified Party asserts or prosecutes any claim under, or otherwise seeks to enforce, this Agreement, Buyer agrees in connection with such proceeding (i) that no Buyer Indemnified Party or counsel therefor will move to seek disqualification of Greenberg Traurig, (ii) to waive any right any Buyer Indemnified Party may have to assert the attorney-client privilege against Greenberg Traurig, or Seller or any of its Affiliates with respect to any communication or information contained in Greenberg Traurig’s possession or files and (iii) to consent to the representation of Seller and its Affiliates by Greenberg Traurig, notwithstanding that Greenberg Traurig has represented Seller and its Affiliates (including the Company and its Subsidiaries) as counsel in connection with any matter, including any transaction (including the transactions contemplated hereby), negotiation, investigation, proceeding or action, prior to Closing. This consent and waiver extends to Greenberg Traurig representing Seller against Buyer or any Buyer Indemnified Party, including the Company and its Subsidiaries, in litigation, arbitration or mediation in connection with this Agreement or the Transactions contemplated hereby.

[Signatures appear on the following page.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Membership Interest Purchase Agreement on the date first written above.

xxx

SELLER:

MasTec North America, Inc.

By: /s/ Alberto de Cardenas    
Name: Alberto de Cardenas
Title: EVP, Secretary and General Counsel

COMPANY:

DirectStar TV, LLC

By: /s/ Alberto de Cardenas    
Name: Alberto de Cardenas
Title: As EVP, Secretary and General Counsel of Sole Member,
MasTec North America, Inc.

BUYER:
Red Ventures, LLC

By: /s/ Ricardo Elias        
Name: Ricardo Elias
Title: CEO

For the limited purposes set forth in Section 2(b) and Section 5(e):

RV Rewards, LLC

By: /s/ Ricardo Elias        
Name: Ricardo Elias
Title: Member
For

Funraisers PR, LLC

By: /s/ Ricardo Elias        
Name: Ricardo Elias
Title: Member

/s/ Ricardo Elias                    
Ricardo Elias

/s/ Daniel S. Feldstein                    
Daniel S. Feldstein    
    
/s/ Mark A. Brodsky                    
Mark A. Brodsky                        

[Signature Pages to Membership Interest Purchase Agreement]

LIST OF SCHEDULES

Schedule 2(b)        Surviving Agreements
Schedule 2(g)        Jurisdictions for Certificates of Good Standing
Schedule 3(c)(3)        Contractual Conflicts
Schedule 3(d)        Required Notices, Filings & Consents
Schedule 3(f)        Contracts
Schedule 3(i)        Intellectual Property

Exhibit 12.1

Statement Regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (dollar amounts in thousands):

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	2008	
Earnings:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes	$	192,719	
 	 	$	159,280	
 	 	$	114,072	
 	 	$	50,476	
 	 	$	42,623	
 	
Add:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fixed charges	111,949	
 	 	91,259	
 	 	73,308	
 	 	50,288	
 	 	35,790	
 	
Less: Undistributed earnings (losses) from equity method investees	—	
 	 	39	
 	 	(321	)	 	 	 	 	
Total earnings	$	304,668	
 	 	$	250,500	
 	 	$	187,701	
 	 	$	100,764	
 	 	$	78,413	
 	
Fixed charges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense	$	37,784	
 	 	$	35,006	
 	 	$	30,220	
 	 	$	25,916	
 	 	$	17,671	
 	
Estimate of interest expense within rental expense	74,165	
 	 	56,253	
 	 	43,088	
 	 	24,372	
 	 	18,119	
 	
Total fixed charges	$	111,949	
 	 	$	91,259	
 	 	$	73,308	
 	 	$	50,288	
 	 	$	35,790	
 	
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges	2.7	
 	 	2.7	
 	 	2.6	
 	 	2.0	
 	 	2.2	

Exhibit 21

MasTec, Inc.
AFFILIATED ENTITIES
December 31, 2012
NORTH AMERICA

 	 	
EC Source Services, LLC (FL)	(100% owned by MasTec, Inc.)	
 	 	
MasTec Network Solutions f/k/a Nsoro MasTec, LLC (FL)	(100% owned by MasTec, Inc.)	
 	 	
MasTec North America, Inc. (FL)	(100% owned by MasTec, Inc.)	
 	 	
Precision Acquisition, LLC (WI)	(100% owned by MasTec, Inc.)	
 	 	
Precision Pipeline LLC (WI)	(100% owned by Precision Acquisition, LLC)	
 	 	
Pumpco, Inc. (TX)	(100% owned by MasTec North America, Inc.)	
 	 	
Wanzek Construction, Inc. (ND)	(100% owned by MasTec North America, Inc.)	

Exhibit 23.1

 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-139996, 333-112010, 333-105781, 333-105516, 333-38932, 333-77823, 333-47003, 333-38940, 333-30647 and 333-174922, Form S-3 Nos. 333-158502, 333-142083, 333-133252, 333-46067 and Form S-4 No. 333-170834) of MasTec, Inc. of our reports dated February 28, 2013 relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of MasTec, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting which appear in this Form 10-K.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP    

Miami, Florida
February 28, 2013

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Valuation Firm

We hereby consent to the references to Houlihan Capital Advisors, LLC (“Houlihan”) and to our valuation report dated December 31, 2012 (our “Report”) relating to the estimation of fair value of certain auction rate securities held by MasTec, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012, including the use of information contained within our Report in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 and to the incorporation by reference of such information from the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 in the following Registration Statements: Form S-8 Nos. 333-139996, 333-112010, 333-105781, 333-105516, 333-38932, 333-77823, 333-47003, 333-38940, 333-30647 and 333-174922; Form S-3 Nos. 333-158502, 333-142083, 333-133252, 333-46067; and Form S-4 No. 333-170834.
We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in the above-referenced Registration Statements.

/s/ Houlihan Capital Advisors, LLC

Houlihan Capital Advisors, LLC

February 25, 2013

Exhibit 31.1

Certifications
I, Jose R. Mas, certify that:
I have reviewed this Form 10-K of MasTec, Inc;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 	 	
Date: February 28, 2013	 	
 	 	
/s/ Jose R. Mas	 	
Jose R. Mas	 	
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)	 	

Exhibit 31.2

Certifications
I, C. Robert Campbell, certify that:
I have reviewed this Form 10-K of MasTec, Inc;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 	 	
Date: February 28, 2013	 	
 	 	
/s/ C. Robert Campbell	 	
C. Robert Campbell	 	
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	 	

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of MasTec, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Jose R. Mas, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 	 	
Date: February 28, 2013	/s/ Jose R. Mas	
 	Name: Jose R. Mas
Title: Chief Executive Officer	

The certification set forth above is being furnished as an Exhibit solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes–Oxley Act of 2002 and is not being filed as part of the Annual Report of MasTec, Inc. on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2012, or as a separate disclosure document of the Company or the certifying officers.

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of MasTec, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, C. Robert Campbell, Executive Vice President - Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 	 	
Date: February 28, 2013	/s/ C. Robert Campbell	
 	Name: C. Robert Campbell
Title: Executive Vice President/ Chief Financial Officer	

The certification set forth above is being furnished as an Exhibit solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes–Oxley Act of 2002 and is not being filed as part of the Annual Report of MasTec, Inc. on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2012, or as a separate disclosure document of the Company or the certifying officers.